4.3 ESAB Product Catalogue 2013

Product Catalogue
ESAB India Limited

Welding Consumables - Equipment - Automation - Cutting Systems
It’s all here
A complete range of welding and
cutting equipment, filler materials
and accessories for any type of
industry? We’ve got it.
The expertise and application
experience to share with you?
Absolutely. A worldwide network
of sales offices and distributors to
give you service and support
wherever you are? Positive.
It’s all here to help you boost your
welding productivity. All from a
single dependable source. From
ESAB.
Visit us at www.esabindia.com
YOUR PARTNER IN WELDING & CUTTING

Publisher’s Note
Welding Consumables
ESAB Product Catalogue of Welding & Cutting Products is an updated version of an
extensive product range for today’s conceivable welding application. ESAB pursues
a policy of continuous development and hence product specifications are subject
to change. The information given in this book is correct and accurate to the best of
our knowledge, however, ESAB India Limited is not responsible and liable for any
damages resulting from using this information/products. Further, we reserve the right
to change the spefications without notice.
For Further details, please contact:
Customer Care Cell
Registered & Head Office:

Plot No. 13, IIIrd Main Road,
Ambattur Industrial Estate,
Chennai-600058
e-mail: [email protected]
Website: www.esabindia.com
Or any other offices listed at the end of the Product Catalogue.

Welding
Introduction
Consumables
In 1904, Oscar Kjellberg, a Swedish engineer,
was working on ships and boilers in Gothenburg,
Sweden. He was not satisfied with the quality of
repair jobs. His quest for a better technology
led to the invention of the world’s first covered
electrode. And thus, Elektriska Svetsnings
Aktie Bolaget (ESAB) was born. Today, ESAB
leads the world in providing welding and cutting
solutions.
At ESAB, every problem is an opportunity, every
sale start of an enduring relationship. From
supplying welding equipment to consumables,
cutting machines to working environment
products, ESAB, today has established itself
as one of the leading suppliers of welding,
cutting and working environment solutions in
the country.
ESAB products are now an integral part of
industries like Shipbuilding, Petrochemical,
Construction, Transport, Offshore, Energy and
Repair and Maintenance.
The ESAB group belongs to the world renowned
Charter Plc. Group, UK, and employs around
9300 people of which more than 600 are
engaged in research and development at
centres in Sweden, Holland, UK, Germany,
USA, Brazil and India.
In India, ESAB was formally incorporated on 10th
November 1987, and it has expanded through
a number of acquisitions. The organisation
operates five manufacturing facilities backed
by world-class R&D.
All the manufacturing units of Esab India
Limited, are ISO 9001 and 14000 certified -
the only company in India, in the welding field
to receive such an honour. The entire ESAB
group including ESAB India has achieved
ISO 14001 and OHSAS 18001 certification for
Environmental and Occupational Health and
Safety Management system. This is believed
to be the most comprehensive certification
achieved by any global company till date
Index
ESAB 309LC 23 OK AUTROD 13.14 44

Welding Consumables OK 67.70 23 OK ARISTOROD 13.16 45
Carbon Steel Electrodes ESAB 309Mo 24 OK AUTROD 13.17 45
ESAB FERROSPEED 3 ESAB 309LMo 24 OK AUTROD 13.28 46
ESAB FERROARC 3 ESAB 309Cb 25 OK ARISTOROD 69 46
ESAB FERROSPEED PLUS 4 OK 67.13 25 OK AUTROD 16.10 47
ESAB VORTIC 4 ESAB RSW 26 OK AUTROD 16.11 47
ESAB 28 5 OK 67.45 26 OK AUTROD 16.13 48
ESAB VORDIAN 5 ESAB CHROMWELD G 27 OK AUTROD 16.30 48
ESAB FERROWELD 1 6 ESAB ARMOID 1 27 OK AUTROD 16.53 49
ESAB 36H 6 OK 68.10 28 OK AUTROD 1100 49
OK 48.20 (SPL) 7 OK 68.00 28 OK AUTROD 4043 50
ESAB 36H (SPL) 7 ESAB 430 29 OK AUTROD 5183 50
ESAB 36H (SPL) M 8 OK 67.50 29 OK AUTROD 5356 51
ESAB C23S 8 OK 68.55 30 OK AUTROD 5556A 51
Gas Welding Fluxes GTAW Consumables OK AUTROD 19.30 52
GAS WELDING FLUXES 9 OK TIGROD S2 31 OK AUTROD 19.40 52
Pipe Welding Electrodes OK TIGROD S2 (SPL) 31 FCAW Consumables
PIPEWELD 6010R 10 OK TIGROD 13.09 32 DUAL SHIELD 7100 LH 53
Low Alloy Electrodes OK TIGROD 13.16 32 DUAL SHIELD 7100 54
OK 73.08 11 OK TIGROD B2L 33 OK TUBROD 15.14A 54
OK 73.68 11 OK TIGROD 13.17 33 OK TUBROD 15.00A 53
OK 74.46 12 OK TIGROD B3L 34
OK 76.18 12 COREWELD 70 55
OK TIGROD 13.23 34
OK 76.18M 13 DUAL SHIELD 7000-A1 55
OK TIGROD 13.28 35
OK 76.28 13 DUAL SHIELD 8000-B2 56
OK TIGROD 13.32 35
OK 76.28M 14 DUAL SHIELD 9000-B3 56
OK TIGROD 13.37 36
ESAB KV4 14 OK TUBROD 15.24 57
OK TIGROD 13.38 36
ESAB KV7 15 DUAL SHIELD T-115 57
OK TIGROD 16.10 37
ESAB KV7M 15 SHIELD-BRIGHT 308L 58
OK TIGROD 16.11 37
ESAB 98 16 OK TIGROD 16.13 38 SHIELD-BRIGHT 308H 58
ESAB 118 16 OK TIGROD 16.30 38 SHIELD-BRIGHT 309L 59
ESAB 120 17 OK TIGROD 16.53 39 SHIELD-BRIGHT 309MoL 59
ESAB FERROWELD W2 17 OK TIGROD 16.54 39 SHIELD-BRIGHT 316L 60
Stainless Steel Electrodes OK TIGROD 1100 39 SHIELD-BRIGHT 347 60
OK 61.50 18 OK TIGROD 4043 40 ARCALOY T-409Ti 60
OK 61.30 18 OK TIGROD 5183 40 SAW Wires
ESAB 304B 19 OK TIGROD 5356 41 OK AUTROD 12.08L 61
OK 61.80 19 OK TIGROD 5556A 41 OK AUTROD 12.22L 61
OK 63.50 20 OK TIGROD 19.30 42 ESAB SA13K 61
OK 63.30 20 OK TIGROD 19.40 42 ESAB SA10K 62
ESAB 316KCR 21 GMAW Consumables OK AUTROD 12.40L 62
OK 67.67 21 ESAB MW1 43 OK AUTROD 12.24L 62
ESAB 309 22 OK ARISTOROD 12.50 43 OK AUTROD 12.33L 63
OK 67.60 22 OK ARISTOROD 13.09 44 OK AUTROD 13.10 SC 63
i
OK AUTROD 13.20 SC 63 Consumables Guide for Terroweld CLH 157
OK AUTROD 16.10 64 ASTM Steels 109 Ferroloid 1 157
OK AUTROD 16.11 64 Quick guide for selection of Ferroloid 3 157
OK AUTROD 16.13 64 consumables 127 Ferroloid 4 158
OK AUTROD 16.30 65 OK 92.18 158
OK AUTROD 16.53 65 OK 92.58 159
SAW Flux Reclamation Consumables OK 92.60 159
OK FLUX 10.62 66 Conventional Hardfacing Alloys ESAB 802KG 160
OK FLUX 10.62L 66 Buffering 139 Steel and Dissimilar Joining Alloys
OK FLUX 10.71L 67 Duroid 250 140 Welding Dissimilar Steels 161
OK FLUX 10.81L 67 Duroid 350 140 Terroweld DMS 162
OK FLUX 10.81LS 68 Duroid 650 140 ESAB 116 162
OK FLUX 10.92L 68 Duroid 650 B 141 OK 53.18 162
Strip Cladding Consumables ESAB 600B 141 Terroweld DBL 163
STRIP & FLUX COMBINATIONS Duromangan 141 Terroweld DLH 163
FOR CLADDING 69 Low Heat Hardfacing Alloys Durochrome 164
Hard Surfacing Consumables Hardfacing 143 Terroweld DS1 164
WIRE & FLUX COMBINATIONS 70 Recommended Preheating 145 Terroweld DS2 164
Consumables for Ni Steels Asträ HTB 146 Terroweld DS3 165
9% Ni Steels for LNG Tank Fabrication 71 ESAB 116 Ni 146 Terroweld DS4 165
SMAW OK 83.28 146 Terroweld DS6 166
OK 92.26 72 OK 83.40 147 Terroweld S1 166
OK 92.86 72 OK 84.76 147 Terroweld S2 166
OK 92.59 73 OK 84.78 148 Terroweld S3 167
GMAW Terroweld EWR 148 ESAB CSA 167
OK AUTROD 19.81 74 ESAB 550 148 OK 68.82 168
OK AUTROD 19.82 74 Asträ MN 149 OK 68.53 168
GTAW Durobell 149 OK 69.33 169
OK TIGROD 19.81 75 Terroweld MN 150 Asträ ZF 169
OK TIGROD 19.82 75 Terroweld SHR 150 Terrochrome 169
OK TIGROD 19.85 76 Terrowed 35 151 Non-Ferrous Alloys
OK TIGROD 19.93 76 Terroweld 65 151 Welding Non-ferrous Alloys 170
SAW OK 84.80 151 ESAB CN1G 171
OK FLUX 10.16 77 OK 84.84 152 ESAB CN 182 171
Storage & Handling of Electrodes 78 Terroweld CRC 152 ESAB Monel 171
Approval in accordance with OK 84.52 152 OK 92.35 172
classification society rules 83 Cobalarc OK 93.60 172
Calculation of Electrode Cobalarc 153 OK 92.26 172
Consumption 84 Cobalarc 1M 154 OK 92.05 173
Data Sheet – Pipewelding 90 Cobalarc 9 154 OK 93.62 173
General Recommendations 92 Cobalarc 4 155 OK 93.66 174
GMAW 92 Cobalarc MX 155 Bronzoid 1 174
FCAW 94 Cast Iron Electrodes Cutting & Gouging Electrodes
SAW 103 Welding Cast Iron 156 Cutting and Gouging 175
ii
Terrocut 176 Selection of Hard Facing TIG Torches - Air water cooled 221
OK 21.03 176 Consumables 193 LPH 50 / 80 / 120 222
Flux Cored Wires ESAB Consumables for Joining Powercut 900 / 1600 222
OK Tubrod 14.17 177 of Dissimilar Metals 194 CPRA 800 (S) / 1200 (S) 223
OK Tubrod 14.18 177 Metal Identification Chart 195 Welding Automation
OK Tubrod 14.70 177 Thyristorised SAW
OK Tubrod 14.71 178 Arc Welding Equipment Power Sources - DC 224
OK Tubrod 15.40 178 Thyristorised SAW
OK Tubrod 15.41 178 MMA Transformers Power Sources - AC 224
OK Tubrod 15.52 179 Transweld 400 199 A2 / A6 Process controller PEH 224
OK Tubrod 15.60 179 THH 630 199 Orbital TIG Welding 225
OK Tubrod 15.73 179 MMA Rectifiers Tractor Automates - Migsytrac 226
OK Tubrod 15.80 180 RS 400 / 400S 200 Migsytrac - 2000 226
OK Tubrod 15.86 180 Esayweld SSR 400 / 600 200 Migsytrac - 3000 226
Gas Brazing Alloys LHJ 425 / 750 201 Tractor Automates - Railtrac 227
Brazing 181 Origo Arc 200 201 Tractor Automates - Trippletrac /
Rupatan 2 182 Buddy Arc 200 202 Multitrac / Mastertac 228
Rupatan 14 182 Buddy Arc 400i / 400i XC 202 Roller Beds 229
Rupatan 35 182 Origo Arc 4001i A24 203 Positioners 229
Rupatan 43 182 Caddy Arc 251i A34 203 Friction Stir welding 230
Rupatan 50 183 Origo Arc 410C / 650C / 810C 204 Robotics for Arc welding 231
Rupatan 60 183 LFD 1500 / 3000 204 Range of Robots 232
ESAB Silicon Bronze 183 EDW 350 / 400 / 500 205 Fusion Welding Methods
Ruf - Kut 183 Power Compact 255 206 Choice of Fusion Welding Method 233
Tig Filler Wires Migmatic 250 / Auto Mig 300 206 Welding Methods 233
Crystalloy 60 184 Auto K 400 / 600 207 MMA Manual Metal
Crystalloy 61 184 Auto K 400 / 600 Synergic 208 Arc Welding
Crystalloy 62 184 SCR 400 (S) 209 MMA Manual Metal Arc Welding 235
Crystalloy 80 184 Buddy Mig 500i 209 MIG / MAG Gas Metal
Crystalloy 81 185 MIG 3000i U6 MIG 3001i / 4001i 210 Arc Welding
Crystalloy 82 185 Aristo MIG 5000i 211 MAG Welding 237
Crystalloy 85 185 Aristo MIG U4000i / U5000i 212 MIG Welding 238
Crystalloy 90 185 Feed 3004w / 4804w U6 213 TIG (GTAW) Tungsten Inert
Hot Metal Spray Powders MIG Torches - Air / Water / cooled 214 Gas Welding
Powder Welding 186 Easyweld SSR 400-T / 400-T Pluse 215 TIG (GTAW Welding) 239
Castcoat 20 187 Buddy Tig 160 215 Common Faults in Arc Welding
Multiweld 40 187 Caddy TIG 2200i 216 Common Faults in Arc Welding 241
Borostrength 60 187 Origo TIG 3001i TA 24 216
Tungstrength 70 188 Aristo TIG 4000iw TA 6 217
ESAB wear plates 188 Caddy TIG 2200i AC/DC TA33 /
Industrial Gas Equipment
Conversion Chart 190 TA34 / AC/DC 218 Inlet Pressure Gauge
Comparative Hardness Scales 191 Origo TIG 3000i AC/DC A Typical Oxyfuel Gas Welding
Metal Selection Guide TA 24 AC/DC 219 and Cutting System 247
ESAB Consumables for Origo TIG 4300iw AC/DC Regulators
Different Repair Work 192 TA 24 AC/DC 220 Single Stage Regulators 250
iii
Double Stage Regulators 252
High Pressure Regulators 254
Pipe Line Regulators 256
Special Regulators 257
Cutting Blowpipes 258
Welding & Heating Blowpipes 260
Cutting Nozzles 262
Welding Tips 264
Flash Back Arresters 266
Small / Portable Cutting Machines 268
Accessories
Accessories 269
PPE & Welding Accessories

Welding Tools and Accessories 273
Welding Cables 274
Electrode Holders & Clamps 275
Personal Protection 276
Helments, Masks & Screens 277
Respiratory Equipment 278
Spectacles, Goggles & Visors 280
Welding Curtains 282
Welding Gloves 283
Welding Clothing 284
Welding Blankets 285
Safety Footwear 286
iv
Welding Consumables
Welding Consumables
Carbon Steel Electrodes
ESAB FERROSPEED TYPICAL PROPERTIES
Welding Consumables
Weld Metal All Weld
A rutile coated general-purpose electrode for
Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
SMAW
C 0.08 YS (N/mm2) 430
Classification AWS A5.1: E6012 Si 0.20 UTS (N/mm2) 520
IS 814: ER4124 Mn 0.35 Elongation (%) 25
Impact (CVN)
DESCRIPTION @ +20ºC (Joules) 70
ESAB FERROSPEED is a rutile-coated general-purpose
electrode for welding structures that are not subjected CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
to heavy dynamic loading and is specially designed for Size Length Current Range No. of Electrodes in a
higher tolerance to less cleaned plates and poor joint (mm) (mm) (Amps) Carton Cardboard box
fit-ups. The electrode has high current carrying capacity 3.15 450 95-150 150 600
and produces quality weld metal. 4.00 450 140-190 100 400
APPROVALS: ABS, BV, DNV, IBR, IRS, LRS & MMD 5.00 450 180-260 65 260
PACKING: Electrodes are packed in cartons and four of
WELDING CURRENT: DC+, AC 70V these cartons are shrink wrapped in a cardboard box.
ESAB FERROARC TYPICAL PROPERTIES
A rutile coated general-purpose electrode for Weld Metal All Weld

SMAW
C 0.08 YS (N/mm2) 430
IS 814: ER4211X Mn 0.35 Elongation (%) 26
Impact (CVN)
DESCRIPTION @ 0ºC (Joules) 80
ESAB FERROARC is a medium coated general purpose CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
mild steel electrode, which operates on low OCV (50V)
AC in all positions. ESAB FERROARC delivers smooth Size Length Current Range No. of Electrodes in a
and stable welding arc with low spatter, excellent slag (mm) (mm) (Amps) Carton Cardboard box
detachability and smooth weld bead appearance. The 2.50 350 50-80 300 900
weld deposit is of radiographic quality. 3.15 350 60-120 190 570
3.15 450 60-110 185 555
APPROVALS: ABS, BV, DNV, IBR, IRS, LRS, MMD,
4.00 450 90-170 125 375
MN Dastur & TOYO
5.00 450 130-280 85 255
WELDING CURRENT: DC+, AC 50V
PACKING: Electrodes are packed in cartons and three
of these cartons are shrink wrapped in a cardboard
box.
3
ESAB FERROSPEED PLUS TYPICAL PROPERTIES
Welding Consumables
Weld Metal All Weld

A rutile coated all-round electrode for SMAW Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
Classification AWS A5.1: E6013 C 0.08 YS (N/mm2) 400
IS 814: ER4211X Si 0.18 UTS (N/mm2) 500
Mn 0.30 Elongation (%) 27
DESCRIPTION Impact (CVN)
@ 0ºC (Joules) 80
ESAB FERROSPEED PLUS is a medium-heavy coated
mild steel welding electrode for all positions, having good CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
mechanical properties and arc characteristics. ESAB Size Length Current Range No. of Electrodes in a
FERROSPEED PLUS operates on low open circuit (mm) (mm) (Amps) Carton Cardboard
voltage and its good running characteristics results Box
in excellent weld finish of radiographic quality. ESAB
2.5 350 50-85 190/265 760/795
FERROSPEED PLUS is also known for its superior
V-down welding capabilities. 3.15 350 60-120 140/195 560/585
3.15 450 60-110 140/190 560/570
APPROVALS: ABS, BV, DNV, IBR, IRS, LRS, MMD, 4.00 450 80-180 85/115 340/345
MN Dastur, PDIL & TOYO 5.00 450 100-235 55/75 220/225
PACKING: Electrodes are packed in cartons and
three/four of these cartons are shrink wrapped in a
cardboard box.
ESAB VORTIC TYPICAL PROPERTIES

Weld Metal All Weld
A rutile coated general-purpose electrode for Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
SMAW
C 0.07 YS (N/mm2) 430
IS 814: ER4224X Mn 0.40 Elongation (%) 25
Impact (CVN)
ESAB VORTIC is a medium coated general purpose CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
mild steel electrode, especially designed for use in
vertical and over head positions. This is a rutile coated Size Length Current Range No. of Electrodes in a
electrode, with fast freezing slag and excellent slag (mm) (mm) (Amps) Carton Cardboard box
detachability even in deep grooves. 2.50 350 40-100 185 740
3.15 450 100-125 125 500
APPROVALS: IBR, IRS, LRS & MMD 4.00 450 135-175 90 360
WELDING CURRENT: DC+, AC 70V 5.00 450 150-260 60 240

these cartons are shrink wrapped in a cardboard box.
4
ESAB 28 TYPICAL PROPERTIES
Welding Consumables
Weld Metal All Weld
A rutile coated all-round electrode for SMAW Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
IS 814: ER4212X Si 0.25 UTS (N/mm2) 510
@ 0ºC (Joules) 90
ESAB 28 is a medium heavy rutile coated mild steel
electrode designed for welding of unalloyed structural CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
steels in all positions. The electrode gives smooth radio-
Size Length Current Range No. of Electrodes in a
graphic quality weld with low spatter and smoke. Slag
(mm) (mm) (Amps) Carton Cardboard box
is self detachable and the bead shape is uniform and
2.50 350 50-80 190 760
finely rippled.
3.15 350 60-130 120 480
APPROVALS: ABS, BV, DNV, IBR, IRS, LRS, MMD, 3.15 450 60-120 120 480
NPC, PDIL & TOYO 4.00 450 90-170 75 300

ESAB VORDIAN TYPICAL PROPERTIES

Weld Metal All Weld
A rutile coated high productivity electrode for
SMAW
C 0.07 YS (N/mm2) 430
IS 814: ERR4221X Mn 0.35 Elongation (%) 29
Impact (CVN)
ESAB VORDIAN is an all position medium heavy rutile CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
coated mild steel welding electrode of outstanding
quality permitting the use of low open circuit voltages.
ESAB VORDIAN is extremely suitable for flat and
2.50 350 50-80 160 640
horizontal-vertical positions, as well as for vertical and
overhead welding. 3.15 350 60-130 110 440
3.15 450 60-110 110 440
APPROVALS: ABS, BV, DNV, IBR, IRS, LRS, 4.00 450 90-170 75 300
MMD & TOYO
5.00 450 130-240 50 200
WELDING CURRENT: DC+, AC 50V PACKING: Electrodes are packed in cartons and four of
5
ESAB FERROWELD 1 TYPICAL PROPERTIES
Welding Consumables
Weld Metal All Weld

A basic coated low hydrogen electrode for Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
SMAW C 0.06 YS (N/mm2) 450
Si 0.70 UTS (N/mm2) 540
Classification AWS A5.1: E7016 Mn 1.00 Elongation (%) 32
IS 814: EB5424H3X Impact (CVN)
@ -30ºC (Joules) 60
DESCRIPTION
ESAB FERROWELD 1 is a basic coated, hydrogen CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
controlled electrode for welding mild, medium tensile, Size Length Current Range No. of Electrodes in a
low alloy, free cutting and difficult to weld steels and (mm) (mm) (Amps) Carton Cardboard box
grey cast iron (non-machinable deposits) in all positions, 2.50 350 75-105 170 680
using AC or DC. The composition of coating ensures
3.15 450 95-150 100 400
complete absence of porosity and cracking.
4.00 450 140-190 65 260
WELDING CURRENT : DC+, AC 70V 5.00 450 190-260 45 180

ESAB 36H TYPICAL PROPERTIES

Weld Metal All Weld
A basic coated low hydrogen electrode for SMAW
IS 814: EB5426H3JX Si 0.35 UTS (N/mm2) 540
ESAB 36H is a heavy basic coated, hydrogen controlled
iron powder electrode designed for welding in all CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
positions. It gives tough, crack resistant weld on mild and
low alloy steels. ESAB 36H deposits good radiographic
quality welds and is ideal for welding restraint structures
2.50 350 60-100 130 520
where stresses can not be avoided.
3.15 450 70-130 90 360
APPROVALS: ABS, BV, DNV, IBR, IRS, LRS, MMD, 4.00 450 90-200 60 240
NPC, PDIL & TOYO 5.00 450 110-280 40 160
WELDING CURRENT: DC+, AC 70V PACKING: Electrodes are packed in cartons and four
of these cartons are shrink wrapped in a cardboard box.
This electrode can also be made available in moisture
resistant vacuum packed cartons, which can be used
without redrying.
6
OK 48.20 (SPL) TYPICAL PROPERTIES
Welding Consumables
Weld Metal All Weld
A basic coated low-hydrogen MMAW electrode for
NACE requirements
C 0.07 YS (N/mm2) 450
OK 48.20 (SPL) is a heavy basic coated, low hydrogen @ -30ºC (Joules) 100
all positional electrode for welding medium tensile &
fine grained carbon steels. The electrode meets NACE CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
requirements. Size Length Current Range No. of Electrodes in a
3.15 450 95-150 90 360
4.00 450 140-190 60 240
5.00 450 180-260 40 160
PACKING: Electrodes are packed in cartons and four

without redrying.
ESAB 36H (SPL) TYPICAL PROPERTIES

Weld Metal All Weld
A basic coated low-hydrogen MMAW electrode for Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
low temperature applications
C 0.07 YS (N/mm2) 460
Classification AWS A5.1: E7018-1 Si 0.30 UTS (N/mm2) 550
IS 814: EB5626H3JX Mn 1.30 Elongation (%) 30
Impact (CVN)
DESCRIPTION @ -46ºC (Joules) 80
ESAB 36H (SPL) is a basic coated low hydrogen iron CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
powder electrode for low temperature applications. It is Size Length Current Range No. of Electrodes in a
an all positional electrode for welding medium tensile (mm) (mm) (Amps) Carton Cardboard box
and fine grained carbon steels. 2.50 350 55-100 140 560
APPROVALS: ABS, IBR, LRS, NPC, PDIL & 3.15 450 70-130 90 360
TOYO 4.00 450 90-200 60 240
5.00 450 110-280 40 160
without redrying.
7
ESAB 36H (SPL) M TYPICAL PROPERTIES
Welding Consumables
Weld Metal All Weld

A basic coated low-hydrogen MMAW electrode for Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
low temperature & NACE requirements
C 0.07 YS (N/mm2) 440
Impact (CVN)
ESAB 36H (SPL) M is a heavy basic coated extra low
hydrogen, iron powder, moisture resistant electrode CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
designed for welding in all positions. The electrode Size Length Current Range No. of Electrodes in a
meets NACE requirements. (mm) (mm) (Amps) Carton Cardboard box
2.50 350 75-105 140 560
3.15 450 95-150 90 360
4.00 450 140-190 60 240
5.00 450 180-260 40 160

without redrying.
ESAB C23S TYPICAL PROPERTIES

Weld Metal All Weld
A high recovery rutile-iron powder electrode for
SMAW
C 0.08 YS (N/mm2) 460
IS 814: ERR5234KX Mn 0.80 Elongation (%) 22
Impact (CVN)
ESAB C23S is a heavy coated rutile-iron powder
electrode having a metal recovery of 130-140%. It is CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
specially designed for very fast welding of unalloyed Size Length Current Range No. of Electrodes in a
steels in downhand position and for standing fillets by (mm) (mm) (Amps) Carton Cardboard box
contact welding. 3.15 450 70-120 75 300
APPROVALS: BV & IRS 4.00 450 70-130 55 220
5.00 450 120-250 30 120
8
Gas Welding Fluxes
Gas Welding Fluxes REMOVAL OF FLUX RESIDUE:
Welding Consumables
DESCRIPTION Aluminium and Aluminium alloys: Immediately
after welding wash the joints in warm water and brush
ESAB welding and brazing fluxes are well known and vigourously. When conditions allow, follow up by a rapid
are designed to obtain consistent and sound joints dip in a 5% solution of nitric acid; wash again, using hot
between steel, copper, brass, bronze and aluminium. water to assist drying.
Some of the common applications are found in manu-
facturing and repair of automobiles, refrigeration and air Copper and Brass:- Wash in boiling water followed
conditioning, tool manufacturing and other industries. by brushing. Where possible a 2% solution of nitric or
sulphuric acid is prefered to help in tifting the glassy
ESAB WELDING AND BRAZING FLUXES deposit, followed by a hot water wash.
Flux Application Cast Iron:- Residues may be removed easily by a

chipping hammer or wire brush.
ESAB Castox Cast Iron
Welding Cast Irons by fusion welding Rupatam A:- Can be easily removed by soaking brazed
technique. components in hot water followed by wire brushing. In
difficult situations, the work piece should be immersed
ESAB Brazotectic Fusion welding of brass, brazing copper
in 5% to 10% sulphuric acid solution for a period of 2
to steel sheets and tubes with Sillicon
Bronze rods. Welding copper alloys
to 5 minutes, followed by hot water rinsing and wire
with Nickel Bronze and other Bronze brushing.
rods. However not suitable for braze -
welding cast iron or brazing stellite for
PACKING: ESAB Welding and Brazing Fluxes are
tipping of tools. packed in plastic containers and then in cardboard box
totalling 25 Kg Net of 500g each.
ESAB Bronzotectic Braze welding cast or mallesable iron
and building up worn bearing surfaces
with Manganese Bronze rods and
Nickel Bronze rods.
ESAB Alotectic Welding Alumium and Aluminium

alloys
AWS A5.31 FBI-A
ESAB Rupatam A For Silver Brazing
AWS A5.31 FB3-F
ESAB Albratectic Brazing Aluminium and Aluminium alloys
AWS A5.31 FBI -A containing 2% Magnesium
9
Pipe Welding Electrodes
PIPEWELD 6010R TYPICAL PROPERTIES

Welding Consumables
Weld Metal All Weld

Cellulose coated electrode for SMAW of pipes
IS 814: EC4410 X Si 0.35 UTS (N/mm2) 520
PIPEWELD 6010R is high cellulose coated electrode for
welding of pipes. The electrode is designed to provide CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
deep and complete penetration. The weld bead obtained Size Length Current Range No. of Electrodes in a
is smooth with a thin, fast freezing, easily removable (mm) (mm) (Amps) Carton Cardboard box
slag, giving radiographic quality weld metal.
2.50 350 50-80 200 800
APPROVALS: NPC, PDIL & TOYO 3.15 350 90-130 130 520
4.00 350 110-160 80 320
WELDING CURRENT: DC+
Also available in 10 kg hermetically sealed tins.
10
Low Alloy Electrodes
OK 73.08 TYPICAL PROPERTIES
Welding Consumables
Weld Metal All Weld
A Ni-Cu alloyed low hydrogen electrode for SMAW Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
Classification AWS A5.5: E8018-G C 0.07 YS (N/mm2) 460
IS 1395: E55BG129Fe Si 0.40 UTS (N/mm2) 550
DESCRIPTION Ni 0.45 Impact (CVN)
Cu 0.40 @ -20ºC (Joules) 130
OK 73.08 is a Ni-Cu alloyed low hydrogen electrode,
which deposits a weld metal with good corrosion
resistance to sea water and flue gases. The weld metal CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
has excellent mechanical properties. It is used for the
welding of weather proof steel and ship’s hull structural Size Length Current Range No. of Electrodes in a
steel and shell plating of ice-breakers.
2.50 350 50-90 140 560
4.00 450 140-190 55 220
5.00 450 190-240 35 140
without redrying.

Weld Metal All Weld
A 2.5Ni alloyed hydrogen controlled electrode for Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
SMAW
C 0.08 YS (N/mm2) 490
Classification AWS A5.5: E8018-C1 Si 0.35 UTS (N/mm2) 570
IS 1395: E55BC126Fe Ni 2.30 Impact (CVN)
DESCRIPTION
OK 73.68 is a 2.5Ni alloyed hydrogen controlled
electrode, specially designed for welding low alloy steels CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
used for high ductility, toughness and resistance to the Size Length Current Range No. of Electrodes in a
embrittlement effects at sub-zero temperatures. The (mm) (mm) (Amps) Carton Cardboard box
weld metal is suitable for impact requirements down to
2.50 350 50-90 79 474
-60°C. The composition of the weld metal is designed in
3.15 450 90-140 39 312
such a way that, good low temperature impact properties
are obtained, even when welding vertically up. The alloy 4.00 450 140-190 26 208
is also noted for its good corrosion resistance to sea 5.00 450 190-240 18 144
water and sulphuric acid fumes.
PACKING: Electrodes are packed in moisture resistant
APPROVALS: ABS vacuum packed cartons, which can be used without
redrying.
11
Welding Consumables
Weld Metal All Weld

A 0.5Mo alloyed low hydrogen electrode for SMAW
Classification AWS A5.5: E7018-A1 C 0.06 YS (N/mm2) 500
IS 1395: E49BA126Fe Si 0.30 UTS (N/mm2) 590
DESCRIPTION Mo 0.55 Impact (CVN)
OK 74.46 is a 0.5Mo alloyed low hydrogen electrode for
welding of creep resistant steels. The specially designed
running characteristics make it suitable for welding joints CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
in the inclined positions. OK 74.46 deposits a weld metal
with good crack resistance and creep resistance up to a
temperature of 525°C.
2.50 350 50-95 135 540
APPROVALS: IBR, NPC, PDIL & TOYO 3.15 450 75-130 95 380
4.00 450 90-175 60 240
5.00 450 110-290 35 140

without redrying.

Weld Metal All Weld
A 1.25Cr-0.5Mo alloyed low hydrogen electrode for
SMAW of creep resistant steels
C 0.06 YS (N/mm2) 530
Classification AWS A5.5: E8018-B2 Si 0.60 UTS (N/mm2) 620
IS 1395: E55BB226Fe Mn 0.70 Elongation (%) 26
Cr 1.25
DESCRIPTION Mo 0.60
OK 76.18 is a basic coated, hydrogen controlled iron
powder type electrode, for welding creep resistant CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
steels of 1.25Cr-0.5Mo or similar type, used in high
temperature components of power plants, boilers, oil- Size Length Current Range No. of Electrodes in a
refineries, petrochem-ical plants etc. The slag system is (mm) (mm) (Amps) Carton Cardboard box
designed in such a way that the electrode welds with a 2.50 350 70-100 130 520
stable arc and minimum spatter. OK 76.18 welds without 3.15 450 90-150 95 380
short-circuiting and deposits a weld metal resistant to 4.00 450 140-180 60 240
both cracking and porosity. The weld metal is resistant 5.00 450 180-240 35 140
to scaling up to 575°C.
APPROVALS: IBR, NPC, PDIL & TOYO of these cartons are shrink wrapped in a cardboard box.
without redrying.
12
OK 76.18M TYPICAL PROPERTIES
Welding Consumables
Weld Metal All Weld
A low carbon 1.25Cr-0.5Mo alloyed electrode for
C 0.03 YS (N/mm2) 450
Classification AWS A5.5: E7018-B2L Si 0.40 UTS (N/mm2) 540
IS 1395: E49BB2L26Fe Mn 0.60 Elongation (%) 24
Cr 1.25
DESCRIPTION Mo 0.55
OK 76.18M is a low carbon, basic coated hydrogen
controlled iron powder type electrode, used for welding
creep resistant steels of 1.25Cr-0.5Mo or similar type,
CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
used in high temperature components of power plants,
boilers, oil-refineries, petrochemical plants etc. The Size Length Current Range No. of Electrodes in a
electrode welds with a stable arc, minimum amount (mm) (mm) (Amps) Carton Cardboard box
of spatter and smooth & even weld bead. OK 76.18M 2.50 350 70-110 130 520
deposits a weld metal resistant to both cracking 3.15 450 90-150 95 380
and porosity. The weld metal is resistant to scaling up 4.00 450 130-190 60 240
to 575°C. 5.00 450 150-260 35 140
without redrying.

Weld Metal All Weld
A 2.25Cr-1Mo alloyed low hydrogen electrode for
Classification AWS A5.5: E9018-B3 C 0.07 YS (N/mm2) 620
Si 0.50 UTS (N/mm2) 710
IS 1395: 63BB326Fe Mn 0.80 Elongation (%) 21
Cr 2.30
DESCRIPTION
Mo 1.00
OK 76.28 is a basic coated hydrogen controlled iron
powder type electrode, depositing a weld metal of
the type 2.25Cr-1Mo, suitable for welding of similar CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
Cr-Mo steels, used in high temperature components
of power plants, boilers, oil-refineries, petrochemical
plants etc. The slag system is designed in such a way
that the electrode welds with a stable arc and minimum 2.50 350 60-90 130 520
spatter. The weld metal provides scaling resistance up 3.15 450 80-140 95 380
to 600°C. 4.00 450 95-180 60 240
5.00 450 140-270 35 140
APPROVALS: IBR, NPC, PDIL & TOYO
without redrying.
13
OK 76.28M TYPICAL PROPERTIES
Welding Consumables
Weld Metal All Weld

A low carbon 2.25Cr-1Mo alloyed electrode for
C 0.05 YS (N/mm2) 610
Classification AWS A5.5: E8018-B3L Si 0.50 UTS (N/mm2) 700
DESCRIPTION Cr 2.15
Mo 1.10
OK 76.28M is a low carbon basic coated hydrogen
controlled iron powder type electrode, depositing a
weld metal of the type 2.25Cr-1Mo, suitable for welding CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
of similar Cr-Mo steels, used in high temperature
components of power plants, boilers, oil-refineries, Size Length Current Range No. of Electrodes in a
petrochemical plants etc. The electrode welds with (mm) (mm) (Amps) Carton Cardboard box
a stable arc, minimum amount of spatter and smooth 2.50 350 60-90 130 520
& even weld bead. The weld metal provides scaling 3.15 450 80-140 95 380
resistance up to 600°C. 4.00 450 100-180 60 240
without redrying.
ESAB KV4 TYPICAL PROPERTIES

Weld Metal All Weld
A 5Cr-0.5Mo alloyed low hydrogen electrode for
C 0.06 YS (N/mm2) 480
IS 1395: E55B-B620 Mn 0.70 Elongation (%) 19
Cr 5.00
DESCRIPTION Mo 0.50
ESAB KV4 is a 5Cr-0.5Mo alloyed basic coated low

hydrogen electrode, used for welding creep resistant, CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
Cr-Mo bearing steels. It deposits a weld metal that is
highly resistant to heat and corrosion. The electrode is
designed to provide a stable arc, minimum spatter and
superior weld bead. ESAB KV4 finds extensive use in 2.50 350 50-90 135 540
the oil refineries, chemical and petrochemical Industries 3.15 350 90-140 95 380
where it has to resist corrosion and hydrogen attack at 4.00 350 140-190 60 240
high temperatures. 5.00 450 190-240 45 180
WELDING CURRENT: DC+ PACKING: Electrodes are packed in cartons and four
without redrying.
14
ESAB KV7 TYPICAL PROPERTIES
Welding Consumables
Weld Metal All Weld
A 9Cr-1Mo alloyed low hydrogen electrode for
C 0.06 YS (N/mm2) 630
IS 1395: E55BB820 Mn 0.90 Elongation (%) 21
Cr 10.40
DESCRIPTION Ni 0.15
Mo 1.10
ESAB KV7 is basic coated low hydrogen electrode, for
welding creep resistant steels of 9Cr-1Mo type. The
weld metal is highly resistant to corrosion and hydrogen CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
attack at high temperatures. The electrode runs with a
quiet, stable arc and gives a minimum amount of spat- Size Length Current Range No. of Electrodes in a
ter and superior weld appearance. It finds extensive use (mm) (mm) (Amps) Carton Cardboard box
in the power plants, oil refineries, chemical and petro- 2.50 350 70-100 135 540
chemical industries. 3.15 350 90-125 95 380
4.00 350 140-190 60 240
5.00 450 180-240 45 180
without redrying.
ESAB KV7M TYPICAL PROPERTIES

Weld Metal All Weld
A 9Cr-1Mo-V-N alloyed low hydrogen electrode for
C 0.10 YS (N/mm2) 620
Classification AWS A5.5: E9018-B9 (Nearest) Si 0.20 UTS (N/mm2) 710
DESCRIPTION Cr 9.00
Ni 0.10
ESAB KV7M is a basic coated low hydrogen electrode Mo 1.10
for welding of modified 9Cr-1Mo steels like P91/T91. Nb 0.04
The electrode is suitable for all positional welding in N 0.04
plates and tubes. ESAB KV7M finds extensive use in the V 0.20
power plants, oil refineries, chemical and petrochemical
industries where it has to resist corrosion and hydrogen CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
attack at high temperatures.
WELDING CURRENT: DC+ (mm) (mm) (Amps) Carton Cardboard box
2.50 350 60-80 135 540
3.15 350 90-130 95 380
4.00 350 95-195 60 240
5.00 450 140-270 35 140
without redrying.
15
Welding Consumables
Weld Metal All Weld

A Ni-Mo alloyed low hydrogen electrode for SMAW
of high tensile strength steels
C 0.05 YS (N/mm2) 570
Classification AWS A5.5: E9018M Si 0.40 UTS (N/mm2) 640
DESCRIPTION Cr 0.10 Impact (CVN)
ESAB 98 is a Ni-Mo alloyed hydrogen controlled iron Ni 1.60 @ -51ºC (Joules) 110
Mo 0.25
powder type electrode, for welding high tensile strength
steels. The electrode deposits, tough and crack resistant
welds. The optimum addition of iron powder permits CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
the use of higher currents and results in improved arc
characteristics coupled with higher metal recovery. The Size Length Current Range No. of Electrodes in a
operational characteristics are excellent in all positions. (mm) (mm) (Amps) Carton Cardboard box
ESAB 98 finds extensive use in pressure vessels, 2.50 350 50-90 130 520
piping, penstock, earth moving equipment, machinery 3.15 450 90-140 90 360
parts, automobile parts, chemical plants etc. 4.00 450 140-190 60 240
5.00 450 190-240 40 160
APPROVAL: ABS
WELDING CURRENT: DC+, AC 70V of these cartons are shrink wrapped in a cardboard box.
without redrying.

Weld Metal All Weld
A Cr-Ni-Mo alloyed low hydrogen electrode for
SMAW of HSLA steels
C 0.05 YS (N/mm2) 690
Ni 2.20 @ -51ºC (Joules) 50
ESAB 118 is a Cr-Ni-Mo alloyed low hydrogen electrode,
Mo 0.40
for welding high strength low alloy steels including
quenched and tempered steels. The electrode gives a
tough weld metal without the risk of temper brittleness. CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
The all position electrode has excellent arc and current
carrying characteristics, with an easily removable slag Size Length Current Range No. of Electrodes in a
and excellent bead finish contributing to its immense (mm) (mm) (Amps) Carton Cardboard box
welder appeal. Used for components of penstock, earth 2.50 350 75-110 130 520
moving equipment and other heavy steel fabrications 3.15 450 90-140 90 360
made of high tensile strength steels. 4.00 450 140-185 60 240
5.00 450 160-240 40 160
APPROVALS: ABS
without redrying.
16
Welding Consumables
Weld Metal All Weld
A Cr-Ni-Mo alloyed low hydrogen electrode for
SMAW of HSLA steels
C 0.06 YS (N/mm2) 790
Ni 2.35 @ -51ºC (Joules) 70
ESAB 120 is a Cr-Ni-Mo alloyed low hydrogen electrode,
Mo 0.40
for welding ultra high strength low alloy steels. The
electrode is designed to give a tough weld metal
avoiding risk of temper brittleness. The operational CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
characteristics are excellent in all positions.
APPROVALS: ABS (mm) (mm) (Amps) Carton Cardboard box
3.15 450 90-140 90 360
5.00 450 190-240 40 160

without redrying.
ESAB FERROWELD W2 TYPICAL PROPERTIES

Weld Metal All Weld
A Cr-Ni-Cu alloyed low hydrogen electrode for
SMAW of weathering steels
C 0.06 YS (N/mm2) 560
Classification AWS A5.5: E8018-W2 Si 0.50 UTS (N/mm2) 650
Ni 0.60 @ -20ºC (Joules) 80
ESAB FERROWELD W2 is a Cr-Ni-Cu alloyed basic
Cu 0.40
coated hydrogen controlled electrode, suitable for
welding of weathering steels, steels having greater
resistance to atmospheric corrosion as compared to CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
normal steels and high tensile strength steels. The
electrode is designed to provide excellent striking and
re-striking properties, stable arc, easily detachable slag
2.50 350 50-90 140 560
and smooth & even weld bead. ESAB FERROWELD
W2 is specially recommended for weathering steels like 3.15 450 90-140 90 360
COR-TEN A & B and their equivalents. 4.00 450 140-190 60 240
5.00 450 190-240 40 160
without redrying.
17
Stainless Steel Electrodes

Welding Consumables
Weld Metal All Weld

A rutile based stainless steel electrode for SMAW of
18Cr-8Ni type steels
C 0.05 YS (N/mm2) 470
DESCRIPTION Cr 20.50
Ni 9.10
OK 61.50 is an AC/DC rutile coated 20Cr-10Ni stainless
steel electrode. The unique flux coating allows easy
striking and restriking and is completely free from short- CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
circuiting during welding. Size Length Current Range Packing
(mm) (mm) (Amps)
APPROVALS: NPC, PDIL & TOYO
2.50 350 60-100 Weight Per Box: 10 Kg
WELDING CURRENT: DC+, AC 70V 3.15 350 80-120 Weight Per Carton
4.00 350 120-170 (Packet): 2 Kg
No. of Cartons (Packets)
5.00 350 160-210
in a box: 5
PACKING: Electrodes are packed in heat sealed plastic

cartons and five of these cartons are shrink wrapped
in a card board box. This electrode can also be made
available in moisture resistant vacuum packed cartons,
which can be used without redrying

Weld Metal All Weld
A rutile based extra low carbon stainless steel Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
electrode for SMAW of 18Cr-8Ni type steels
C 0.03 YS (N/mm2) 540
Classification AWS A5.4: E308L-16 Si 0.90 UTS (N/mm2) 620
OK 61.30 is a rutile based extra low carbon 20Cr-10- Ni 10.00
Ni type stainless steel electrode with a controlled ferrite
that provides excellent resistance to corrosion, cracking CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
and high temperature scaling resistance up to 800°C.
Size Length Current Range Packing
APPROVALS: PDIL & TOYO
(mm) (mm) (Amps)
WELDING CURRENT: DC+, AC 70V 2.50 350 60-90 Weight Per Box: 10 Kg
3.15 350 80-120 Weight Per Carton
4.00 350 120-170 (Packet): 2 Kg
5.00 350 160-210
in a Box: 5

which can be used without redrying.
18
ESAB 304B TYPICAL PROPERTIES
Welding Consumables
Weld Metal All Weld
A basic coated extra low carbon stainless steel elec- Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
trode for SMAW of 18Cr-8Ni type steels
C 0.03 YS (N/mm2) 450
Classification AWS A5.4: E308L-15 Si 0.40 UTS (N/mm2) 570
DESCRIPTION Mn 1.50 Elongation (%) 40
Cr 19.00 Impact (CVN)
ESAB 304B is an extra low carbon, basic coated 19Cr- Ni 10.50 @ -196ºC (Joules) 30
10Ni stainless steel electrode with outstanding welding
properties in the vertical and overhead position. The weld
metal is highly resistant to cracking and porosity and CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
has good impact toughness at very low temperatures. Size Length Current Range Packing
APPROVAL: NPC (mm) (mm) (Amps)
2.50 350 60-100 Weight Per Box: 10 Kg
4.00 350 120-170 (Packet): 2 Kg
5.00 350 180-210
in a Box: 5

Weld Metal All Weld
A Nb stabilised stainless steel electrode for SMAW Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
of 18Cr-8Ni & stabilized stainless steels
C 0.03 YS (N/mm2) 550
Cr 19.80
OK 61.80 is a rutile type low carbon 19Cr-10Ni stabilized Ni 9.80
stainless steel electrode. Niobium minimizes the Nb 0.65
chromium carbide precipitation and thereby improves
the intergranular corrosion resistance.
APPROVALS: NPC & TOYO
WELDING CURRENT: DC+, AC 70V (mm) (mm) (Amps)
2.50 350 60-100 Weight Per Box: 10 Kg
4.00 350 120-170 (Packet): 2 Kg
5.00 350 160-210
in a Box: 5
19
Welding Consumables
Weld Metal All Weld

A rutile based stainless steel electrode for SMAW of
18Cr-12Ni-2.5Mo type steels
C 0.05 YS (N/mm2) 480
Ni 12.00
OK 63.50 is a rutile coated stainless steel electrode with
Mo 2.10
a unique low moisture absorption coating depositing a
weld metal of the type 18Cr-12Ni-2.5Mo.
APPROVALS: NPC, PDIL & TOYO CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
(mm) (mm) (Amps)
2.50 350 60-100 Weight Per Box: 10 Kg
4.00 350 120-170 (Packet): 2 Kg
5.00 350 160-210
in a Box: 5
A rutile based extra low carbon stainless steel Weld Metal All Weld
electrode for SMAW of 18Cr-12Ni-2.5Mo type steels Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
Classification AWS A5.4: E316L-16 C 0.03 YS (N/mm2) 500

Si 0.85 UTS (N/mm2) 590
OK 63.30 is an extra low carbon, rutile based electrode Cr 18.30
depositing a weld metal of the type 18Cr-12Ni-2.5Mo. It Ni 12.00
Mo 2.30
is completely free from short-circuiting during welding
coupled with excellent striking and restriking properties.
It provides a self releasing slag and a weld bead that is CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
extremely smooth and shiny.
APPROVALS : PDIL & TOYO (mm) (mm) (Amps)
4.00 350 120-170 (Packet): 2 Kg
5.00 350 160-210
in a Box: 5
20
ESAB 316KCR TYPICAL PROPERTIES
Welding Consumables
Weld Metal All Weld
An extra low carbon stainless steel electrode
depositing ferrite free weld metal
C 0.04 YS (N/mm2) 450
Classification AWS A 5.4: E316L-16 (Nearest) Si 0.40 UTS (N/mm2) 570
Ni 14.20
ESAB 316KCR is a specially designed extra low carbon
Mo 2.20
stainless steel electrode to deposit a ferrite free, fully
austenitic weld metal with better corrosion resistance to
hydrochloric, nitric and sulphuric acids. CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
APPROVALS: PDIL, SNAMPROGETTI (CR.UR.510 Size Length Current Range Packing

rev 03) & TOYO (mm) (mm) (Amps)
WELDING CURRENT: DC+, AC 70V 2.50 350 60-90 Weight Per Box: 10 Kgs
4.00 350 120-170 (Packet): 2 Kg
5.00 350 160-210
in a Box: 5


A rutile based stainless steel electrode for SMAW of Weld Metal All Weld
similar composition steels & dissimilar steels Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
Classification AWS A 5.4: E309-16 C 0.04 YS (N/mm2) 480

Si 0.75 UTS (N/mm2) 590
OK 67.67 is a rutile based, all positional electrode Cr 23.20
depositing a weld metal of the type 23Cr-13Ni. The weld Ni 13.20
deposit provides excellent resistance to corrosion and
oxidation at very high temperatures, up to 1100°C. CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
APPROVALS: NPC, PDIL & TOYO
(mm) (mm) (Amps)
4.00 350 120-170 (Packet): 2 Kg
5.00 350 160-210
in a Box: 5
21
Welding Consumables
Weld Metal All Weld

A basic coated stainless steel electrode for SMAW
of similar composition steels & dissimilar steels
C 0.05 YS (N/mm2) 490
Classification AWS A 5.4: E309-15 Si 0.70 UTS (N/mm2) 620
Ni 13.20
ESAB 309 is a basic coated, all positional electrode
depositing a weld metal of the type 23Cr-13Ni. The weld
deposit is extremely tough, resistant to corrosion and CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
oxidation at elevated temperatures, up to 1100°C. Size Length Current Range Packing
WELDING CURRENT: DC+ (mm) (mm) (Amps)
2.50 350 60-100 Weight Per Box: 10 Kg
4.00 350 120-170 (Packet): 2 Kg
5.00 350 160-210
in a Box: 5

Weld Metal All Weld
A rutile based extra low carbon 23Cr-13Ni stainless
steel electrode for SMAW
C 0.03 YS (N/mm2) 490
Classification AWS A 5.4: E309L-16 Si 0.75 UTS (N/mm2) 600
OK 67.60 is a rutile based, extra low carbon, all positional Ni 13.60
electrode of 23Cr-13Ni type for joining of stainless steels
to unalloyed or low alloyed steels and for surfacing of
unalloyed steels. CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
APPROVALS : NPC, PDIL & TOYO
(mm) (mm) (Amps)
4.00 350 120-170 (Packet): 2 Kg
5.00 350 160-210
in a Box: 5
22
ESAB 309LC TYPICAL PROPERTIES
Welding Consumables
Weld Metal All Weld
A basic coated extra low carbon 23Cr-13Ni stainless
steel electrode for SMAW
C 0.03 YS (N/mm2) 470
Classification AWS A 5.4: E309L-15 Si 0.75 UTS (N/mm2) 590
ESAB 309LC is an extra low carbon all positional basic Ni 13.70
coated electrode giving austenitic weld deposit of
23Cr-13Ni type. It is suitable for welding heat resistant
Cr-Ni alloyed steels and stainless steels to unalloyed or
low alloyed steels, where better toughness is required. Size Length Current Range Packing
(mm) (mm) (Amps)
2.50 350 60-100 Weight Per Box: 10 Kg
4.00 350 120-170 (Packet): 2 Kg
5.00 350 160-210
in a Box: 5

A rutile based 23Cr-13Ni-2.5Mo stainless steel Weld Metal All Weld

electrode for SMAW Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
C 0.06 YS (N/mm2) 530

Classification AWS A 5.4: E309Mo-16
Si 0.80 UTS (N/mm2) 630
Cr 24.00
OK 67.70 is a rutile based, over alloyed stainless steel Ni 13.50
electrode giving a weld deposit of 23Cr-13Ni-2.5Mo Mo 2.60
type, for welding stainless steels to other types of steels
and for use as a buffer layer in welding acid resisting
clad steels. CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
APPROVALS: NPC & PDIL Size Length Current Range Packing

(mm) (mm) (Amps)
4.00 350 120-170 (Packet): 2 Kg
5.00 350 160-210
in a Box: 5
23
ESAB 309Mo TYPICAL PROPERTIES
Welding Consumables
A basic coated 23Cr-13Ni-2.5Mo stainless steel Weld Metal All Weld

electrode for SMAW Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
Classification AWS A 5.4: E309Mo-15 C 0.06 YS (N/mm2) 520

Si 0.80 UTS (N/mm2) 620
Cr 24.00
ESAB 309Mo is a basic coated, over-alloyed stainless
Ni 13.00
steel electrode giving a weld deposit of 23Cr-13Ni- Mo 2.50
2.5Mo type, for welding stainless steels to other types
of steels, where better toughness is required.
(mm) (mm) (Amps)
2.50 350 60-100 Weight Per Box: 10 Kg
4.00 350 120-170 (Packet): 2 Kg
5.00 350 160-210
in a Box: 5
ESAB 309LMo TYPICAL PROPERTIES
A basic coated extra low carbon stainless steel Weld Metal All Weld
electrode for SMAW of similar composition steels & Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
dissimilar steels C 0.03 YS (N/mm2) 500
Classification AWS A 5.4: E309LMo-15 Si 0.70 UTS (N/mm2) 600
Ni 13.50
ESAB 309LMo is an extra low carbon, basic coated all Mo 2.50
positional stainless steel electrode, giving an austenitic
weld deposit of 23Cr-13Ni-2.5Mo type. The weld metal
has excellent resistance to corrosion and oxidation CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
at elevated temperatures up to 1100°C in continuous Size Length Current Range Packing
service, coupled with good strength and toughness.
(mm) (mm) (Amps)
WELDING CURRENT: DC+ 2.50 350 60-100 Weight Per Box: 10 Kg
4.00 350 120-170 (Packet): 2 Kg
5.00 350 160-210
in a Box: 5
24
ESAB 309Cb TYPICAL PROPERTIES
Welding Consumables
Weld Metal All Weld
A Nb stabilised stainless steel electrode for SMAW
of similar composition steels & dissimilar steels
C 0.04 YS (N/mm2) 510
Classification AWS A 5.4: E309Nb-15 Si 0.80 UTS (N/mm2) 630
ESAB 309Cb is a basic coated stainless steel electrode Ni 13.50
giving austenitic weld deposit of 23Cr-13Ni type. Nb 0.70
Columbium provides immunity against weld decay. The
C-Nb ratio is carefully controlled to provide stabilization CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
against intergranular corrosion.
WELDING CURRENT: DC+ (mm) (mm) (Amps)
2.50 350 60-100 Weight Per Box: 10 Kg
4.00 350 120-170 (Packet): 2 Kg
5.00 350 160-210
in a Box: 5

A stainless steel electrode depositing fully auste- Weld Metal All Weld
nitic weld metal for SMAW of 25Cr-20Ni type steels Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
C 0.10 YS (N/mm2) 430

Classification AWS A 5.4: E310-16
Si 0.60 UTS (N/mm2) 600
DESCRIPTION
Cr 26.50
OK 67.13 is a semi basic type austenitic stainless steel Ni 21.00
electrode depositing a 25Cr-20Ni type weld deposit, Mo 0.10
which has excellent stability and oxidation resistance in
continuous service up to 1100°C.
APPROVALS: NPC Size Length Current Range Packing
2.50 350 60-100 Weight Per Box: 10 Kg
4.00 350 120-170 (Packet): 2 Kg
5.00 350 160-210
in a Box: 5
without redrying.
25
ESAB RSW TYPICAL PROPERTIES
Welding Consumables
A rutile based high alloyed universal electrode for Weld Metal All Weld
joining steels of unknown composition Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
Classification AWS A 5.4: E312-16 C 0.09 YS (N/mm2) 600

Si 0.50 UTS (N/mm2) 770
Cr 30.00
ESAB RSW is a rutile coated all positional electrode, for
Ni 10.00
welding of complex dissimilar alloys and high strength Mo 0.20
steels with low heat input, giving sound joints free from
any cracks and fissures. It is a specially designed high
alloy electrode for joining steels of unknown composition. CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
The weld metal has high strength combined with
excellent resistance against impact, heat (excellent
scaling resistance up to 1150°C) and corrosion. (mm) (mm) (Amps)
2.50 350 60-100 Weight Per Box: 10 Kg
APPROVALS: CQA (Met), Ichapore & DGQA 3.15 350 80-120 Weight Per Carton
WELDING CURRENT: DC+, AC 70 V 4.00 350 120-170 (Packet): 2 Kg
5.00 350 160-210
in a Box: 5
without redrying.

Weld Metal All Weld
A 20Cr-10Ni-5Mn stainless steel electrode for
SMAW
C 0.04 YS (N/mm2) 450
Classification AWS A 5.4: E307-16 (Nearest) Si 0.60 UTS (N/mm2) 610
OK 67.45 is an austenitic stainless steel electrode giving Ni 10.50
a weld metal of the 20Cr-10Ni-5Mn type. The tough weld Mo 0.60
metal imparts excellent crack resistance, when welding
steels of even poor weldability.
APPROVALS: CQA (Met), Ichapore & DGQA Size Length Current Range Packing
2.50 350 60-100 Weight Per Box: 10 Kg
4.00 350 120-170 (Packet): 2 Kg
5.00 350 160-210
in a Box: 5
without redrying.
26
ESAB CHROMWELD G TYPICAL PROPERTIES
Welding Consumables
Weld Metal All Weld
A rutile coated 18Cr-8Ni-4Mn stainless steel Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
electrode for SMAW
C 0.06 YS (N/mm2) 470
DESCRIPTION Si 0.80 UTS (N/mm2) 630
ESAB CHROMWELD G is a rutile coated stainless steel Cr 18.40
electrode depositing an 18Cr-8Ni-5Mn work hardening Ni 8.20
type weld metal. The electrode is specially designed for Mo 0.30
applications involving good work hardening properties
and for joining of high tensile steels.
(mm) (mm) (Amps)
2.50 350 60-100 Weight Per Box: 10 Kg
4.00 350 120-170 (Packet): 2 Kg
5.00 350 160-210
in a Box: 5

without redrying.
ESAB ARMOlD 1 TYPICAL PROPERTIES

Weld Metal All Weld
A special stainless steel electrode for SMAW of Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
armour plates and crack sensitive steels
C 0.08 UTS (N/mm2) 730
DESCRIPTION Si 0.50 Elongation (%) 35
ESAB ARMOlD 1 is a stainless steel electrode designed Mn 1.40
for joining of high strength and dissimilar alloys, armour Cr 19.50
Ni 8.50
plates and other crack sensitive steels. It deposits an
Mo 2.80
austenitic weld metal with sufficient residual ferrite to
impart extreme crack resistivity.
APPROVALS: CQA (Met), Ichapore & DGQA
2.50 350 60-100 Weight Per Box: 10 Kg
4.00 350 120-170 (Packet): 2 Kg
5.00 350 160-210
in a Box: 5
without redrying.
27
Welding Consumables
Weld Metal All Weld

A basic coated stainless steel electrode depositing
a ferritic 13Cr weld metal for SMAW
C 0.03 UTS (N/mm2) 520
Classification AWS A5.4: E410-15 Si 0.40 Elongation (%) 25
Mn 0.70
OK 68.10 is a basic coated stainless steel electrode Ni 0.40
giving ferritic weld metal of 13Cr type for welding steels
of similar composition.
WELDING CURRENT: DC+ Packing
Size Length Current Range
(mm) (mm) (Amps)
2.50 350 70-100 Weight Per Box: 10 Kg
4.00 350 120-170 (Packet): 2 Kg
5.00 350 160-210
in a Box: 5

without redrying.

13Cr-4Ni-Mo type stainless steel castings Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
C 0.03 UTS (N/mm2) 800

Classification AWS A 5.4: E410NiMo-16
Si 0.35 Elongation (%) 15
DESCRIPTION Mn 0.90
Cr 12.00
OK 68.00 is a specially designed rutile coated stainless Ni 4.70
steel electrode depositing 12Cr-4.5Ni-0.5 Mo weld Mo 0.60
metal. It has excellent welding characteristics in flat,
H-V position and V-up positions.
(mm) (mm) (Amps)
2.50 350 70-100 Weight Per Box: 10 Kg
4.00 350 120-170 (Packet): 2 Kg
5.00 350 160-210
in a Box: 5

without redrying.
28
Welding Consumables
Weld Metal All Weld
A basic coated stainless steel electrode depositing
a ferritic 17Cr weld metal for SMAW
C 0.03 UTS (N/mm2) 520
Classification AWS A 5.4: E430-15 Si 0.60 Elongation (%) 22
Mn 0.35
Ni 0.35
ESAB 430 is a basic coated stainless steel electrode
giving ferritic weld metal of 17Cr type for welding steels
of similar composition. CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
WELDING CURRENT: DC+ Size Length Current Range Packing
(mm) (mm) (Amps)
2.50 350 70-100 Weight Per Box: 10 Kg
4.00 350 120-170 (Packet): 2 Kg
5.00 350 160-210
in a Box: 5

without redrying.

duplex stainless steels Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
C 0.03 YS (N/mm2) 690

Classification AWS A5.4: E2209-17
Si 0.75 UTS (N/mm2) 850
OK 67.50 is an acid rutile electrode specially designed Ni 9.50 @ +20ºC (Joules) 50
for welding of ferritic-austenitic stainless steels of the Mo 3.00 @ -30ºC (Joules) 40
type UNS S31803 (popularly known as “Duplex stainless Cu 0.10
steels”). N 0.15
APPROVALS: ABS, BV, CE, CWB, DNV, Seproz &

CURRENT RANGE
VdTÜV
2.50 300 50-90
3.20 350 80-120
4.00 350 90-160
5.00 350 150-220

vacuum packed cartons, which can be used without
redrying.
29
Welding Consumables
Weld Metal All Weld

A basic coated stainless steel electrode for SMAW
of super duplex stainless steels
C 0.04 YS (N/mm2) 700
OK 68.55 is a basic coated electrode for welding Ni 9.70 @ -20ºC (Joules) 70
austenitic-ferritic steels of the super duplex type. OK Mo 4.00 @ -40ºC (Joules) 55
68.55 deposits a weld metal with high ductility that N 0.25 @ -60ºC (Joules) 45
has very high resistance to pitting, crevice and stress
corrosion cracking. CURRENT RANGE
APPROVALS: DNV
(mm) (mm) (Amps)
WELDING CURRENT: DC+ 2.50 300 50-80
3.20 350 60-100
4.00 350 100-140
vacuum packed cartons, which can be used without
redrying.
30
GTAW Consumables
OK TIGROD S2 TYPICAL PROPERTIES
Welding Consumables
Wire Composition All Weld
A Cu coated solid rod for GTAW (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
Classification AWS A5.18: ER70S-2 C 0.06 YS (N/mm2) 420

EN ISO 636-A: W 38 3 W2Ti Si 0.55 UTS (N/mm2) 520
OK TIGROD S2 is a copper coated Mn-Si alloyed
solid rod for GTAW of non-alloyed steels, used in PACKING DATA
general construction, pressure vessel fabrication and
Size Length Packing
shipbuilding. It is especially suitable for welding of light
(mm) (mm) (5 Kg.)
gauge non-alloyed steels in all positions and for a variety
of applications, including root run for pipes & tubes. 1.6 1000 3
2.0 1000 3
APPROVALS: NPC & PDIL 2.5 1000 3
3.15 1000 3
WELDING CURRENT: DC-
PACKING: The rods are packed in tubes weighing 5 kg
SHIELDING GAS: Ar
and four of them in a cardboard box.
OK TIGROD S2 (SPL) TYPICAL PROPERTIES

A Cu coated solid rod for GTAW (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
EN ISO 636-A: W 38 3 W2Ti Si 0.55 UTS (N/mm2) 520
DESCRIPTION Al 0.13 Impact (CVN)
OK TIGROD S2 (SPL) is a copper coated Mn-Si alloyed Ti 0.08 @ -46ºC (Joules) 60
solid rod for the GTAW of non-alloyed and micro alloyed Zr 0.07
steels, used in general construction, pressure vessel
fabrication and shipbuilding. OK TIGROD S2 (SPL) PACKING DATA
contains optimized manganese and silicon to provide Size Length Packing
good strength and impact toughness at sub-zero (mm) (mm) (5 Kg.)
temperatures. The alloy meets NACE requirements. 1.6 1000 3
2.0 1000 3
2.5 1000 3
SHIELDING GAS: Ar 3.15 1000 3
PACKING: The rods are packed in tubes weighing 5 kg

and four of them in a cardboard box.
31
OK TIGROD 13.09 TYPICAL PROPERTIES
Welding Consumables

A Cu coated 0.5Mo alloyed solid rod for GTAW (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
Classification AWS A5.28: ER80S-G C 0.10 YS (N/mm2) 540

Si 0.60 UTS (N/mm2) 630
Mo 0.50 Impact (CVN)
OK TIGROD 13.09 is copper coated 0.5Mo alloyed solid Cu 0.15 @ -40ºC (Joules) 90
for the GTAW of creep-resistant steels of the same type,
such as pipes in pressure vessels and boilers with a
PACKING DATA
working temperature of up to about 500°C. The rod can
also be used for high strength low alloy steels. Size Length Packing
(mm) (mm) (5 Kg.)
APPROVALS: CE, DB, DNV & VdTÜV
1.6 1000 3
WELDING CURRENT: DC- 2.0 1000 3
2.4 1000 3
SHIELDING GAS: Ar
3.2 1000 3
PACKING: The rods are packed in tubes weighing 5 kg.

A Cu coated 1.3Cr-0.5Mo alloyed solid rod for GTAW (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
of creep resistant steels
C 0.08 YS (N/mm2) 640
Classification AWS A5.28: ER80S-B2 Si 0.50 UTS (N/mm2) 730
OK TIGROD 13.16 is a copper coated chromium- Mo 0.50 @ -40ºC (Joules) 50
Cu 0.15
molybdenum alloyed (1.3Cr-0.5Mo), solid rod for
GTAW of creep resistant steels like SA387 Grade 11,
A335 Grade P11 or similar materials. OK TIGROD PACKING DATA
13.16 is a high purity wire with a guaranteed Bruscato Size Length Packing
factor X<15. (mm) (mm) (5 Kg.)
APPROVALS: CE 1.6 1000 3
2.0 1000 3
3.2 1000 3
SHIELDING GAS: Ar
32
OK TIGROD B2L TYPICAL PROPERTIES
Welding Consumables
A Cu coated low carbon 1.3Cr-0.5Mo alloyed solid rod (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
for GTAW of creep resistant steels
C 0.03 YS (N/mm2) 540
Classification AWS A5.28: ER70S-B2L Si 0.60 UTS (N/mm2) 630
OK TIGROD B2L is a low carbon GTAW solid rod suitable Mo 0.50 @ -20ºC (Joules) 150
for welding creep resistant steels of the type 1.25Cr- Cu 0.15
0.5Mo. It provides excellent mechanical properties as
well as high creep resistance. PACKING DATA
WELDING CURRENT: DC- Size Length Packing

(mm) (mm) (5 Kg.)
SHIELDING GAS : Ar
1.6 1000 3
2.0 1000 3 
 2.4 1000 3

A Cu coated 2.5Cr-1Mo alloyed solid rod for GTAW (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
C 0.09 YS (N/mm2) 620
OK TIGROD 13.17 is a copper coated chromium- Mo 1.00 @ -40ºC (Joules) 50
molybdenum alloyed (2.5Cr-1Mo), solid rod for GTAW Cu 0.15
of creep resistant steels like SA387 Grade 22, A335
Grade P22 or similar materials. The wire has high purity PACKING DATA
chemistry with a guaranteed Bruscato factor X < 15.
Size Length Packing
APPROVALS: CE (mm) (mm) (5 Kg.)

2.4 1000 3 
SHIELDING GAS: Ar  3.2 1000 3
33
OK TIGROD B3L TYPICAL PROPERTIES
Welding Consumables

A Cu coated low carbon 2.4Cr-1Mo alloyed solid (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
rod for GTAW of creep resistant steels
C 0.03 YS (N/mm2) 530
Classification AWS A5.28: ER80S-B3L Si 0.60 UTS (N/mm2) 630
DESCRIPTION Cr 2.40
OK TIGROD B3L is a low carbon GTAW solid rod suitable Mo 1.00
for welding creep resistant steels of the type 2.25Cr-1Mo. Cu 0.15
It provides excellent mechanical properties as well as
high creep resistance. PACKING DATA
Size Length Packing
(mm) (mm) (5 Kg.)
SHIELDING GAS: Ar
1.6 1000 3
2.0 1000 3 
 2.4 1000 3

A Cu coated 0.9Ni alloyed solid rod for GTAW (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
Classification AWS A5.28: ER80S-Ni1 C 0.08 YS (N/mm2) 500
Si 0.70 UTS (N/mm2) 600
OK TIGROD 13.23 is a copper coated 0.9Ni alloyed, Ni 0.90 Impact (CVN)
solid rod for GTAW of low temperature and fine-grained Mo 0.25 @ 0ºC (Joules) 230
steels. The wire provides good impact toughness down Cu 0.15 @ -20ºC (Joules) 200
to -50°C and is especially suitable for use in the offshore @ -46ºC (Joules) 140
industry.
PACKING DATA
APPROVALS: DNV
Size Length Packing
WELDING CURRENT: DC- (mm) (mm) (5 Kg.)
2.0 1000 3
2.4 1000 3
3.2 1000 3
34
Welding Consumables
A Cu coated 2.4Ni alloyed solid rod for GTAW (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
Classification AWS A5.28: ER80S-Ni2 C 0.10 YS (N/mm2) 540

Si 0.60 UTS (N/mm2) 630
OK TIGROD 13.28 is a copper coated 2.4Ni alloyed, Ni 2.40 Impact (CVN)
solid rod for GTAW of low-alloyed and low temperature Cu 0.15 @ -20ºC (Joules) 200
steels in applications such as vessels, pipes and offshore
industry with a minimum yield strength less than 470
MPa. The wire provides good impact toughness down PACKING DATA
to -60°C.
Size Length Packing
APPROVALS: VdTÜV (mm) (mm) (5 Kg.)

2.0 1000 3
3.0 1000 3

A Cu coated 5Cr-0.5Mo alloyed solid rod for GTAW of (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
creep resistant steels
C 0.07 YS (N/mm2) 580
OK TIGROD 13.32 is a copper coated 5Cr-0.5Mo Mo 0.60 @ +20ºC (Joules) 100
Cu 0.15 @ -20ºC (Joules) 80
alloyed, solid rod for the GTAW of creep resistant
steels of similar composition. The rod is also suitable
for welding of high strength steels with minimum yield
PACKING DATA
strength less than 730 MPa.
Size Length Packing
2.0 1000 3
2.4 1000 3
35
Welding Consumables

A Cu coated 9Cr-1Mo alloyed solid rod for GTAW of (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
high temperature steels
C 0.08 YS (N/mm2) 540
OK TIGROD 13.37 is a copper coated 9Cr-1Mo alloyed, Mo 1.00 @ -20ºC (Joules) 140
solid rod for the GTAW of high temperature steels @ -40ºC (Joules) 120
and steels for hot hydrogen service, especially in oil
refineries.
PACKING DATA
Size Length Packing
SHIELDING GAS: Ar (mm) (mm) (5 Kg.)
1.6 1000 3
2.0 1000 3
2.4 1000 3

A Cu coated 9Cr-1Mo-V-N alloyed solid rod for GTAW (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
of high temperature steels
C 0.10 YS (N/mm2) 690
OK TIGROD 13.38 is a copper coated 9Cr-1Mo-V-N Ni 0.80 @ 0ºC (Joules) 180
Mo 1.00 @ -20ºC (Joules) 150
alloyed solid rod for the GTAW of high temperature
Nb 0.06 @ -40ºC (Joules) 90
steels and steels for hot hydrogen service, especially N 0.04 @ -60 C (Joules) 70
in oil refineries. It is preferably be used for 9Cr steels, V 0.20
such as P91/T91. The wire has extremely high purity
chemistry and produces improved strength levels both PACKING DATA
at room temperature and higher temperatures. Size Length Packing
APPROVALS: VdTŰV, (mm) (mm) (5 Kg.)

2.4 1000 3
SHIELDING GAS: Ar
36
Welding Consumables
An extra low carbon stainless steel solid rod for (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
GTAW of 18Cr-8Ni type steels
C 0.03 YS (N/mm2) 400
Classification AWS A5.9: ER308L Si 0.40 UTS (N/mm2) 580
OK TIGROD 16.10 is a corrosion resistant, chromium- Ni 9.50 @ -196ºC (Joules) 60
nickel alloyed solid rod for welding austenitic chromium-
nickel alloys of 18Cr-8Ni type. OK TIGROD 16.10 has
good general corrosion resistance. The alloy has a low
PACKING DATA
carbon content which makes it particularly suitable to
the applications, where there is a risk of intergranular Size Length Packing
corrosion. The alloy is widely used in the chemical and (mm) (mm) (5 Kg.)
food-processing industries, as well as for pipes, tubes
and boilers. 1.6 1000 3
2.0 1000 3
APPROVALS: NPC, PDIL & TOYO 2.5 1000 3
3.15 1000 3
SHIELDING GAS: Ar

A Nb stabilized 20Cr-10Ni stainless steel solid rod (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
for GTAW
C 0.04 YS (N/mm2) 430
Classification AWS A5.9: ER347 Si 0.40 UTS (N/mm2) 620
OK TIGROD 16.11 is a corrosion-resistant, chromium- Ni 9.50 @ +20ºC (Joules) 100
nickel alloyed solid rod for welding stabilized austenitic Nb 0.50
chromium-nickel alloys of 18Cr-8Ni type. OK TIGROD
16.11 has good general corrosion resistance. The alloy PACKING DATA
is stabilized with niobium to improve resistance to the Size Length Packing
intergranular corrosion of the weld metal. Due to the (mm) (mm) (5 Kg.)
niobium content, this alloy is recommended for use at
higher temperatures 1.6 1000 3
2.0 1000 3
APPROVALS: NPC & TOYO 2.5 1000 3
SHIELDING GAS: Ar PACKING: The rods are packed in tubes weighing 5 kg.
37
Welding Consumables

An austenitic stainless steel solid rod for GTAW of (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
C 0.09 YS (N/mm2) 350
OK TIGROD 16.13 is a corrosion-resistant, chromium- Ni 20.60 @ +20ºC (Joules) 120
nickel alloyed solid rod for welding heat-resistant
PACKING DATA
austenitic stainless steels of 25Cr-20Ni type. OK
TIGROD 16.13 has good general oxidation resistance, Size Length Packing
especially at high temperatures, due to its high Cr content. (mm) (mm) (5 Kg.)
Common applications include industrial furnaces, boiler 1.6 1000 3
parts and heat exchangers. 2.0 1000 3
2.5 1000 3
SHIELDING GAS: Ar or He or Ar/He PACKING: The rods are packed in tubes weighing 5 kg.

An extra low carbon stainless steel solid rod for (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
GTAW of 18Cr-12Ni-2.5Mo type steels
C 0.03 YS (N/mm2) 450
nickel-molybdenum alloyed solid rod for welding Mo 2.10
austenitic stainless alloys of the 18Cr-8Ni and 18Cr-
12Ni-2.5Mo types. The alloy has very good resistance PACKING DATA
to corrosion in acid and chlorinated environments. Size Length Packing
The alloy has a low carbon content which makes it (mm) (mm) (5 Kg.)
particularly suitable to the applications, where there
is a risk of intergranular corrosion. The alloy is widely 1.6 1000 3
used in the chemical and food-processing industries, as 2.0 1000 3
well as in shipbuilding and various types of architectural 2.5 1000 3
structures. 3.15 1000 3
APPROVALS: NPC, PDIL & TOYO PACKING: The rods are packed in tubes weighing 5 kg.
SHIELDING GAS: Ar
38
Welding Consumables
An extra low carbon 24Cr-13Ni stainless steel solid (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
rod for GTAW
C 0.03 YS (N/mm2) 410
nickel alloyed solid rod for joining stainless steels to
PACKING DATA
non-alloy or low-alloy steels and for welding austenitic
stainless alloys of the 24Cr-13Ni types. The alloy is also Size Length Packing
used for welding buffer layers on C-Mn steels. (mm) (mm) (5 Kg.)
1.6 1000 3
APPROVALS: NPC, PDIL & TOYO 2.0 1000 3
2.5 1000 3
3.15 1000 3
SHIELDING GAS: Ar

An extra low carbon corrosion resistant solid rod of (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
the 309LMo type for GTAW
C 0.03 YS (N/mm2) 400
Classification AWS A5.9: ER309LMo (Nearest) Si 0.50 UTS (N/mm2) 600
OK TIGROD 16.54 is a corrosion resistant, chromium- Ni 14.00 @ +20ºC (Joules) 100
nickel-molybdenum alloyed solid rod for welding Mo 2.50
dissimilar steels, such as 316L to unalloyed and low-
alloyed steels and for overlay welding of unalloyed and PACKING DATA
low-alloyed steels when Mo is essential. Size Length Packing
(mm) (mm) (5 Kg.)
1.6 1000 3
2.5 1000 3
OK TIGROD 1100 TYPICAL PROPERTIES

A soft aluminium solid rod for GTAW (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
Classification AWS A5.10: R1100 Mn <0.05 YS (N/mm2) 30
Cu 0.13 UTS (N/mm2) 75
DESCRIPTION Al >99.00 Elongation (%) 35
OK TIGROD 1100 is highly resistant to chemical Zn <0.10
attack and weathering. It is a relatively soft alloy, easily Si+Fe <0.95
formable and it is used extensively in thin - gauge
and foil products. It has good welding characteristics. PACKING DATA
A desirable characteristic of the alloy is bright finish
obtained by anodising. Non-heat treatable. Size Length Packing
(mm) (mm) (5 Kg.)
APPROVALS: CWB
2.0 1000 3
WELDING CURRENT: AC
SHIELDING GAS: Ar or Ar/He
39
Welding Consumables

A Si alloyed general purpose aluminium solid rod (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
for GTAW
Si 5.00 YS (N/mm2) 55
Classification AWS A5.10: R4043 Mn <0.05 UTS (N/mm2) 165
Cu <0.10 Elongation (%) 18
DESCRIPTION Ti <0.15
OK TIGROD 4043 is one of the most widely used Zn <0.10
welding alloys. It is used for welding AIMgSi types and Fe <0.60
AISi alloys (up to 7% silicon). Not recommended for
anodising. Non-heat treatable. PACKING DATA
Size Length Packing
APPROVALS: CE, CWB, DB
(mm) (mm) (5 Kg.)
WELDING CURRENT: AC
2.0 1000 3
SHIELDING GAS: Ar or Ar/He 2.4 1000 3

3.2 1000 3

A Mg-Mn alloyed aluminium solid rod for GTAW (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
Classification AWS A5.10: R5183 Si <0.40 YS (N/mm2) 140

Mn 0.80 UTS (N/mm2) 290
DESCRIPTION Cr 0.15 Elongation (%) 25
OK TIGROD 5183 is designed to provide the highest Cu <0.10 Impact (CVN)
possible strength in the as welded condition of alloy Ti <0.15 @ +20ºC (Joules) 30
Zn <0.25
AA 5083 and similar high magnesium alloys. The alloy
Fe <0.40
is typically used in marine and structural applications Mg 4.80
where high strength, high impact fracture toughness
and exposure to corrosive elements are important. The
alloy is not recommended for elevated temperature PACKING DATA
applications due to its susceptibility to stress corrosion Size Length Packing
cracking. The alloy is non-heat treatable. (mm) (mm) (2.5 Kg.)
APPROVALS: CE, CWB, DB & VdTÜV 1.6 1000 3
2.0 1000 3
WELDING CURRENT: AC
2.4 1000 3
SHIELDING GAS: Ar or Ar/He 3.2 1000 3
PACKING: The rods are packed in 2.5 kg cartons and

four of them in a Cardboard box.
40
Welding Consumables
A Mg alloyed aluminium solid rod for GTAW (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
Mn 0.15 UTS (N/mm2) 265
Cu <0.10
OK TIGROD 5356 is the most widely used welding alloy Ti 0.11
and can be classified as a general-purpose type filler Zn <0.10
alloy. OK TIGROD 5356 is typically chosen because of Fe <0.40
its relatively high shear strength. The 5XXX alloy base Mg 5.00
material, welded with OK TIGROD 5356, with weld pool
chemistry greater than 3% Mg and service temperatures PACKING DATA
in excess of 65°C, is susceptible to stress corrosion
cracking. The alloy is non-heat treatable. Size Length Packing
(mm) (mm) (5 Kg.)
APPROVALS: CE, CWB, DB & VdTŰV
1.6 1000 3
WELDING CURRENT: AC 2.0 1000 3
2.4 1000 3
3.2 1000 3
OK TIGROD 5556A TYPICAL PROPERTIES

A Mg-Mn alloyed aluminium solid rod for GTAW (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties

Mn 0.80 UTS (N/mm2) 295
Cu <0.10 Impact (CVN)
OK TIGROD 5556A is a solid rod suitable for welding Ti 0.13 @ +20ºC (Joules) 25
of aluminium alloys (approx. up to 5% Mg) that are not Zn <0.20
age hardenable and alloys where a high tensile strength Fe <0.40
is required. The corrosion resistance in a marine Mg 5.30
atmosphere is very good.
APPROVALS: VdTÜV PACKING DATA

Size Length Packing
WELDING CURRENT: AC (mm) (mm) (5 Kg.)
SHIELDING GAS: Ar or He or Ar/He 1.6 1000 3
2.0 1000 3
2.4 1000 3
3.2 1000 3
41
Welding Consumables

A Si-Mn alloyed copper solid rod for GTAW (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
Classification AWS A5.7: ERCuSi-A
Si 3.40 YS (N/mm2) 150
DESCRIPTION Mn 1.10 UTS (N/mm2) 350
OK TIGROD 19.30 is a silicon-manganese alloyed Cu >94 Elongation (%) 40
Sn <0.20
copper solid rod, for welding of copper-silicon, copper-
Zn <0.20
zinc and low alloyed copper alloys. OK TIGROD 19.30 Fe <0.30
has good flow properties. The alloy is widely used in the
joining of zinc-coated steel sheets. PACKING DATA
Size Length Packing
SHIELDING GAS: Ar or He or Ar/He (mm) (mm) (5 Kg.)
2.0 1000 3
3.2 1000 3

An Al alloyed copper solid rod for GTAW of (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
aluminium brozes
Si <0.10 YS (N/mm2) 175
Classification AWS A5.7: ERCuAl-A1 Mn <0.50 UTS (N/mm2) 420
Cu bal. Elongation (%) 40
DESCRIPTION Al 7.80
An aluminium-bronze (CuAl8) rod for the GTAW of rolled Zn <0.10
and cast aluminium-bronze alloys. The alloy is noted for Fe <0.50
its high strength, good wear resistance and very good
corrosion resistance, particularly in salt water. PACKING DATA
Size Length Packing
SHIELDING GAS: Ar or He or Ar/He 2.4 1000 3
3.2 1000 3
42
GMAW Consumables
ESAB MW1 TYPICAL PROPERTIES
Welding Consumables
A Cu coated solid wire for GMAW (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties

EN ISO 14341-A: G 3Si1 Si 0.85 UTS (N/mm2) 560
DESCRIPTION Cu 0.25 Impact (CVN)
ESAB MW1 is a copper coated, Mn-Si alloyed solid @ -30ºC (Joules) 50
wire for GMAW of non alloyed steels, used in general
construc-tion, automotives, ship building and pressure CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
vessel fabrication. The wire has a carefully controlled
Size Current Voltage Packing in Kg.
wire chemistry and a unique surface technology
(mm) (Amp) (V) 12.5 15.0 17.5 100 250
providing superior weld metal quality at high wire feed
speeds and at high welding currents. 0.8 60-220 17-25 3 3 5 3 5
 1.2 90-330 18-30 5 3 3 3 3
 1.6 120-440 20-36 3 5 5 5 3
APPROVALS: ABS, DNV, IBR, IRS, LRS, MMD, MN  2.0 150-550 21-41 3 5 5 5 5
Dastur & NPC
PACKING: The wire can be supplied in plastic
SHIELDING GAS: 100%CO2 or 80%Ar/20%CO2 or wire basket spool packed in a cardboard box
weighing12.5/15.0/17.5 kg or Marathon Pac weighing
100/250 kg or Bobbins weighing 200 kg.
OK ARISTOROD 12.50 WELDING CURRENT: DC+
SHIELDING GAS: 100%CO2 or 80%Ar/20%CO2

A non Cu coated solid wire for GMAW
TYPICAL PROPERTIES
Classification AWS A5.18: ER70S-6
EN ISO 14341-A: G 3Si1
(Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
DESCRIPTION C 0.10 YS (N/mm2) 470
OK ARISTOROD 12.50 is a non copper coated Mn-Si Si 0.90 UTS (N/mm2) 560
alloyed solid wire for the GMAW of unalloyed steels, used Mn 1.50 Elongation (%) 26
in general construction, automotive components, pressure Impact (CVN)
vessel fabrication and shipbuilding. OK ARISTOROD @ -30ºC (Joules) 70
12.50 is treated with ESAB’s unique Advanced Surface
Characteristics (ASC) technology, taking MAG welding CURRENT RANGE
operations to new levels of performance and all-round
efficiency, especially in robotic and mechanised welding. Size Current Voltage
Characteristic features include excellent start properties; (mm) (Amp) (V)
trouble-free feeding at high wire speeds and lengthy feed 0.8 60-200 18-24
distances; a very stable arc at high welding currents; 0.9 70-250 18-26
extremely low levels of spatter; low fume emission;  1.0 80-300 18-32
reduced contact tip wear and improved protection 1.2 120-380 18-35
against corrosion of the wire. OK ARISTOROD 12.50 is 1.4 150-420 22-36
available in the unique ESAB octagonal Marathon Pac, 1.6 225-550 28-38
which is excellent for mechanised welding applications.
PACKING: The wire can be supplied in plastic or
APPROVALS: ABS, BV, CE, DB, DNV, LR, PRS, RS & wire basket spool packed in a cardboard box weighing
VdTÜV 15/18 kg or Marathon Pac weighing 250/475 kg.
43
OK ARISTOROD 13.09 TYPICAL PROPERTIES
Welding Consumables

A non Cu coated 0.5Mo alloyed solid wire for (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
GMAW
C 0.10 YS (N/mm2) 430
Classification AWS A5.28: ER80S-G Si 0.60 UTS (N/mm2) 550
OK ARISTOROD 13.09 is a non copper coated 0.5Mo @ +20ºC (Joules) 150
alloyed solid wire for the GMAW of creep-resistant steels @ -20ºC (Joules) 90
of the same type, such as pipes in pressure vessels @ -40ºC (Joules) 70
and boilers with a working temperature of up to 500ºC.
CURRENT RANGE
The wire is suitable for operating at high currents with
maintained disturbance free wire feeding giving a stable Size Current Voltage
arc with a low amount of spatter. OK ARISTOROD 13.09 (mm) (Amp) (V)
is available in the unique ESAB octagonal Marathon Pac,
which is excellent for mechanised welding applications. 0.8 40-170 16-22
 1.0 80-280 18-28
APPROVALS: CE, DB, DNV & VdTÜV 1.2 120-350 20-33
1.6 225-480 26-38
PACKING: The wire can be supplied in plastic or wire
basket spool packed in a cardboard box weighing 15/18
kg or select sizes in Marathon Pac weighing 250 kg.
OK AUTROD 13.14 TYPICAL PROPERTIES

A Cu coated low alloyed solid wire for GMAW of (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
HSLA steels
C 0.10 YS (N/mm2) 580
Classification AWS A5.28: ER90S-D2 Si 0.60 UTS (N/mm2) 690
OK AUTROD 13.14 is a copper coated low alloyed wire for Cu 0.25 @ -30ºC (Joules) 45
GMAW of HSLA steels. It is used for fabrication of tractor
cylinder, automobile components and wagons. The wire CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
is designed to produce excellent beads of radiographic
quality in all positions. One of the significant applications Size Current Voltage Packing in Kg.
of OK AUTROD 13.14 is of welding ‘CONCOR’ wagons (mm) (Amp) (V) 12.5 15.0
of the Indian Railways
1.2 80-280 18-28 3 3
APPROVALS: RDSO  1.6 120-360 20-34 3 5
WELDING CURRENT: DC+ PACKING: The wire can be supplied in plastic spool
packed in a cardboard box weighing 12.5/15.0 kg.
44
OK ARISTOROD 13.16 TYPICAL PROPERTIES
Welding Consumables
A non Cu coated 1.3Cr-0.5Mo alloyed solid wire for (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
GMAW of creep resistant steels
C 0.10 YS (N/mm2) 490
DESCRIPTION Cr 1.35
OK ARISTOROD 13.16 is a non copper coated chromium- Mo 0.50
molybdenum alloyed (1.3Cr-0.5Mo), solid wire for
GMAW of creep resistant steels like SA387 Grade 11, CURRENT RANGE
A335 Grade P11 or similar materials. OK ARISTOROD Size Current Voltage
13.16 is a high purity wire with a guaranteed Bruscato (mm) (Amp) (V)
factor X<15. It is treated with ESAB´s unique advanced
1.2 120-350 20-33
surface characteristics (ASC) technology, taking MAG
welding operations to new levels of performance and all- PACKING: The wire can be supplied in plastic or wire
round efficiency, especially in robotic and mechanised basket spool packed in a cardboard box weighing 18 kg
welding. Characteristics features include excellent start or Marathon Pac weighing 250 kg.
properties; trouble free feeding at high wire speeds
and lengthy feed distances; a very stable arc at high
welding currents; extremely low levels of spatter; low
fume emission; reduced contact tip wear and improved
protection against corrosion of the wire.
A Cu coated 2.5Cr-1Mo alloyed solid wire for GMAW Wire Composition All Weld
(Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
C 0.09 YS (N/mm2) 590
DESCRIPTION
OK AUTROD 13.17 is a copper coated chromium- Mo 1.00 @ -40ºC (Joules) 50
molybdenum alloyed (2.5Cr-1Mo), solid wire for GMAW Cu 0.25
of creep resistant steels like SA387 Grade 22, A335
Grade P22 or similar materials. The wire has high purity CURRENT RANGE
chemistry with a guaranteed Bruscato factor X < 15.
Size Current Voltage
WELDING CURRENT: DC+ (mm) (Amp) (V)
SHIELDING GAS: 100%CO2 or 80%Ar/20%CO2 or  1.0 80-280 18-28
Ar/1-5O2 1.2 120-350 20-33

basket spool packed in a cardboard box weighing 15 kg.
45
Welding Consumables

A Cu coated 2.4Ni alloyed solid wire for GMAW of (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
low alloyed and low temperature steels
C 0.10 YS (N/mm2) 540
Classification AWS A5.28: ER80S-Ni2 Si 0.60 UTS (N/mm2) 630
DESCRIPTION Ni 2.40 Impact (CVN)
OK AUTROD 13.28 is a copper coated 2.4Ni alloyed, Mo 0.15 @ -60ºC (Joules) 50
solid wire for GMAW of low-alloyed and low temperature Cu 0.25
steels in applications such as vessels, pipes and offshore
industry with a minimum yield strength less than 470 CURRENT RANGE
MPa. The wire provides good impact toughness down
to -60°C. Size Current Voltage
(mm) (Amp) (V)
APPROVALS: CE, DNV, NAKS & VdTÜV
0.8 80-170 16-22
WELDING CURRENT: DC+ 1.0 80-280 18-28
1.2 120-350 20-33
SHIELDING GAS: 100%CO2 or 80%Ar/20%CO2 or
Ar/1-5O2 PACKING: The wire can be supplied in plastic or wire
basket spool packed in a cardboard box weighing 15 kg.
OK ARISTOROD 69 TYPICAL PROPERTIES

A non Cu coated Cr-Ni-Mo alloyed solid wire for (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
GMAW of high tensile strength steels
C 0.08 YS (N/mm2) 730
Classification AWS A5.28: ER110S-G Si 0.60 UTS (N/mm2) 800
EN ISO 16834-A: G Mn3Ni1CrMo Mn 1.70 Elongation (%) 19
DESCRIPTION Ni 1.40 @ -20ºC (Joules) 70
OK ARISTOROD 69 is a non copper coated 0.3Cr- Mo 0.25 @ -40ºC (Joules) 55
1.4Ni-0.25Mo alloyed, solid wire for the GMAW of high
strength steels with low-temperature impact toughness CURRENT RANGE
requirements. OK ARISTOROD 69 is treated with
ESAB’s unique Ad-vanced Surface Characteristics
(mm) (Amp) (V)
(ASC) technology, taking MAG welding operations to new
levels of performance and all-round efficiency, especially 0.8 80-280 18-28
in robotic and mechanised welding. Characteristic 1.0 80-280 18-28
features include excellent start properties; trouble-free 1.2 120-350 20-33
feeding at high wire speeds and lengthy feed distances;
a very stable arc at high welding currents; extremely low PACKING: The wire can be supplied in plastic or wire
levels of spatter; low fume emission; reduced contact basket spool packed in a cardboard box weighing 15/18
tip wear and improved protection against corrosion of kg or select sizes in Marathon Pac weighing 250 kg.
the wire. OK ARISTOROD 69 is available in the unique
ESAB octagonal Marathon Pac, which is excellent for
mechanised welding applications.
APPROVALS: CE, DB & VdTÜV
SHIELDING GAS: 80%Ar/20%CO2
46
Welding Consumables
An extra low carbon stainless steel solid wire for (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
GMAW of 18Cr-8Ni type steels
C 0.03 YS (N/mm2) 420
A corrosion resistant, chromium-nickel alloyed solid Ni 9.80 @ -196ºC (Joules) 50
wire for welding austenitic stainless alloys of 18Cr-8Ni
type. OK AUTROD 16.10 has good general corrosion CURRENT RANGE
resistance. The alloy has a low carbon content which
makes it particularly suitable to the applications, where
(mm) (Amp) (V)
there is a risk of intergranular corrosion. The alloy
is widely used in the chemical and food-processing 0.8 50-180 16-22
industries, as well as for pipes, tubes and boilers. 1.2 80-280 19-28
1.6 100-380 19-33
APPROVALS: NPC
PACKING: The wire can be supplied in plastic spool
WELDING CURRENT: DC+ packed in a cardboard box weighing 12.5/15.0 kg.
SHIELDING GAS: Ar/O2 or Ar/CO2

A Nb stabilized 20Cr-10Ni stainless steel solid wire (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
for GMAW
C 0.03 YS (N/mm2) 400
A corrosion-resistant, chromium-nickel alloyed solid wire Ni 9.50 @ +20ºC (Joules) 100
for welding stabilized austenitic chromium-nickel alloys Nb 0.40
of 18Cr-8Ni type. OK AUTROD 16.11 has good general
corrosion resistance. The alloy is stabilized with niobium CURRENT RANGE
to improve resistance to the intergranular corrosion of Size Current Voltage
the weld metal. Due to the niobium content, this alloy is (mm) (Amp) (V)
recommended for use at higher temperatures.
0.8 50-180 16-22
SHIELDING GAS: Ar/O2 or Ar/CO2 PACKING: The wire can be supplied in plastic spool
47
Welding Consumables

An austenitic stainless steel solid wire for GMAW of (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
C 0.09 YS (N/mm2) 310
A corrosion-resistant, chromium-nickel alloyed solid wire Ni 20.50 @ +20ºC (Joules) 120
for welding heat-resistant austenitic stainless steels of
25Cr-20Ni type. OK AUTROD 16.13 has good general CURRENT RANGE
oxidation resistance, especially at high temperatures,
due to its high Cr content. The alloy is fully austenitic Size Current Voltage
and is therefore sensitive to hot cracking. Common (mm) (Amp) (V)
applications include indus-trial furnaces, boiler parts 1.2 80-280 19-28
and heat exchangers.
WELDING CURRENT: DC+ packed in a cardboard box weighing 12.5/15.0 kg.

An extra low carbon stainless steel solid wire for (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
GMAW of 18Cr-12Ni-2.5Mo type steels
C 0.03 YS (N/mm2) 430
A corrosion resistant, chromium-nickel-molybdenum Ni 11.80 @ -196ºC (Joules) 50
alloyed solid wire for welding austenitic stainless Mo 2.70
alloys of the 18Cr-8Ni and 18Cr-12Ni-2.5Mo types.
The alloy has very good resistance to corrosion in acid CURRENT RANGE
and chlorinated environments. The alloy has a low
carbon content which makes it particularly suitable to
(mm) (Amp) (V)
the applications, where there is a risk of intergranular
corrosion. The alloy is widely used in the chemical and 0.8 50-180 16-22
food-processing industries, as well as in shipbuilding 1.2 80-280 19-28
and various types of architectural structures. 1.6 100-380 19-33
48
Welding Consumables
An extra low carbon 24Cr-13Ni stainless steel solid (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
wire for GMAW
C 0.03 YS (N/mm2) 420
A corrosion resistant, chromium-nickel alloyed solid Ni 12.50 @ -60ºC (Joules) 80
wire for joining stainless steels to non-alloy or low-alloy
steels and for welding austenitic stainless alloys of the CURRENT RANGE
24Cr-13Ni types. The alloy is also used for welding
buffer layers on C-Mn steels.
(mm) (Amp) (V)
0.8 50-180 16-22
SHIELDING GAS: Ar/O2 or Ar/CO2 1.2 80-280 19-28
1.6 100-380 19-33

OK AUTROD 1100 TYPICAL PROPERTIES

A soft aluminium solid wire for GMAW (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
Classification AWS A5.10: ER1100 Mn <0.05 YS (N/mm2) 30

Cu 0.13 UTS (N/mm2) 75
DESCRIPTION Al >99.00 Elongation (%) 35
OK AUTROD 1100 is highly resistant to chemical attack Zn <0.10
and weathering. It is a relatively soft alloy that is very Si+Fe <0.95
formable and is used extensively in thin gauge and foil
products. It has good welding characteristics. A desirable CURRENT RANGE
characteristic of the alloy is bright finish obtained by
anodising. Non-heat treatable. Size Current Voltage
(mm) (Amp) (V)
APPROVALS: CWB
1.0 140-260 20-29
1.6 190-350 25-30
packed in a cardboard box weighing 7/9 kg.
49
Welding Consumables

A Si alloyed general purpose aluminium solid wire (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
for GMAW
Si 5.00 YS (N/mm2) 55
Classification AWS A5.10: ER4043 Mn <0.05 UTS (N/mm2) 165
Cu <0.10 Elongation (%) 18
DESCRIPTION Ti <0.15
OK AUTROD 4043 is one of the most widely used Zn <0.10
welding and brazing alloys and can be classified as a Fe <0.60
general purpose filler alloy. The silicon additions result
in improved fluidity (wetting action) to make the alloy a CURRENT RANGE
preferred choice of welders. The alloy is not sensitive Size Current Voltage
to weld cracking and produces bright and almost smut (mm) (Amp) (V)
free welds. Not recommended for anodizing. Non-heat
treatable. 0.8 60-170 13-24
0.9 60-170 13-24
APPROVALS: CE, CWB, DB & VdTÜV 1.0 90-210 15-26
1.2 140-260 20-29
2.0 280-400 26-31
2.4 280-400 26-31

packed in a cardboard box weighing 7/9 kg or select
sizes in Marathon Pac weighing 25/80/141 kg.

A Mg-Mn alloyed aluminium solid wire for GMAW (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
Classification AWS A5.10: ER5183 Si <0.40 YS (N/mm2) 140
Mn 0.80 UTS (N/mm2) 290
OK AUTROD 5183 is designed to provide the highest Cu <0.10 Impact (CVN)
possible strength in the as welded condition of alloy Ti <0.15 @ +200C (Joules) 30
AA 5083 and similar high magnesium alloys. The alloy Zn <0.25
is typically used in marine and structural applications Fe <0.40
Mg 4.80
where high strength, high fracture toughness for impact
resistance and exposure to corrosive elements are
CURRENT RANGE
important. The alloy is not recommended for elevated
temperature applications due to its susceptibility to stress Size Current Voltage
corrosion cracking. The alloy is non-heat treatable. (mm) (Amp) (V)
APPROVALS: ABS, BV, CE, Class NK, CWB, DB, DNV, 1.0 90-210 15-26
GL, LR & VdTÜV 1.2 140-260 20-29
1.6 190-350 25-30
SHIELDING GAS: Ar or Ar/He PACKING: The wire can be supplied in plastic spool
50
Welding Consumables
A Mg alloyed aluminium solid wire for GMAW (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
Mn 0.15 UTS (N/mm2) 265
OK AUTROD 5356 is the most widely used welding alloy Cu <0.10
Ti 0.11
and can be classified as a general purpose type filler
Zn <0.10
alloy. OK AUTROD 5356 is typically chosen because of Fe <0.40
its relatively high shear strength. The 5XXX alloy base Mg 5.00
material, welded with OK AUTROD 5356, with weld pool
chemistry greater than 3% Mg and service temperatures
in excess of 65°C is susceptible to stress corrosion CURRENT RANGE
cracking. The alloy is non-heat treatable. Size Current Voltage
APPROVALS: ABS, BV, CE, CWB, DB, DNV, GL, LR, (mm) (Amp) (V)
RINA & VdTÜV 0.8 60-170 13-24
0.9 60-170 13-24
SHIELDING GAS: Ar or Ar/He 1.2 140-260 20-29
1.6 190-350 25-30
2.4 280-400 26-31

OK AUTROD 5556A TYPICAL PROPERTIES

A Mg-Mn alloyed aluminium solid wire for GMAW (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties

Mn 0.80 UTS (N/mm2) 295
Cu <0.10 Impact (CVN)
OK AUTROD 5556A is a continuous solid wire suitable Ti 0.13 @ +200C (Joules) 25
for welding of aluminium alloys (approx. up to 5 % Mg) Zn <0.20
that are not age-hardenable and alloys where a higher Fe <0.40
tensile strength is required. The corrosion resistance in Mg 5.30
marine atmosphere is high.
APPROVALS: CE & VdTÜV CURRENT RANGE
WELDING CURRENT: DC+ Size Current Voltage

(mm) (Amp) (V)
SHIELDING GAS: Ar or He or Ar/He
1.0 90-210 15-26
1.2 140-260 20-29
1.6 190-350 25-30
2.4 280-400 26-31
51
Welding Consumables

A Si-Mn alloyed copper solid wire for GMA welding (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
and GMA brazing
Si 3.40 YS (N/mm2) 130
Classification AWS A5.7: ERCuSi-A Mn 1.10 UTS (N/mm2) 350
Cu >94 Elongation (%) 40
DESCRIPTION Sn <0.20
OK AUTROD 19.30 is a silicon-manganese alloyed Zn <0.20
copper solid wire, for welding of copper-zinc alloys & low Fe <0.30
alloyed copper and for GMA brazing of zinc coated steel
sheets. OK AUTROD 19.30 has good flow properties. CURRENT RANGE
The alloy is widely used in the automotive industry for
GMA brazing of galvanised steel in car body production.
(mm) (Amp) (V)
The wire is also suitable for overlay welding of un-
alloyed and low alloyed steels. 0.8 60-165 13-17.5
1.0 80-210 12.5-18
APPROVALS: VdTÜV 1.2 150-320 16-29
1.6 170-350 18 - 31
SHIELDING GAS: Ar or He or Ar/He or Ar/O2
packed in a cardboard box weighing 15 kg or select
sizes in Marathon Pac weighing 200 kg.

An Al alloyed copper solid wire for GMAW of (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
aluminium brozes
Si <0.10 YS (N/mm2) 175
Classification AWS A5.7: ERCuAl-A1 Mn <0.50 UTS (N/mm2) 420
Cu bal. Elongation (%) 40
DESCRIPTION Al 7.80
OK AUTROD 19.40 is aluminium alloyed copper solid Zn <0.10
wire for welding of aluminium bronzes of the same type Fe <0.50
and over lay welding of un-alloyed and low alloyed
steels. The alloy is recognized for high strength, good CURRENT RANGE
wear resistance and very good corrosion resistance
particularly against sea water. The alloy is widely used Size Current Voltage
for joining corrosion-resistant pipes made of aluminium (mm) (Amp) (V)
bronze or other special brass alloys. Other common 0.8 60-165 13-17.5
applications include the overlay welding of bearings, 1.0 80-210 12.5-18
ship’s propellers and rails. 1.2 150-320 16-29
1.6 170-350 18 - 31
SHIELDING GAS: Ar or He or Ar/He or Ar/O2 packed in a cardboard box weighing 15 kg or select
sizes in Marathon Pac weighing 200 kg.
52
FCAW Consumables
DUAL SHIELD 7100 LH TYPICAL PROPERTIES
Welding Consumables
Weld Metal All Weld
All position rutile, low-hydrogen flux cored wire for Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
mild and medium tensile steels
C 0.06 YS (N/mm2) 480
Classification AWS A5.20: E71T-1C/E71T-1M Si 0.50 UTS (N/mm2) 610
DUAL SHIELD 7100 LH is a multi-purpose all positional @ -20ºC (Joules) 60
rutile, low hydrogen cored wire for use with CO2 or Ar/
CO2 shielding gas. The wire is suitable for all mild and CURRENT RANGE
medium tensile steels. The running characteristics
are exceptional with a stable arc, low spatter and flat Size Current Voltage
welds. (mm) (Amp) (V)
1.2 150-350 23-35
APPROVALS: ABS, BV, DNV, IRS & LRS
1.6 150-450 22-36
DUAL SHIELD 7100 TYPICAL PROPERTIES

Weld Metal All Weld
FCAW wire for mild steel and 490N/mm2 class high Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
tensile strength steel
C 0.04 YS (N/mm2) 490
Classification AWS A5.20: E71T-1C Si 0.55 UTS (N/mm2) 560
DUAL SHIELD 7100 is a multi purpose all position @ 0ºC (Joules) 90
flux cored wire for use with CO2 gas. The smooth @ -20ºC (Joules) 50
metal transfer facili-tates easy deposition in vertical-up
welding. The slag coverage is complete and designed CURRENT RANGE
for easy removal. Weld metal is consistently free of
inclusions and porosity.
(mm) (Amp) (V)
APPROVALS: ABS, BV, CCS, DNV, KR, LR & NK 1.2 140-330 22-34
1.6 160-460 23-36
SHIELDING GAS: 100%CO2
packed in a cardboard box weighing 12.5/15.0 kg or
select sizes in Marathon Pac weighing 100/200/300 kg.
53
OK TUBROD 15.14A TYPICAL PROPERTIES
Welding Consumables
Weld Metal All Weld

FCAW wire for mild steel and 490N/mm2 class high Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
tensile strength steel
C 0.04 YS (N/mm2) 500
Classification AWS A5.20: E71T-1C/E71T-1M Si 0.50 UTS (N/mm2) 580
E71T-9C/E71T-9M Mn 1.30 Elongation (%) 28
Impact (CVN)
OK TUBROD 15.14A is a multipurpose all position flux @ -30ºC (Joules) 50
cored wire for use with CO2 or Ar/CO2 shielding gas. The
wire is suitable for all mild and medium tensile steels. The CURRENT RANGE
smooth metal transfer facilitates easy deposition even in
positional welding. Weldmetal is radiographically sound Size Current Voltage
and provides good impact toughness down to -30°C. (mm) (Amp) (V)
APPROVALS: ABS, BV, CCS, DNV, KR, LR, NK & TUV 1.2 140-300 21-30
1.4 150-360 21-32
SHIELDING GAS: 100%CO2 or 75%Ar/25%CO2 PACKING: The wire can be supplied in plastic spool
packed in a cardboard box weighing 12.5/15.0 kg
or select sizes in Marathon Pac weighing 100/200/
300 kg.
OK TUBROD 15.00A TYPICAL PROPERTIES
Basic slag type flux cored wire for mild steel and Weld Metal All Weld
490N/mm2 class high tensile strength steel Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
C 0.06 YS (N/mm2) 440

Classification AWS A5.20: E71T-5C-J/E71T-5M-J
Si 0.60 UTS (N/mm2) 540
Impact (CVN)
OK TUBROD 15.00A is a basic flux cored wire which @ -30ºC (Joules) 110
produces a low hydrogen weld deposits. It is especially @ -51ºC (Joules) 80
suitable for fabrication of unalloyed steels where superior
toughness and crack resistance are required. CURRENT RANGE
APPROVALS: ABS, BV, DNV, GL & LR Size Current Voltage
(mm) (Amp) (V)
1.2 140-280 22-31
SHIELDING GAS: 100%CO2 or 75%Ar/25%CO2 1.4 150-300 22-33
1.6 170-320 24-35
54
COREWELD 70 TYPICAL PROPERTIES
Welding Consumables
Weld Metal All Weld
Metal cored wire for mild steel and 490N/mm2 class Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
high tensile strength steel
C 0.05 YS (N/mm2) 450
Classification AWS A5.18: E70C-6M Si 0.60 UTS (N/mm2) 550
COREWELD 70 is a metal cored wire that combines the @ -18ºC (Joules) 60
high deposition rates of a flux cored wire with the high @ -30ºC (Joules) 40
efficien-cies of solid wire. The wire exhibits low levels of
spatter, slag and fumes. CURRENT RANGE
APPROVALS: ABS, BV, DNV, GL & LR
(mm) (Amp) (V)
1.4 150-430 21-34
1.6 300-500 27-35
select sizes in Marathon Pac weighing 100/200/300 kg.
DUAL SHIELD 7000-A1 TYPICAL PROPERTIES

Weld Metal All Weld
FCAW wire for 0.5Mo heat resistant steel Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
Classification AWS A5.29: E81T1-A1C C 0.05 YS (N/mm2) 480
Si 0.45 UTS (N/mm2) 560
DUAL SHIELD 7000-A1 is an all-position flux cored wire Mo 0.50
recommended for welding 0.5Mo steels. It is used in the
fabrica-tion and erection of boilers, pressure piping & CURRENT RANGE
tubing and other pressure vessel applications. 75%Ar / Size Current Voltage
25%CO2 shielding gas mixture may be used to improve (mm) (Amp) (V)
arc characteristics, increase wetting action, decrease
penetration and provide easier arc control for out-of- 1.2 140-330 22-34
position welding. 1.4 150-390 22-34
1.6 160-430 24-36
SHIELDING GAS: 100%CO2 or 75%Ar/25%CO2 packed in a cardboard box weighing 12.5/15.0 kg.
55
DUAL SHIELD 8000-B2 TYPICAL PROPERTIES
Welding Consumables
Weld Metal All Weld

FCAW wire for 0.5-1.25Cr-0.5Mo heat resistant steel Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
Classification AWS A5.29: E81T1-B2C C 0.05 YS (N/mm2) 520
Si 0.50 UTS (N/mm2) 610
DUAL SHIELD 8000-B2 is an all-position 1.25Cr-0.5Mo Cr 1.30
flux cored wire for welding creep resistant steels of type Mo 0.55
0.5Cr-0.5Mo, 1Cr-0.5Mo and 1.25Cr-0.5Mo.
CURRENT RANGE
SHIELDING GAS: 100%CO2 or 75%Ar/25%CO2 (mm) (Amp) (V)
1.2 140-330 22-34
1.4 150-390 22-34
1.6 160-430 24-36
DUAL SHIELD 9000-B3 TYPICAL PROPERTIES

Weld Metal All Weld
FCAW wire for 2.25Cr-1.0Mo heat resistant steel Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
Classification AWS A5.29: E91T1-B3C C 0.05 YS (N/mm2) 600
Si 0.50 UTS (N/mm2) 690
DUAL SHIELD 9000-B3 is an all-position 2.25Cr-1Mo Cr 2.25
flux cored wire for welding creep resistant steels of simi- Mo 1.05
lar composition.
CURRENT RANGE
(mm) (Amp) (V)
1.2 140-330 22-34
1.4 150-390 22-34
1.6 160-430 24-36
56
OK TUBROD 15.24 TYPICAL PROPERTIES
Welding Consumables
Weld Metal All Weld
A 1Ni alloyed basic flux cored wire Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
Classification AWS A5.29: E80T5-G C 0.06 YS (N/mm2) 540

Si 0.50 UTS (N/mm2) 600
OK TUBROD 15.24 is a basic low hydrogen flux cored Ni 0.80 Impact (CVN)
wire depositing a 1Ni weld metal. It combines high @ -51ºC (Joules) 70
strength combined with low temperature toughness for
service down to -50°C and has good CTOD-performance. CURRENT RANGE
This applies to both the as welded and stress relieved
condition. It provides good operability and slag release. Size Current Voltage
(mm) (Amp) (V)
1.2 140-330 22-34
SHIELDING GAS: 80%Ar/20%CO2 1.4 150-390 22-34
1.6 160-430 24-36
DUAL SHIELD T-115 TYPICAL PROPERTIES

Weld Metal All Weld
Basic slag type flux cored wire for 760N/mm2 class Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
high tensile strength steel
C 0.06 YS (N/mm2) 730
Classification AWS A5.29: E110T5-K4M Si 0.60 UTS (N/mm2) 810
DUAL SHIELD T-115 is a basic slag flux cored wire Ni 2.20 @ -30ºC (Joules) 50
designed for applications requiring a high strength weld Mo 0.45 @ -51ºC (Joules) 35
deposit of excellent quality. The weld deposit is resistant
to cracking in heavy sections or under high restraint. CURRENT RANGE
WELDING CURRENT: DC+ Size Current Voltage

(mm) (Amp) (V)
SHIELDING GAS: 75%Ar/25%CO2
1.2 140-330 22-34
1.4 150-390 22-34
1.6 160-460 24-36
57
SHIELD-BRIGHT 308L TYPICAL PROPERTIES
Welding Consumables
Weld Metal All Weld

FCAW wire for 18Cr-8Ni stainless steels Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
Classification AWS A5.22: E308LT1-1(4) C 0.03 YS (N/mm2) 400

Si 0.75 UTS (N/mm2) 570
SHIELD-BRIGHT 308L is a flux cored wire for welding Cr 19.20
type 301, 302, 304 and 304L stainless steels. Low car- Ni 10.00
bon content helps to minimize chromium carbide pre-
cipitation and thereby improve the intergranular corro- CURRENT RANGE
sion resistance. It may also be used for welding types
321 and 347 if the service conditions do not exceed an Size Current Voltage
approximate temperature of 260°C. (mm) (Amp) (V)
1.0 100-170 21-27
APPROVALS: ABS, BV, CCS, DNV, KR, LR & NK
1.2 130-250 23-31
packed in a cardboard box weighing 12.5 kg.
SHIELD-BRIGHT 308H TYPICAL PROPERTIES

Weld Metal All Weld
FCAW wire for 18Cr-8Ni type stainless steels Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
Classification AWS A5.22: E308HT1-1(4) C 0.05 YS (N/mm2) 410
Si 0.80 UTS (N/mm2) 590
SHIELD-BRIGHT 308H is a flux cored wire for welding Cr 18.60
type 304H stainless steel. It can also be used for welding Ni 10.00
type 301, 302, and 304 stainless steels. It contains a
higher carbon level than 308L wire to give greater high CURRENT RANGE
temperature strength.

1.2 130-250 23-31
1.6 160-320 24-33
58
Welding Consumables
Flux cored wire for welding dissimilar steels Weld Metal All Weld
Classification AWS A5.22: E309LT1-1(4)
C 0.03 YS (N/mm2) 420
SHIELD-BRIGHT 309L is a flux cored wire for welding Cr 22.70
steels of similar composition, stainless steel to carbon Ni 12.30
or low alloy steels and for the first layer cladding of car-
bon and low alloy steels. CURRENT RANGE
APPROVALS: ABS, BV, CCS, DNV, KR, LR & NK Size Current Voltage
1.0 100-170 21-27
1.6 160-320 24-33
SHIELD-BRIGHT 309MoL TYPICAL PROPERTIES

Flux cored wire for welding dissimilar steels Weld Metal All Weld
Classification AWS A5.22: E309LMoT1-1(4)
C 0.03 YS (N/mm2) 550
SHIELD-BRIGHT 309MoL is a flux cored wire for welding Cr 23.00
dissimilar metals such as molybdenum containing Ni 12.50
austenitic stainless steels to non alloyed or low alloyed Mo 2.50
steels. Applications of this kind include the welding of
buffer layers for acid-resistant clad steels and surfacing. CURRENT RANGE
It is used in paper mills and in power plants to give
greater corrosion resistance. Size Current Voltage
(mm) (Amp) (V)
APPROVALS: DNV & KR
0.9 100-200 21-30
1.6 160-350 24-33
59
Welding Consumables
Weld Metal All Weld

FCAW wire for low carbon 18Cr-12Ni-2.5Mo type Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
stainless steels
C 0.03 YS (N/mm2) 400
Classification AWS A5.22: E316LT1-1(4) Si 0.80 UTS (N/mm2) 570
SHIELD-BRIGHT 316L is a flux cored wire for Ni 11.80
welding type 316 & 316L stainless steels. It contains Mo 2.40
molybdenum, which resists pitting corrosion induced by
sulphuric and sulphurous acids, chlorides and cellulose CURRENT RANGE
solutions. It is used widely in the rayon, dye and paper Size Current Voltage
making industries. (mm) (Amp) (V)
APPROVALS: ABS, BV, DNV, KR, LR & NK 1.0 100-170 21-27
1.2 130-250 23-31
1.6 160-320 24-33
SHIELD-BRIGHT 347 TYPICAL PROPERTIES

Weld Metal All Weld
FCAW wire for 18Cr-8Ni and Stabilized stainless Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
steels
C 0.03 YS (N/mm2) 420
Classification AWS A5.22: E347T1-1(4) Si 0.90 UTS (N/mm2) 590
SHIELD-BRIGHT 347 is a flux cored wire for welding Ni 9.60
304, 304L, 321 and 347 type stainless steels. The ad- Nb 0.45
dition of niobium helps to minimize chromium carbide CURRENT RANGE
precipitation and thereby improve the intergranular cor-
rosion resistance.
(mm) (Amp) (V)
1.2 130-250 23-31
1.6 160-320 24-33
ARCALOY T-409Ti TYPICAL PROPERTIES

Weld Metal All Weld
Metal type FCAW wire for 12Cr stainless steels Composition (Wt.%) Mechanical Properties
Classification AWS A5.22: E409T0-G C 0.03 YS (N/mm2) 370

Si 0.50 UTS (N/mm2) 500
ARCALOY T-409Ti is a metal cored wire designed to Cr 11.70
match the corrosion resistance and mechanical proper- Ti 0.80
ties of type 409Ti stainless steel. This material is widely CURRENT RANGE
used in automotive exhaust systems. Size Current Voltage
1.2 160-250 19-24
SHIELDING GAS: 98%Ar/2%O2
Marathon Pac weighing 100/200 kg.
60
SAW Wires
OK AUTROD 12.08L TYPICAL PROPERTIES
Welding Consumables
Wire Composition (Wt.%)
A copper coated mild steel wire for SAW
C 0.06
Classification AWS A5.17: EL8/EL12 Si 0.02
Mn 0.50
DESCRIPTION
OK AUTROD 12.08L is a copper coated, mild steel PACKING DATA
solid wire for submerged arc welding of mild and Size Packing
medium tensile steels. It can be used in combination (mm) 25 Kg
OK Flux 10.71L or OK Flux 10.81L or OK Flux 10.81LS,
2.00 3
depending on the application and mechanical property
2.50 3
requirements.
3.15 3
4.00 3
5.00 3
PACKING: The wire can be supplied in corrugated

cardboard box weighing 25 Kg.

A copper coated medium Mn alloyed solid wire for
SAW C 0.10
Si 0.20
Classification AWS A5.17: EM12K Mn 1.00
DESCRIPTION PACKING DATA

OK AUTROD 12.22L is a copper coated, medium man- Size Packing Packing Packing
ganese alloyed killed solid wire for submerged arc weld- (mm) 25 Kg 250 Kg 375/450 Kg
ing medium and high strength steels. It can be used in 1.20 5 3 5
combination with OK Flux 10.62 or OK Flux 10.71L or 1.60 5 3 5
OK Flux 10.81LS, depending on the application and 2.00 3 3 3

mechanical property requirements.  2.50 3 3 3
3.15 3 3 3

 4.00 3 3 3
5.00 3 5 5

cardboard box weighing 25 Kg or Marathon Pac/
Steel Bobbins weighing 250 Kg or Drums weighing
375/450 Kg.
ESAB SA13K TYPICAL PROPERTIES

A copper coated medium Mn alloyed solid wire
for SAW C 0.08
Si 0.50
Classification AWS A5.17: EM13K Mn 1.10
PACKING DATA
DESCRIPTION
ESAB SA13K is a copper coated, medium manganese Size Packing Packing
alloyed killed solid wire for submerged are welding (mm) 25 Kg 250 Kg
of medium and high tensile steels. It can be used in
combination with OK Flux 10.62 or OK Flux 10.71L or  1.60 5 3
OK Flux 10.81LS, depending on the application and 3.15 3 3
mechanical property requirements. PACKING: The wire can be supplied in corrugated

cardboard box weighing 25 Kg or Marathon Pac/Steel
Bobbins weighing 250 Kg.
61
ESAB SA10K TYPICAL PROPERTIES
Welding Consumables

A copper coated high Mn alloyed solid wire for
SAW C 0.10
Si 0.20
Classification AWS A5.17: EH10K Mn 1.50
DESCRIPTION PACKING DATA
ESAB SA10K is a copper coated, high manganese al-
loyed killed solid wire for submerged are welding of Size Packing Packing
medium and high strength steels. It can be used in (mm) 25 Kg 450 Kg
combination with OK Flux 10.62L or OK Flux 10.71L,
 2.50 3 5 
depending on the application and mechanical property
3.15 3 5 
requirements.
 4.00 3 3 
5.00 3 5
PACKING: The wire can be supplied in corrugated card-

board box weighing 25 Kg or Drums weighing 450 Kg.

A copper coated high Mn alloyed semi killed solid
wire for SAW C 0.12
Si 0.05
Classification AWS A5.17: EH14 Mn 1.85
DESCRIPTION
PACKING DATA
OK AUTROD 12.40L is a copper coated, high manganese
alloyed semi-killed solid wire for submerged arc welding Size Packing Packing
of medium and high tensile steels. It can be used in (mm) 25 Kg 450 Kg
combination with OK Flux 10.62L or OK Flux 10.71L,
depending on the application and mechanical property  2.50 3 5 
requirements. 3.15 3 3 
 4.00 3 3 
5.00 3 5

cardboard box weighing 25 Kg or Drums weighing
450 Kg.

A copper coated Mo alloyed solid wire for SAW
C 0.10
Classification AWS A5.23: EA2 Si 0.15
Mn 1.10
DESCRIPTION
Mo 0.50
OK AUTROD 12.24L is a copper coated, molybdenum
alloyed solid wire for the submerged arc welding of PACKING DATA
non alloyed and low alloyed steels. It can be used in
combination with OK Flux 10.62 or OK Flux 10.71L, Size Packing
depending on the application and mechanical property (mm) 25 Kg
requirements. 2.00 3
3.15 3
4.00 3

62
Welding Consumables
A copper coated Mo alloyed solid wire for SAW
C 0.10
Classification AWS A5.23: EA3K Si 0.60
Mn 1.75
DESCRIPTION
Mo 0.45
OK AUTROD 12.33L is a copper coated, molybdenum
alloyed solid wire for the submerged arc welding of high PACKING DATA
tensile steels. It can be used in combination with OK Flux Size Packing
10.62 or OK Flux 10.71L, depending on the application (mm) 25 Kg
and mechanical property requirements.
2.00 3
3.15 3
4.00 3

OK AUTROD 13.10 SC TYPICAL PROPERTIES

A low alloyed copper coated solid wire for SAW of
1.25Cr-0.5Mo type steels. C 0.10
Si 0.15
Classification AWS A5.23: EB2R Mn 0.70
Cr 1.20
DESCRIPTION Mo 0.50
OK AUTROD 13.10 SC is a low-alloyed, copper coated
solid wire designed for the submerged arc welding of PACKING DATA
creep-resistant steels of the 1.25Cr-0.5Mo type. It is Size Packing Packing Packing
especially designed for step cooling applications. It can (mm) 30 Kg 280/300 Kg 450/475 Kg
be used in combination with OK Flux 10.62. 1.60 5 5 3
2.00 3 3 3
 2.50 3 5 5
3.20 3 5 5
 4.00 3 3 5

cardboard box weighing 30 Kg or bulk packs weighing
280/300/450/475 Kg.
OK AUTROD 13.20 SC TYPICAL PROPERTIES

A low alloyed copper coated solid wire for SAW of
2.25Cr-1Mo type steels. C 0.10
Si 0.15
Classification AWS A5.23: EB3R Mn 0.60
Cr 2.30
DESCRIPTION Mo 1.00
OK AUTROD 13.20 SC is a low-alloyed, copper coated
solid wire designed for the submerged arc welding PACKING DATA
of creep-resistant steels of the 2.25Cr-1Mo type. It is Size Packing
especially designed for step cooling applications. It can (mm) 25 Kg
be used in combination with OK Flux 10.62. 2.00 3
2.50 3
3.20 3
4.00 3

63
Welding Consumables
An extra low carbon stainless steel solid wire for Wire Composition (Wt.%)
SAW of 18Cr-8Ni type steels C 0.03
Si 0.45
Classification AWS A5.9: ER308L Mn 1.80
Cr 20.70
DESCRIPTION
Ni 9.80
A corrosion resistant, chromium-nickel alloyed solid wire
for welding austenitic stainless alloys of 18Cr-8Ni type. PACKING DATA
OK Autrod 16.10 has good general corrosion resis- Size Packing
tance. The alloy has a low carbon content which makes (mm) 25 Kg
it particularly suitable to the applications, where there is
 2.00 3  
a risk of intergranular corrosion. The alloy is widely used
 2.50 3  
in the chemical and food-processing industries, as well
3.15 3
as for pipes, tubes and boilers. OK AUTROD 16.10 can
4.00 3
be used in combination with OK FLUX 10.92L.
A Nb stabilized 20Cr-10Ni stainless steel solid wire Wire Composition (Wt.%)

for SAW C 0.03
Classification AWS A5.9: ER347 Si 0.40
Mn 1.30
Ni 9.50
A corrosion-resistant, chromium-nickel alloyed solid wire Nb 0.40
for welding stabilized austenitic chromium-nickel alloys
of 18Cr-8Ni type. OK AUTROD 16.11 has good general PACKING DATA
corrosion resistance. The alloy is stabilized with niobium Size Packing
to im-prove resistance to the intergranular corrosion of (mm) 25 Kg
the weld metal. Due to the niobium content, this alloy  2.50 3  
is recommended for use at higher temperatures. OK 3.15 3
AUTROD 16.11 can be used in combination with OK 4.00 3
FLUX 10.92L.
An austenitic stainless steel solid wire for SAW of Wire Composition (Wt.%)
25Cr-20Ni type steels C 0.10
Si 0.45
Classification AWS A5.9: ER310 Mn 1.60
Cr 26.80
DESCRIPTION
Ni 20.60
A corrosion-resistant, chromium-nickel alloyed solid wire
for welding heat-resistant austenitic stainless steels of PACKING DATA
25Cr-20Ni type. OK AUTROD 16.13 has good general Size Packing
oxidation resistance, especially at high temperatures, (mm) 25 Kg
due to its high Cr content. The alloy is fully austenitic
and is therefore sensitive to hot cracking. Common ap-  2.50 3  
plications include indus-trial furnaces, boiler parts and 3.15 3
heat exchangers. OK AUTROD 16.13 can be used in 4.00 3
combination with OK FLUX 10.92L.

64
Welding Consumables
An extra low carbon stainless steel solid wire for
SAW of 18Cr-12Ni-2.5Mo type steels C 0.03
Si 0.40
Cr 18.50
DESCRIPTION Ni 11.80
A corrosion resistant, chromium-nickel-molybdenum Mo 2.70
alloyed solid wire for welding austenitic stainless alloys of
PACKING DATA
the 18Cr-8Ni and 18Cr-12Ni-2.5Mo types. The alloy has
very good resistance to corrosion in acid and chlorinated Size Packing
envi-ronments. The alloy has a low carbon content (mm) 25 Kg
which makes it particularly suitable to the applications,
where there is a risk of intergranular corrosion. The  2.50 3  
alloy is widely used in the chemical and food-processing 3.15 3
industries, as well as in shipbuilding and various types 4.00 3
of architectural structures. OK AUTROD 16.30 can be
used in combination with OK FLUX 10.92L. PACKING: The wire can be supplied in corrugated

An extra low carbon 24Cr-13Ni stainless steel solid
wire for SAW C 0.03
Si 0.45
Cr 23.50
DESCRIPTION Ni 12.50
A corrosion resistant, chromium-nickel alloyed solid
wire for joining stainless steels to non-alloy or low-alloy PACKING DATA
steels and for welding austenitic stainless alloys of the
24Cr-13Ni types. The alloy is also used for welding Size Packing
buffer layers on C-Mn steels. OK AUTROD 16.53 can (mm) 25 Kg
be used in combination with OK FLUX 10.92L.  2.50 3  
3.15 3
4.00 3

65
SAW FLUXES
OK FLUX 10.62 DESCRIPTION

Welding Consumables
OK FLUX 10.62 is an agglomerated non-alloying, high-

An agglomerated high basic non-alloying flux basic flux. It is especially suitable for the multi-run
for SAW welding of thick materials using the single-wire and
multiple-wire technique. It is designed for the multi-pass
Classification AWS A5.23: F8P2-EB2R-B2
butt welding of mild, medium and high tensile steels,
F8P2-EB3R-B3
as well as low-alloyed steels, with impact toughness
BASICITY INDEX: 3.2 down to -40°/-60°C. As it is a flux of the high-basic type,
it has a high current-carrying capacity on both AC and
DC. To increase productivity with no loss of mechanical
properties, OK FLUX 10.62 is best used together with iron
powder addition. It is especially suitable for narrow gap
welding, due to the good slag detachability and smooth
side-wall blending. OK FLUX 10.62 can be successfully
used in the applications, where good CTOD values are
required. OK FLUX 10.62 yields low-oxygen weld metal
(approx. 300 ppm) and produces low-hydrogen weld
metal (lower than 5 ml/100 g).
TYPICAL WELD METAL PROPERTIES
OK FLUX YS UTS Elonga CVN Impact

C Si Mn Cr Mo Impact Tempera-
10.62/ (N/mm2) (N/mm2) tion (%) (Joules) ture (ºC)
OK AUTROD
0.08 0.20 0.70 1.10 0.50 500 610 26 80 -30
13.10 SC
OK AUTROD
0.08 0.20 0.60 2.00 0.85 530 620 25 80 -30
13.20 SC
PACKING: OK FLUX 10.62 is packed in paper bag containing 25 Kg.
OK FLUX 10.62L DESCRIPTION

OK FLUX 10.62L is an agglomerated non-alloying,
An agglomerated high basic non-alloying flux for high-basic flux. It is especially suitable for the multi-
SAW run welding of thick materials using the single-wire and
multiple-wire technique. It is designed for the multi-pass
Classification AWS A5.17: F7A6/F7P8-EH10K
butt welding of mild, medium and high tensile steels,
F7A6/F7P6-EH14
as well as low-alloyed steels, with impact toughness
BASICITY INDEX: 3.2 down to -40°/-60°C. As it is a flux of the high-basic type,
it has a high current-carrying capacity on both AC and
DC. It is especially suitable for narrow gap welding, due
to the good slag detachability and smooth side-wall
blending. OK FLUX 10.62 yields low-oxygen weld metal
and produces low-hydrogen weld metal (lower than
5 ml/100 g).
OK FLUX YS UTS Elonga CVN Impact

10.62L/ C Si Mn (N/mm2) (N/mm2) tion (%) Impact Tempera-
(Joules) ture (ºC)
ESAB SA10K 0.08 0.20 1.25 470 540 27 45 -51
OK AUTROD
0.09 0.10 1.45 490 550 30 40 -51
12.40L
PACKING: OK FLUX 10.62L is packed in plastic lined paper bag containing 25 Kg.
66
Welding Consumables
OK FLUX 10.71L is a basic agglomerated, slightly Si and
An agglomerated slightly Si and Mn alloying basic Mn alloying flux for submerged arc welding. It is specially
flux for SAW designed for fillet welding and single and multi pass butt
welding of mild, medium and high tensile steels. The
Classification
AWS A5.17: F6A2-EL8/EL12
flux is of aluminate basic type and it has a very high
F7A4/F6P5-EM12K
current carrying capacity on both AC and DC with very
F7A4/F7P6-EH10K
good operating characteristics. OK FLUX 10.71L is also
F7A4/F7P5-EH14
suited to narrow gap welding due to the excellent slag
AWS A5.23: F8A2/F7P0-EA2-A4 detachability and smooth side-wall blending.
F9A0/F8P0-EA3K-A3
BASICITY INDEX: 1.5
YS UTS Elonga CVN Impact

OK FLUX
C Si Mn Mo (N/mm2) (N/mm2) tion (%) Impact Tempera-
10.71L/
(Joules) ture (ºC)
OK AUTROD
0.06 0.20 0.90 - 390 450 25 70 -30
12.08L
OK AUTROD
0.08 0.40 1.35 - 450 540 30 35 -40
12.22L
ESAB SA10K 0.07 0.50 1.65 - 490 580 26 30 -40
OK AUTROD
0.07 0.40 1.80 - 500 590 27 40 -40
12.40L
OK AUTROD
0.08 0.40 1.25 0.50 550 610 24 50 -30
12.24L
OK AUTROD
0.07 0.75 2.00 0.40 630 700 25 35 -18
12.33L
PACKING: OK FLUX 10.71L is packed in plastic lined paper bags containing 25 Kg.

OK FLUX 10.81L is an acidic agglomerated Si and Mn-
An agglomerated Si and Mn alloying acidic flux alloying flux for submerged arc welding. It provides
for SAW exceptional welding characteristics with a slag system
that allows higher welding speeds. It is specially designed
Classification AWS A5.17: F7AZ/F7PZ-EL8/EL12
for use in combination with OK AUTROD 12.08L.
BASICITY INDEX: 0.7

YS UTS
OK FLUX 10.81L/ C Si Mn Elongation (%)
(N/mm2) (N/mm2)
OK AUTROD 12.08L 0.06 0.70 1.20 540 590 25
67
OK FLUX 10.81LS DESCRIPTION
Welding Consumables
OK FLUX 10.81LS is an acidic agglomerated Si and Mn-

An agglomerated Si and Mn alloying acidic flux alloying flux for submerged arc welding. Most suitable
for SAW for applications where the dilution of base metal is high,
e.g. in fillet welding and butt welding of thin and medium
Classification AWS A5.17: F7AZ/F7PZ-EL8/EL12
thick plates with a limited number of passes. The superior
F7AZ/F7PZ-EM12K
welding properties associated with the acid slag system
BASICITY INDEX: 0.8 of OK FLUX 10.81LS permit high travel speeds in butt
and fillet welding. It offers superior bead shape, slag
removal and surface finish. It can be easily used over
rust and primer without running the risk of porosity.

YS UTS
OK FLUX 10.81LS/ C Si Mn Elongation (%)
(N/mm2) (N/mm2)
OK AUTROD 12.08L 0.07 0.70 1.10 530 580 26
OK AUTROD 12.22L 0.09 0.80 1.50 550 620 24
PACKING: OK FLUX 10.81LS is packed in plastic lined paper bag containing 25 Kg.
An agglomerated non-alloying basic flux for SAW of OK FLUX 10.92L is a basic non-alloying agglomerated
stainless steels flux for the submerged arc welding of stainless steels
and high-alloyed Cr-Ni-Mo steels.
BASICITY INDEX: 2.1

OK FLUX UTS Elonga CVN Impact
10.92L/ C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Nb (N/mm2) tion (%) Impact Tempera-
(Joules) ture (ºC)
OK
AUTROD 0.03 0.45 1.40 18.20 8.80 560 35 35 -196
16.10
OK
AUTROD 0.03 0.50 1.10 18.00 8.80 0.40 610 32 50 -60
16.11
OK
AUTROD 0.03 0.50 1.40 17.00 10.00 2.10 570 32 60 -60
16.30
OK
AUTROD 0.03 0.45 1.45 21.00 11.00 580 35 50 -60
16.53
68
Strip Cladding Consumables
STRIP & FLUX COMBINATIONS required, Electroslag Strip Cladding (ESSC) is used.
Welding Consumables
These strips are finding increasing use in petroleum
FOR CLADDING industry in hydrocracking, hydro-sulphurisation and
catalytic refining processes and in the chemical and
Stainless steel strips and Fluxes for Submerged Arc petrochemical industries.
and Electroslag Cladding
Fluxes for SASC and ESSC
DESCRIPTION
Nowadays, the two most productive systems for surfac- Process Product Basicity Density
ing large components that are subject to corrosion or Index Kg/dm3
wear are submerged arc and electroslag cladding, us-
SASC OK Flux 10.05 1.1 0.7
ing a strip electrode. Both processes are characterised
ESSC OK Flux 10.10 4.0 1.0
by a high deposition rate and low dilution.
Dimension & packing
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
They are suitable for surfacing flat and curved objects Product Type Size Weight
such as heat exchanger plates or pressure vessels
of different kinds. Submerged Arc Strip Cladding Strips OK Band 60 x 0.5 mm 25 or 50 Kg coils
(SASC) is the most frequently - used process, but if Fluxes OK Flux - 25 Kg bags
higher productivity and restricted dilution rates are Other sizes available on request.
Stainless steel welding strips for SASC

Typical strip composition
Product AWS A5.9 %C %Si %Mn %Cr %Ni %Mo Other
OK Band 308L EQ308L <0.03 0.5 1.8 20.3 10.0 <0.03 -
OK Band 347 EQ347 <0.03 0.5 1.8 20.0 10.0 <0.03 Nb<1.0
OK Band 316L EQ316L <0.03 0.5 1.8 19.0 12.5 2.8 -
OK Band 309 L EQ309L <0.03 0.5 1.8 24.0 13.0 <0.03 -
Stainless steel welding strips for ESSC

Product %C %Si %Mn %Cr %Ni %Mo Other
OK Band 309L ESW <0.03 0.3 1.8 21.0 11.0 <0.5 -
OK Band 309L Nb ESW <0.02 0.3 1.8 21.0 11.0 <0.5 Nb<0.8
OK Band 309LMo ESW <0.02 0.3 1.8 20.5 13.5 3.1 -
Other welding strips for SASC

To be used with AWS A5.14 %C %Si %Mn %Cr %Ni %Mo Other
OK Band NiCrMo3 ERNiCrMo-3 <0.10 <0.2 <0.5 21.5 Bal. 9.0 Fe<2.0
OK Band NiCr3 ERNiCr-3 <0.10 <0.5 3.0 20.0 Bal. 1.8 Fe<3.0
Notes:
1) Other types of strips also available on demand.
2) OK Flux 10.05 and OK Flux 10.10 have to be redried at 300-305°C for 2 hours before use.
3) Typical Weldmetal composition is available on demand.
4) OK Band 309L ESW together with OK Flux 10.10 produces 308L type weld deposit (single layer).
5) OK Band 309LNb ESW together with OK Flux 10.10 produces 347 type weld deposit (single layer).
6) OK Band 309LMo ESW together with OK Flux 10.10 produces 316L type weld deposit (single layer).
69
Hard Surfacing Consumables
WIRE & FLUX COMBINATIONS TYPICAL APPLICATIONS

Welding Consumables
Suitable for overlaying of scraper blades, cane cutting

Wires and Fluxes for overlaying by SAW knives, bucket body, chutes, guides, plough shear, cam
rollers, gate valve seats, road graders, roll reclamation,
DESCRIPTION
crane wheels, earth moving equipment, crusher equip-
ESAB hard surfacing consumables are ideal for surfacing ment etc. Suitable for building of machine components
components that are worn-out or to resist wear against such as cams, gears, splines, sprockets, railway equal-
abrasion and impact with work hardening properties. izer beams, sugar mill pinions, rims, tractor sprockets,
gear teeth, wobblers, pump shafts, crane wheel, pulley
WIRES
brakes, cable drums skid wheels pulley brakes, track
ESAB WRAS has the following composition. OK rollers, Crane wheels, ditcher rolls etc.
AUTOROD 12.08L and OK AUTOROD 12.40L could
also be used. TYPICAL PROPERTIES - WRAS
FLUXES Wire Composition (Wt.%)
ESAB AGGLOWELD HFG and ESAB AGGLOWELD C 0.35
HFS are agglomerated basic fluxes designed for hard Si 0.40
surfacing applications by providing necessary alloying Mn 0.90
elements to the weld deposit. ESAB AGGLOWELD Cr 1.00
HFG Weldmetal is a tough machinable alloy resisting PACKING: The wire is available in 4.00 mm dia having
compressive load, without micro fissuring and also has net weight of 25 Kg.Flux is available in plastic lined
resistance to fatigue and impact. ESAB AGGLOWELD paper bag containing 25 Kg.
HFS can produce deposits of higher hardness with
suitable wire.
TYPICAL WELDMETAL PROPERTIES (After 3rd layer)
FLUX / ESAB WRAS OK AUTROD 12.40L OK AUTROD 12.08L
VHN RC VHN RC VHN RC
ESAB AGGLOWELD HFG 400-440 38-42 320-370 31-35 260-300 24-28
ESAB AGGLOWELD HFS 480-550 46-56 400-450 48-43 - -
OK FLUX 10.71L 220-250 21-26 - - - -
70
Consumables for Ni Steels
9% Ni STEELS FOR LNG TANK FABRICATION
Welding Consumables
DESCRIPTION
LNG Storage tanks are usually fabricated from 9% Ni steels to provide a combination of properties at a reasonable
price. Quenched & tempered 9% Ni Steels has excellent low temperature properties and is not susceptible to under
bead cracking or excessive hardening in the HAZ on account of its low carbon. Esab offers a complete range of
proven consumables, which have been used in over 30 global installations.
Nickel Based Consumables

The tensile strength of the high nickel alloy weld metal is close to that of 9% nickel steels and has high resistance
to brittle fracture, good impact strength at -196°C, lateral expansion, side bend test and yield strength properties.
Special stainless steel consumables are also available for LNG transport tanks and associated piping. Please refer
section on stainless steel consumables elsewhere in this book.
APPLICATIONS
The SMAW electrodes are designed to weld on AC, largely to eliminate the magnetic arc blow problem of 9% nickel
steels. SAW is preferred for cicumferential welds and SMAW for the vertical welds. Smaller diameter wires (1.6mm)
deliver better impact values. 9% nickel steels can be welded without pre and post weld treatment up to 60 mm, as
per ASME code, OK 92.55 is Preferred, when higher impact values are specified.
TYPICAL WELDMETAL COMPOSTION (After 3rd Layer)

Material/ESAB Product Chemical Composition (%)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Nb W S&P Fe
9% Ni Steels 0.13 0.15 0.90 - 8.5 - - - 0.005 -
Max 0.40 Max 9.5 Max
OK 92.45 <0.05 0.5 <0.5 21.5 64.0 9.0 3.3 - - <5.0
OK 92.55 <0.08 0.4 3.0 13.0 70.0 6.0 1.5 1.5 - <8.0
OK AUTROD 19.82/
0.01 0.3 0.3 22.0 Bal 9.0 3.5* - - 1.5
OK FLUX 10.16
*Including Tantalum
TYPICAL ALL WELDMETAL MECHANICIAL PROPERTIES
Material / ESAB Product Classification Mechanical Properties

YS UTS EI CVN Impact Values
9% Ni Steels A553-82 (N/mm ) 2
(N/mm ) 2
(%) (J at -196°C)
585 690-825 20 27
OK 92.45 ENiCrMo-3 500 780 35 50
OK 92.55 ENiCrMo-6 >430 >690 >35 >70
OK AUTROD 19.82/
ERNiCrMo-3 420 700 40 80
OK FLUX 10.16
71
SMAW
OK 92.26 TYPICAL WELDMETAL PROPERTIES

Welding Consumables
Weldmetal Typical Mechanical properties

Classification AWS A5.11 ENiCrFe-3 Composition (%) of all Weldmetal
C <0.10 YS 410 N/mm2
DESCRIPTION Si 0.5 UTS 640 N/mm2
A nickel - based electrode for welding nickel alloys such Mn 7.0 EL 40%
as inconel 600 and similar Inconel alloys, cryogenic Cr 15.0 Impact Values +20OC 100J
steels, martensitic to austenitic steels, dissimilar Ni 67.0 -196OC 80J
Nb 1.7
steels, heat-resistant steels and castings with limited
Cu <0.5
weldability. Ti <0.5
Ta <0.3
APPROVALS: ABS, SEPROS, UDT.
Fe 7.0
CURRENT DATA
Diameter Length Welding Arc voltage,
(mm) mm Current, A V
2.5 300 50-70 22
3.2 350 65-105 23
4.0 350 75-150 24
5.0 350 120-170 25

Classification AWS A5.11 ENiCu-7 Composition (%) of all Weldmetal
DESCRIPTION C <0.10 YS 410 N/mm2
Si 0.5 UTS 640 N/mm2
A nickel-copper electrode for welding NiCu alloys to Mn 2.5 EL 40%
themselves and to steels and for corrosion resistant Ni 66.0 Impact Values +20OC 100J
surfacing. The weld metal of OK 92.86 is crack resistant Nb <0.3 -196OC 80J
and ductile and meets rigorous requirements relating to Cu 30.0
corrosion resistance in sea water and in reducing and Al <0.5
oxidising acids. OK 92.86 is used for welding corrosion Ti 0.2
- resistant monel alloys within the petroleum and Fe 1.5
ammoniun sulphate industry and in power plants.
CURRENT DATA
2.5 300 50-70 22
3.2 350 70-120 26
4.0 350 120-140 28
72
Welding Consumables
Classification AWS A5.11 ENiCrMo-13 Composition (%) of all Weldmetal
C <0.02 YS 430 N/mm2
DESCRIPTION
Si <0.2 UTS 770 N/mm2
OK 92.59 is designed for welding alloy 59, C-276 and Mn <0.2 EL 40%
625 Ni-based materials. It is also suitable for welding Cr 23.0 Impact Values +20OC 70J
superaustenitic steels like AISI/ASTM S31254 and Ni 62.0 -196OC 60J
S32654. Mo 15.5
Fe <1.0
CURRENT DATA
2.5 300 50-70 20
3.2 350 60-90 21
4.0 350 80-120 22
73
GMAW
OK AUTROD 19.81 TYPICAL WELDMETAL PROPERTIES

Welding Consumables
Wire Typical Mechanical properties

Classification AWS A5.14 ERNiCrMo-13 Composition (%) of all Weldmetal
C <0.01 YS 550 N/mm2
DESCRIPTION
Si <0.1 UTS 750 N/mm2
A continous, solid, Ni-Cr-Mo electrode for welding high- Mn <0.5 EL 40%
alloyed materials of the 20Cr-25Ni type with 4-6% Mo Cr 23.0 Impact Values -110OC 120J
and Ni-based alloys of a similar type. It can also be Ni >56.0
welded in combination with carbon steels. The weld Mo 15.5
metal has very good corrosion resistance over a wide Fe <1.5
range of applications in oxidising and reducing media.
CURRENT DATA
APPROVALS: VdTÜV
Diameter Welding Arc voltage,
WELDING CURRENT: DC+ (mm) Current, A V
0.8 70-190 20-27
1.0 100-200 21-27
1.2 160-280 24-30
1.6 200-350 25-32
basket spool packed in a cardboard box weighing
15kg.
OK AUTROD 19.82 TYPICAL WELDMETAL PROPERTIES

C <0.10 YS 500 N/mm2
DESCRIPTION
Si <0.5 UTS 780 N/mm2
A continous, solid, corrosion and heat - resistant, Ni- Mn <0.5 EL 45%
Cr electrode for welding high-alloyed heat-resistant and Cr 21.5 Impact Values +20OC 130J
corrosion - resistant materials, 9% Ni steels and similar Ni >60.0 -105OC 120J
steels with high notch toughness at low temperatures. Mo 9.0 -196OC 110J
It is also suitable for joining dissimilar metals of the Cu <0.5
types mentioned above. The weld metal has very good Al <0.4
Ti <0.4
mechanical properties at high and low temperatures.
Fe <2.0
Good resistance to pitting and stress corosion.
APPROVALS: UDT, VdTÜV CURRENT DATA

Diameter Welding Arc voltage,
(mm) Current, A V
1.0 100-200 21-27
1.2 160-280 24-30
1.6 200-350 25-32

basket spool packed in a cardboard box weighing
15kg.
74
GTAW
OK TIGROD 19.81 TYPICAL WELDMETAL PROPERTIES
Welding Consumables
Classification SFA/AWS A5.14 ERNiCrMo-13 Composition (%) of all Weldmetal
C <0.01 YS 550 N/mm2
DESCRIPTION Si <0.1 UTS 800 N/mm2
Bare Ni-Cr-Mo rod for welding high - alloyed materials of Mn <0.5 EL 45%
the 20Cr-25Ni typewith 4-6% Mo and Ni based alloys of Cr 23.0 Impact Values -110OC 120J
a similar type. It can also be welded in combination with Ni >56.0
Mo 15.5
carbon steels. The weld metal has very good corrosion
Fe <1.5
resistance over a wide range of applications in oxidising
and reducing media.
PACKING DATA
APPROVALS: VdTÜV Diameter Length Packing
(mm) mm (5 Kg)
2.0 1000 3
2.4 1000 3

C <0.1 YS 550 N/mm2
DESCRIPTION Si <0.5 UTS 780 N/mm2
A nickel-based, corrosion - and heat - resistant, 22% Mn <0.5 EL 40%
Cr, 9% Mo, 3.5% Nb rod for the GTAW of high - alloyed Cr 21.5 Impact Values -196OC 130J
steel, heat - resistant steel, corrosion - resistant Ni >60.0
Mo 9.0
steel, 9% Ni steels and similar steel with high notch
Cu <0.5
toughness at low temperatures. It is also suitale for Al <0.4
joining dissimilar metals of the types mentioned above. Ti <0.4
OK TIGROD 19.82 is normally welded with pure Ar as Fe <2.0
the shielding gas.
APPROVALS: UDT, VdTÜV PACKING DATA

Diameter Length Packing
WELDING CURRENT: DC- (mm) mm (5 Kg)
1.6 1000 3
2.0 1000 3
2.4 1000 3
3.2 1000 3
75
Welding Consumables

Classification SFA/AWS A5.14 ERNiCr-3 Composition (%) of all Weldmetal
C <0.1 YS 440 N/mm2
DESCRIPTION
Si <0.5 UTS 670 N/mm2
A nickel-based, corrosion - and heat - resistant, 20% Mn 3.0 EL 40%
Cr, 3% Mn, 2.5% Nb rod for the GTAW of high - alloyed Cr 20.0 Impact Values +20OC 150J
steel, heat - resistant steel, corrosion - resistant steel, Ni >67.0 -196OC 100J
9% Ni steels and similar steels with high notch toughness Cu <0.5
at low temperatures. It is also suitable for joining Ti <0.7
dissimilar metals of the types mentioned above. OK Fe <3.0
TIGROD 19.85 is usually welded with pure Ar as the
shielding gas. PACKING DATA
APPROVALS: UDT, VdTÜV
(mm) mm (5 Kg)
2.0 1000 3
2.4 1000 3

Classification AWS A5.14 ERNiCu-7 Composition (%) of all Weldmetal
C <0.15 YS 300 N/mm2
DESCRIPTION
Si <1.0 UTS 530 N/mm2
A nickel-based, rod alloyed with about 30% Cu, 2% Mn 3.0 EL 45%
Ti and 1% Fe for the GTAW of base materials of the Ni 65.0 Impact Values +20OC 130J
same type. It can also be used for joining these alloys to Nb <0.5 0OC 140J
steels. OK TIGROD 19.93 is normally welded with pure Cu 30.0 -20OC 150
Ar as the shielding gas. Ti 2.3
Fe 1.5
APPROVALS: UDT, VdTÜV
PACKING DATA
(mm) mm (5 Kg)
1.6 1000 3
2.0 1000 3
2.4 1000 3
76
SAW
OK FLUX 10.16 balanced flux composition minimises silicon transfer
Welding Consumables
from the flux to the welding metal, thereby minimising
BASICITY INDEX: 2.4 the risk of hot cracking when welding with nickel - based
DESCRIPTION alloys. OK FLUX 10.16 can only be used on DC when
butt welding with nickel-based alloy wires. Reverse po-
OK FLUX 10.16 is an agglomerated, non-alloying flux
larity (DC-) should preferably be used in order to mini-
for submerged arc welding. OK FLUX 10.16 is specially
mise the dilution for the base material and the risk of hot
designed for butt welding with nickel based alloyed wire
cracking in the weld metal.
and cladding with nickel based alloy strips. The well -
TYPICAL WELDMETAL PROPERTIES

Chemical Composition (%) Mechanical Properties
OK FLUX YS UTS Impacts values
10.16 / C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo N/mm2 N/mm2 Charpy V Notch
OK AUTROD J Temp (OC)
19.82 0.01 0.3 0.3 21.0 bal. 9.0 420 700 80 -196
19.85 0.01 0.3 3.2 19.0 bal. <2.0 360 600 100 -196
PACKING: OK FLUX 10.16 is packed in paper bag containing 25 Kg.
77
STORAGE AND HANDLING It is recommended not to redry covered electrodes more
Welding Consumables
than three times.

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THE STORAGE,
REDRYING AND HANDLING OF ESAB COVERED Holding Oven
ELECTRODES. The holding oven is used for intermediate storage to
General Information avoid moisture pick-up in the coating of low - hydrogen
electrodes and acid rutile stainless electrodes. The
All covered electrodes are sensitive to moisture re- electrodes which should be stored in the holding oven
absorption to a greater or lesser degree. Care must be are:
taken during storage and handling to prevent moisture 1. Electrodes that have been redried.
being re-absorbed.
2. Electrodes that have been removed from thier
Storage hermetically - sealed container.
Covered electrodes of any type will pick up moisture 3. Electrodes that are considered to be in good
only very slowly if they are stored under the following condition and are transferred directly from the store
climatic conditions: room after unpacking.
At Temperatures Holding over temperature : 120 - 150OC
During winter, it is possible to have low relative humidity Precautions on Site

by keeping the temperature in the storeroom at least Keep the electrodes in electrically - heated quivers at
10OC above the outdoor temperature. During certain a minimum temperature of 70OC. After work return the
periods in the summer and in a tropical climate, remaining electrodes to the holding oven.
sufficiently low relative humidity can be maintained by
air dehumidification. Damaged Coating
Redrying Mechanically damaged electrodes on which parts of

the coating are missing will not perform correctly and
Low-hydrogen basic electrodes should be redried before should be scrapped.
use whenever there are application requirements relating
to weldmetal hydrogen content and / or radiographic VacPac®
soundness (not needed for VacPac®). Electrodes in VacPac® will not pick up any moisture
Acid rutile stainless electrodes and all types of basic during storage. They require no redrying before use,
electrodes may produce pores in the weld if they have provided the package is undamaged. This is indicated
not been stored in sufficiently dry conditions. Redrying by a vacuum in the package.
the electrode will restore their usability. Handling VacPac® Electrodes
Mild steel rutile and acid electrodes normally need no Protect VacPac® from damage at all times.
redrying.
The outer board packaging offers extra protection from
Cellulose electrodes must not be redried. mechanical damage to the metal foil. Handle the single
inner, metal foil, VacPac® with special care.
Electrodes which are seriously damaged by moisture
can normally not be redried. These electrodes should Do not use a knife or any other sharp object to open the
be scrapped. outer board packaging.
Redrying Conditions Before using VacPac® Electrodes
Redrying temperatures and holding times are specified Check if the protective foil still contains a vacuum. If the
on the label and in the product specification. vacuum has been lost, redry the electrodes before use.
The redrying temperature is the temperature in the bulk Cut open the protective foil at one end.
of the electrodes. Do not take out more than one eletrode at a time,
The redrying time is measured from the point at which thereby, ensuring that the remaining electrodes are still
the redrying temperature has been reached. protected inside the package. Put the top back on the
plastic capsule.
Do not stack more than four layers of electrodes in the
Discard or redry electrodes that have been exposed to
redrying oven.
the atmosphere in an opened VacPac® for more than
8 hours.
78
STORAGE AND HANDLING RECOMMENDATIONS  Addition of new flux must be done with the
Welding Consumables
FOR OK TUBROD / DUAL SHIELD / COREWELD / proportion of at least one part new flux to three parts
CORED WIRES. recycled flux.
Cored wire should be stored in conditions which prevent Foreign material such as millscale, dross etc. should
the accelerated deterioration of products or packaging. be removed by a suitable system such as sieving.
All cored wires should avoid direct contact with water
or moisture. This could take the form of rain or the Redrying
condensation of moisture on a cold wire.
When handled and stored as above, the ESAB
Cored wires must be stored in dry conditions. The relative fluxes can normally be used as they are.
humidity and temperature should be monitored and the
If, however, a severe application is considered,
temperature should not fall below the dew point.
as given by the applicable material specification,
To avoid condensation, the wire should be kept in the redrying of the flux is recommended.
original packaging and, if necessary, left to warm up to
Furthermore, if the flux, due to unfavourable handling
at least the ambient temperature before opening the
or storage, has picked up moisture, redrying
package.
can return the flux to its original state regarding
Other hydrogen-containing substances, such as oil, moisture.
grease and corrosion, or substances that could absorb
Redrying shall be performed as follows:
moisture must also be avoided on the wire surface.
Agglomerated fluxes : 300 +/- 25OC for about
Products must be stored in such a way as to avoid
2-4 hours.
damage during storage.
Redrying must be done on shallow plates with a
STORAGE AND HANDLING RECOMMENDATIONS
flux height not exceeding 50 mm. Redried flux, not
FOR OK FLUX
immediately used, must be kept at 150 +/- 25OC
ESAB fluxes, have a guaranteed as-manufactured before use.
moisture content from the factories. This moisture content
is well - controlled by internal ESAB specifications. Before
transport, each pallet is shrink wrapped in plastic foil.
This precaution action is done in order to maintain the
as-manufactured moisture content as long as possible.
Flux should never be exposed to direct wetness such
as rain or snow.
Storage
 Unopened flux bags must be kept under properly

maintained storage condition as follows:
 Temperature : 20 +/- 10OC
 Relative humidity : as low as possible - not exceeding

60%.
 The content of unprotected flux hoppers should

after an 8 hours shift be placed in a drying
cabinet or heated flux hopper at a temperature of
150 +/- 25OC.
 Remaining flux from opened bags should be placed

at a temperature of 150 +/- 25OC
Recycling
 Moisture and oil must in a suitable way be removed

from the pressure air used in the recycling system.
79
HANDWELDING ELECTRODES To determine elevated working temperatures, please
Welding Consumables
consult BS 5135: 1984 or SS 064025. If the EC dimension

Official approval of the plates and heat input are known, these standards
will state whether heating is necessary and the level at
In addition to the official approval given in this catalogue, which it should take place.
many electrodes are approved by shipping societies,
Defence authorities, railway boards, private companies Tension cannot be avoided when welding, as steel
and so on. Information about the different types of expands when heated, although correct planning and
approval is available on request. heat treatment can reduce tension considerably.
Tensile properties Hydrogen forms from water in the surroundings and from
the electrode coating. The water is divided into oxygen
Unless otherwise stated, tensile properties refer to all and hydrogen in the arc and the hydrogen in particular
weld metal test pieces prepared according to the rules has a strong tendency to dissolve in the weld metal and
of the classification societies using 4 and 5 mm diameter initiate cold cracking.
electrodes.
Conclusion : Dry basic electrodes when there is risk of
Welding current cold cracking.
Maximum and minimum values are given. The most Labelling
suitable welding current depends largely on the size
of the workpiece, the welding position and the type of The electrode type is clearly marked on the coating of
joint. each electrode near the grip end, e.g. ESAB 36H.
Small workpieces require a lower current, larger

workpieces a higher current, depending on the
dissipation of heat from the joint.
Cold cracking
Cold cracking will only occur if the following three factors

are present at the same time:
1. Hard phases in the weld, preferably martensite
2. Sufficient stress
3. Hydrogen dissolved in the weld metal
Hard phases form when the weld is cooled rapidly from

melting temperature to room temperature. Alloying
elements, mostly carbon, are forced to dissolve in the
weld metal and make it brittle. The following formula
describes this process in the case of standard carbon
- manganese steel:-
%Mn %(Cr+Mo+V) %(Ni+Cu)
EC=%C+ + +
6 5 15
Steels with EC=0.35 and below are usually weldable

without any problems at normal steel sizes. For the more
highly alloyed steels and steels with thicker dimensions,
an elevated working temperature is necessary in order
to reduce the cooling rate.
The elevated temperature also allows the hydrogen to

diffuse.
80
GENERAL INFORMATION The evenness of the weld and the smooth transition
Welding Consumables
of the base material make joints produced with rutile
Choice of suitable electrode electrodes at least as good in terms of fatigue strength
as unmachined joints. Unalloyed rutile electrodes,
The electrodes in this catalogue are placed into groups irrespective of thier efficiency, can be recommended
according to the type of alloy deposited. Within each for welding mild steel with a nominal tensile strength
group of electrodes for welding mild, low-alloy and of 440 MPa (45 kg/mm2). When it comes to the tensile
stainless steels, there are several cases in which many strength of the deposit, rutile electrodes can also be
different electordes are designed for welding the same used for welding steels with a nominal tensile stength
type of steel. So, for each steel grade, there are often of more than 440 MPa (45 kg/mm2), but, as a general
a large number of electrode types to choose from, all rule, only electrodes producing a weld metal with a low
of which produce similar weld metal compositions but hydrogen content, e.g. basic, rutile basic or zircon-basic
have different coatings, welding properties, welding electrodes, should be used to weld these steels.
speeds and weld metal quality. This large choice makes
it possible to choose the electrode which produces the Unalloyed basic electrodes
right weld metal quality at the lowest cost.
Unalloyed basic electrodes give moderate welding
When selecting an electrode, the first rule is to select speed in the flat position but are faster than other types
one which produces a weld metal quality equal to or bet- when welding vertically upwards. The reason for this is
ter than that of the base material and, when necessary, that basic electrodes can be deposited at a higher cur-
is approved for the material in question. Welding posi- rent in the vertical position than other types of electrode.
tion and type of joint are other factors which influence In addition, the amount of weld metal deposited per elec-
the choice of electrode, as different welding positions trode is greater than that of other electrodes which can
and types of joint. be used in this position. This results in a smaller number
of electrode changes. The normal result is therefore a
General information about the influence of coating higher fusion rate and higher arctime factor when weld-
type on welding properties, welding speed and weld ing vertically upwards with basic electrodes compared
metal quality with other types.
Rutile electrodes giving about 100% weld metal recovery The slag is normally not quite as easy to remove as the
are easy to strike and use and are particularly suitable slag from acid or rutile electrodes, but, in spite of this,
for short welds in mild steel, for fillet welds, for welding it can be classed as easily detachable. The slag from
sheet steels and for bridging large joint gaps. The welds basic electrodes has a lower melting point than that
have a fine finish and spatter losses are negligible. The from rutile or acid electrodes. The risk of slag inclusions
welding speed is moderate. during normal production welding is therefore unusually
small when basic electrodes are used, even if the slag
Unalloyed electrodes
is not completely removed between beads during multi-
Unalloyed rutile electrodes are not normally recom- run welding.
mended for welding steel with a nominal tensile strength
The weld metal from basic electrodes has a low hy-
exceeding 440 MPa (45 kg/mm2). Rutile electrodes are
drogen content and usually has good toughness even
relatively insensitive to moisture.
at low temperatures. Basic electrodes are less likely
High-efficiency rutile electrodes to produce either hot cracks or cold cracks compared
with other types of electrode. The superiority of basic
High-efficiency rutile electrodes generally produce a electrodes from this point of view appears when welding
higher welding speed, which increases as the weld met- manganese alloyed structural steels, pressure-vessel
al recovery increases. Eg. ESAB C23S. steels and ship’s plate with a nominal tensile strength of
490-530 MPa (50-54 kg/mm2). The higher the harden-
They are all easy to use, produce excellent slag de- ability of the steel to be welded, the greater the neces-
tachability, fine bead appearance and are particularly sity to use basic electrodes and the greater the need for
suitable for welding horizontal/vertical fillets. The weld low moisture content in the coating.
metal has tensile properties which are as high as, or
somewhat higher than, those of the weld metal from un-
alloyed basic electrodes but have lower elongation and
impact strength.
81
Cellulose electrodes
Welding Consumables
Cellulose electrodes are easy to use in all welding

positions and are particularly good for vertical
and overhead welding. Cellulose electrodes are
recommended for all-positional welding where the
mechanical properties of the deposit are of the greatest
improtance and radiographic requirements must be
met. Vertical and overhead welding often require an
electrode one size larger in comparison to electrodes
with other types of coating. Cellulose electrodes are
extremely good for vertical-down welding.
Higher tensile steel requires preheating and higher

interpass temperatures than when the welding is done
with low-hydrogen electrodes.
82
Approval in accordance with Toughness level
Welding Consumables
classification society rules Each steel category is divided into three to five toughness
levels represented by the first digit in the grade (1, 2, 3,
Welding materials are normally classified by ESAB 4 or 5)
in accordance with a standard, e.g. AWS and EN. To
verify mechanical properties they are also approved -1 suitable for grade A steel
in accordance with the rules of the classification (impact tested at 20OC)
societies.
-2 suitable for grade A, B and C steels
Classification (impact tested at 0OC)
The Classification of welding products refers to -3 suitable for grade A, B, D and E steels
standards and, when a welding product is classified, (impact tested at -20OC)
its type, properties and field of application are given.
-4 suitable for grade A, B, D, E and F steels
The manufacturer verifies the correct classification of
(impact tested at -40OC)
a product by internal testing and / or by witness of an
outside orgainisation. -5 suitable for grades A, B, D, E and F steels
(impact tested at -60OC)
Approval
Other frequently used abbreviations
Ship owners and partners in offshore enterprises require
welding consumables to be approved in accordance T two-run welding (submerged arc
with the rules of the classification societies. Approval is welded with one run from each side)
also required by clients in accordance with national or
international standards for boiler and pressure vessels M multi-run welding (submerged arc
as well as other standards to be verified by an authorized or automatic gas-shielded arc
approval institutute. welding)
Approved welding products are entered on the “List of S semi-automatic, gas-shielded and flux
Approved Welding Consumables: distributed annually - flux - cored arc welding
by the societies and other institutes.
H5, H10, H15 low - hydrogen welding consumables
This catalogue provides information about the welding
position, current/polarity, low hydrogen and grading. DP deep penetration
Non-alloyed and low-alloyed steels Stainless steel and other high-content alloyed
steels
Consumables are divided into three categories based
on their tensile strength level: Grades of stainless steel for which the welding
consumable is approved are indicated with respect
Normal stength steel : Indicated by the numbers 1, 2 to one or more of the types of stainless steels : 304L,
or 3 (e.g. 3.3M) that the electrode is to be used in steel 304LN, 316LN and so on.
with a minimum yield strength (ReH) of 305 and a tensile
strength (Rm) of 400-560 MPa. The abbreviation SS/CMn indicates approval for joining
any of the austenitic types of stainless steel to any ofthe
High strength Steel : Indicated by 2Y, 3Y, 4Y, 5Y (ReH normal strength or higher tensile ship steels. Dup/CMn
min 375 and Rm 490-660 MPa) and 2Y40,3Y40, 4Y40 indicates approval for joining any of the duplex types of
(ReH min 400 and Rm 510-690 MPa) stainless steel to any of the normal strength or higher
tensile ship steels.
Extra high strength steel : Indicated by 3Y42, 4Y42,
5Y42 up to 5Y69 and so on for the different strength The system described for grading the consumables in
steel categories, where the numbers 42....69 symbolize accordance with the rules of the classification societies
a yield strength in MPa indicating that the electrodes changes as new steels appear on the market and
can be used for extra high tensile steels. sometimes there are changes to the approval ratings
which might mean that the handbook may not be
currently up-to date. To ensure that valid information
is used, please request the latest issued Product Data
Sheet for the consumables and / or the latest edition
of the “List of Approved Consumables” and approval
certificates from the most recent annual repeat test.
83
Calculation of electrode consumption
Welding Consumables
In the tables, joint cross section, theoretical joint volume and kg weld metal per metre length of welded joint are given.
The electrode consumption per metre of welded joint is obtained by dividing the number of kg of weld metal by N,
where N is the kg of weld metal per kg of electrode and is given for each electrode on thier respective pages.
Square butt joints: Joint volumes and weld metal weights
Position Plate Gap Volume/length Weight/length weld

thickness mm cm3/m metal kg/m
mm
1 0 2 0.02
1.5 0.5 3 0.02
2 1 4 0.03
Flat 3 1.5 7 0.05
4 2 17 0.13
5 2 21 0.16
6 2.5 27 0.21
Flat 7 3 36 0.28
1 0 2.5 0.02
1.5 0.5 4 0.03
2 1 5 0.04
Horizontal-Ver tical 3 1.5 9.5 0.07
4 2 22 0.17
5 2.5 25 0.20
6 3 32 0.25
Horizontal-Ver tical 7 3 42 0.33
4 2 9 0.07
5 2 10.5 0.08
6 2.5 13 0.10
7 3 16 0.13
4 2 10.5 0.08
5 2 16 0.13
6 2.5 18 0.14
Overhead 7 3 21 0.16
84
Single V-joints: volumes and weld metal weights
50° 60° 70° 80°

60°
Plate
thick-
ness Gap Flat Flat Vertical Overhead Horizontal-Vertical
mm mm
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
4 1 11.5 11 0.09 13 12.5 0.10 15 16.5 0.13 17.5 18 0.14 13 14.5 0.11
5 1 16.5 16 0.13 19.5 19 0.15 22.5 24.5 0.19 26 28 0.22 19.5 21 0.16
6 1 23 21.5 0.17 27 25.5 0.20 31 37 0.29 36 38.5 0.30 27 30 0.24
7 1.5 33.5 32.5 0.26 39 38 0.30 45 49 0.38 51.5 56 0.44 39 42 0.33
8 1.5 42 40 0.31 49 46.5 0.37 57 59.5 0.47 65.5 70 0.55 49 56 0.44
9 1.5 51 48 0.38 60.5 56 0.44 70 75.5 0.59 81.5 87.5 0.69 60.5 65 0.51
10 2 66.5 62 0.49 77.5 72 0.57 90 96.5 0.76 104 109 0.86 77.5 81 0.64
11 2 78.5 71.5 0.56 92 83.5 0.66 107 113 0.89 124 130 1.02 92 96.5 0.76
12 2 91 83 0.65 107 97.5 0.77 125 134 1.05 145 157 1.23 107 113 0.89
14 2 120 110 0.86 141 130 1.02 165 171 1.34 193 204 1.60 141 159 1.17
15 2 135 123 0.97 160 146 1.15 188 197 1.55 219 231 1.81 160 171 1.34
16 2 151 132 1.04 180 157 1.23 211 223 1.75 247 257 2.02 180 186 1.46
18 2 189 170 1.33 223 204 1.60 263 276 2.17 308 320 2.51 223 233 1.83
20 2 227 208 1.63 271 247 1.94 320 334 2.62 376 396 3.11 271 281 2.21
25 2 341 313 2.46 411 375 2.94 488 510 4.00 577 606 4.76 411 425 3.34
1 Theoretical volume cm3/m

2 Actual joint volume cm3/m (taking account of transverse shrinkage)
3 Deposited weld metal kg/m
The first run and backing run V-joints: Weld metal weights
Position Plate thickness Weight/length Electrode diam
mm kg/m mm
Flat 6–12 0.10 3.25
Flat > 12 0.15 4
Vertical > 8 0.15 3.25
Horizontal-Vertical > 8 0.15 3.25
Overhead > 10 0.10 3.25
Welding Consumables
85
Welding Consumables
Corner welds: Actual joint volumes and weld metal weights
Plate Section
thickness size
mm mm2 cm3/m kg/m cm3/m kg/m cm3/m kg/m cm3/m kg/m
2 2 3.5 0.03 3 0.02 3.5 0.03 3.5 0.03
3 4.5 7 0.05 7 0.05 7 0.05 7.5 0.06
4 8 9 0.07 9 0.07 9.5 0.07 10.5 0.08
5 12.5 13 0.10 13.5 0.11 14.5 0.11 16 0.13
6 18 18.5 0.15 19.5 0.15 21 0.16 22 0.17
7 24.5 25.5 0.20 26.5 0.21 27.5 0.22 31.5 0.25
8 32 33 0.26 34.5 0.27 36 0.28 40.5 0.32
9 40.5 41.5 0.33 43 0.34 45.5 0.36 51 0.40
10 50 51.5 0.40 53.5 0.42 56 0.44 64 0.50
11 60.5 63 0.49 67 0.53 72 0.57 78.5 0.62
12 72 74.5 0.58 79 0.62 84.5 0.66 93 0.73
15 113 116 0.91 123 0.97 132 1.04 141 1.11
18 162 167 0.31 174 1.37 190 1.49 204 1.60
20 200 206 1.62 206 1.62 227 1.78 252 1.98
22 242 248 1.95 255 2.00 275 2.16 204 2.39
25 323 329 2.58 331 2.60 370 2.90 405 3.18
Fillet welds: Actual joint volumes and weld metal weights
Throat Section
thickness size
mm mm2 cm3/m kg/m cm3/m kg/m cm3/m kg/m cm3/m kg/m
2 4 5 0.04 6 0.05 5.5 0.04 5.5 0.04
2.5 6.5 7.5 0.06 8.5 0.07 8 0.06 8.5 0.07
3 9 10.5 0.08 12.5 0.10 11 0.09 12 0.09
3.5 12.5 14 0.11 16 0.13 15 0.12 16.5 0.13
4 16 18 0.14 21 0.16 19.5 0.15 22 0.17
4.5 20.5 22.5 0.18 26 0.20 24.5 0.19 26.5 0.21
5 25 27.5 0.22 31.5 0.25 30.5 0.24 33 0.26
5.5 30.5 33.5 0.26 37 0.29 36 0.28 40.5 0.32
6 36 40 0.31 42 0.33 43 0.34 47.5 0.37
6.5 42.5 46.5 0.37 49.5 0.39 51 0.40 56 0.44
7 49 54.5 0.43 57 0.45 56 0.44 65 0.51
7.5 56.5 60.5 0.47 65 0.51 64 0.50 73.5 0.58
8 64 70 0.55 73.5 0.58 76.5 0.60 82.5 0.65
9 81 88 0.69 94 0.74 95 0.75 109 0.86
10 100 108 0.85 114 0.89 116 0.91 130 1.02
11 121 131 1.03 138 1.08 143 1.12 157 1.23
12 144 155 1.22 162 1.27 169 1.33 188 1.48
13 169 179 1.41 190 1.49 195 1.53 220 1.73
14 196 207 1.62 224 1.76 227 1.78 257 2.02
15 225 237 1.86 248 1.95 264 2.07 294 2.31
86
The weight of welding electrodes or welding wire neces-
Welding Consumables
sary to complete a given weld joint may be calculated by PROCESS DEPOSITION
the formula: EFFICIENCY
P WL Submerged Arc 99%
=
E Gas Metal Arc (98% Ar, 2% O2) 98%
P = Weight of electrode or wire required
Gas Metal Arc (75%Ar, 25% CO2) 96%
W = Weight per unit length of weldmetal
Gas Metal Arc (CO2) 93%
L = Length of weld (meter)
E = Deposition efficiency Metal Cored Wires 93%
WEIGHT PER UNIT LENGTH OF WELDMETAL Gas Shielded Flux Cored Wires 85%
For calculating the weight of weldmetal requires, we Self Shielded Flux Cored Wires 82%
consider the following items.
* Shielded Metal Arc (Stick 300 mm long) 59%
1. Area of cross-section of the weld
2. Length of the weld
3. Volume of the weld in cubic centimetre
* Includes 2” stub loss.
4. Weight of the weldmetal per cubic centimetre
It must be remembered that when deposition tests are per-
The area of the cross-section (the triangle) in the fillet formed in the laboratory, the deposition efficiency is calculated
weld shown below is equal to one half the base times by the formula:
the height. The volume of the weld is equal to the area
Weight of metal deposited
times the length, and the weight of the weld then, is the
volume times the weight of the material (steel) per cubic Deposition Efficiency = Weight of electrode consumed
centimetre.
This does not take stub loss into consideration. The
chart below shows how the length of the stub effects the
laboratory-established efficiency.
STUB LOSS CORRECTION TABLE

FOR COATED ELECTRODES
Deposition 50mm 75mm 100 mm 125mm

Efficiency STUB STUB STUB STUB
This example is for a fillet weld with no reinforcement. 300 mm 60% 50.00% 45.00% 40.00% 35.00%
Similar calculations can be made for butt or lap joint. ELECTRODE 65% 54.20% 46.70% 43.30% 37.90%
The table on following pages lists the weight per metre
70% 58.30% 52.50% 46.60% 40.80%
of fillet and the more common butt joints.
75% 62.50% 56.20% 50.00% 43.70%
DEPOSITION EFFICIENCY
80% 66.60% 60.00% 53.30% 46.60%
The deposition efficiency of an electrode or welding wire 350 mm 60% 51.40% 47.10% 42.90% 38.30%
indicates the portion of that product you can expect to
ELECTRODE 65% 55.70% 51.1 0% 46.40% 41.00%
be deposited as weldmetal. Losses due to slag, spatter,
fume and in the case of semi automatic or automatic 70% 60.00% 55.00% 50.00% 45.00%
welding processes, the ends cut before each weld and 75% 64.30% 56.90% 53.60% 46.20%
the wire left in the feed cable make no process 100% 80% 68.50% 62.80% 57.10% 51.40%
efficient.
450 mm 60% 53.30% 50.00% 46.60% 43.30%
For estimates of electrode or wire consumption, the fol- ELECTRODE 65% 57.70% 54.20% 50.50% 46.90%
lowing average values of deposition efficiency may be
70% 62.20% 56.30% 54.40% 50.50%
used.
75% 66.60% 62.50% 56.30% 54.20%
80% 71.10% 66.60% 62.20% 57.70%
87
The following tables show the estimated weight of consumables for some of the common weld joints.
Welding Consumables
Fillet Size Weldmetal Weight of electrode/Wire

L (mm) Required Kg/m required per unit length of weld (Kg/m)
SMAW GMAW FCAW Metal
Cored
3 0.04 0.06 0.04 0.05 0.04
5 0.09 0.15 0.10 0.11 0.10
6 0.16 0.26 0.17 0.19 0.17
8 0.25 0.40 0.26 0.29 0.27
10 0.36 0.58 0.38 0.43 0.39
13 0.64 1.04 0.67 0.76 0.70
Horizontal Fillet Weld
16 1.00 1.62 1.06 1.18 1.09
19 1.44 2.33 1.53 1.70 1.57
25 2.56 4.14 2.70 3.02 2.79
Joint Dimensions (mm) Weldmetal Stick Electrode

Required Required
T B A kg/m kg/m
5 1.5 10 0.14 0.22
6 1.5 11 0.17 0.28
2.5 0.21 0.34
8 1.5 13 0.20 0.33
Square Butt Joint
2.5 0.25 0.40
Joint Dimensions (mm) Weldmetal Stick Electrode

Required Required
T B A kg/m kg/m
6 2.0 8 0.19 0.31
8 2.5 10 0.34 0.54
10 3 13 0.53 0.86
13 3 16 0.80 1.27
16 3 21 1.31 2.12
Single - V Butt Joint 19 3 24 1.84 2.96
25 3.2 32 3.18 5.12
88
WElGHT PER METER OF WELDMETAL FOR FILLET WELDS AND ELEMENTS OF COMMON BUTT JOINTS
Welding Consumables
INSTRUCTION
1. Make a drawing of the cross-section of the joint to exact scale.
2. Divide the cross-section into right triangles, rectangles and sketch in the desired reinforcement.
3. Dimension the thickness, angles, angle leg length, root opening and the length and height of the reinforcement.
4. Total the weight per meter of each of the elements from the chart for the weight per meter of the weld.
ANGLE ‘V’ JOINT - 60O Included Angle ‘V’ FILLET WELD
WEIGHT FILLET THEORETICAL WELD WEIGHT WELD

PLATE ROOT THEORETICAL Weld
WELD SIZE mm VOLUME cm3/m METAUm kg/m
THK GAP VOLUME cm3/m METAUm
L T L T
Mm mm mm kg/m
2 6.0 0.05
4 1 13 12.5 0.1
3 4.5 12.5 0.036 0.10
5 1 19.5 19 0.15 4 8.0 21.0 0.064 0.16
6 1 27 25.5 0.2 6 18.0 42.0 0.142 0.33
7 1.5 39 38 0.3 8 32.0 73.0 0.252 0.58
8 1.5 49 46.5 0.37 10 50.0 114.0 0.394 0.89
9 1.5 60.5 56 0.44 12 72.0 162.0 0.567 1.27
10 2 77.5 72 0.57 15 112.0 248.0 0.887 1.85
18 162.0 1.277
11 2 92 83.5 0.66
20 200.0 1.576
12 2 107 97.5 0.77
25 312.5 2463
14 2 141 130 1.02
15 2 160 146 1.15 The figures above are for accurate weld volumes of
16 2 180 157 1.23 exact dimensions. In practice it is difficult to obtain mitre
18 2 223 204 1.6 shaped fillet welds, actual welds are generally convex in
20 2 271 247 1.94 profile and an allowance of approximately 15% should
25 2 411 375 2.94 be made when calculating consumable requirements.
89
DATA SHEETS - PIPE WELDING
Welding Consumables
ESAB Pipe Welding Electrodes
The following electrodes are specially designed for

Pipe-welding Root pass Pipeweld 6010 3.20 or 4 mm dia.
Designation AWS For line pipe steels
classification API 5 LX
Pipeweld 6010 E 6010 X42,X46
Pipeweld 6010 Filler passes

Pipeweld 6010
OK 22.46 P E 7010 X46,X52,X56 OK 22.46 P
OK 22.47 P E 8010-G X60,X65 OK 22.47 P
4 or 5 mm dia.
Pipeweld 6010 is ideally suited for root bead welding.
The welding technique, Le. the use of Pipeweld 6010 for
the root bead and also in some cases for the hot pass,
together with a high strength electrode for the other
Hot pass Citoflex
passes, gives maximum resistance to cracking.
OK 22.46 P
The practical technique is described in detail in the fol- OK 22.47 P
lowing pages. 4 or 5 mm dia.
Joint Preparation
Careful joint preparation, as shown in fig.1, is of utmost

importance to achieve a perfect weld. With flame-cut Capping pass
edges the required tolerance are in general not ob- Pipeweld 6010
tained, so it has become common practice to machine OK 22.46 P
the pipe ends. To avoid porosity and lack of fusion the OK 22.47 P
weld faces must be free from foreign matter, such as oil, 4 or 5 mm dia.
grease, mill scale, dirt and other destructive material.
ESAB Pipe Welding Electrodes
Welding the hot pass
Fig. 1 Recommended joint preparation for pipe diam-

eters up To 300 mm. Pipeweld 6010, 3.20 mm dia. for
root bead.
Welding the root bead, filler And capping passes
For pipe diameters larger than 300 mm. Electrode

Pipeweld 6010, 3.20 or 4 mm dia. for root beads.
Welding Procedure and Technique
The following schedule shows the range of application

for all the electrode grades indicated. Selection of these
electrodes depends on the line pipe steel grade used.
Line Pipe Steel Grades
The most common steels used for oil and gas cross-
country pipelines conforming to API 5 L, 5 LS, and 5
LX.
90
Table 1, shows the chemical requirements to API Table 1: Chemical requirements
Welding Consumables
Standard 5 LX for the individual line pipe steel
grades. Chemistry of the pipe material is an important API 5 LX Ladle analysis %
consideration prior to welding; otherwise difficulties may Grade
be experienced on high strength pipe material from the Cmax. Si Mn Nbmin. Vmin. Ti
high carbon and manganese contents, particularly in
X42 0.28 - <1.25 - - -
cold weather. It is therefore advisable, depending on
the surrounding temperature and weather conditions, to X46 0.28 - <1.25 - - -
preheat the entire pipe circumference before applying X52 0.28 - <1.25 - - -
the stringer bead.
X56 0.26 - <1.35 0.005 0.02 0.03
Table 2, Shows the physical requirements to API 5 LX. X60 0.26 - <1.350 .005 0.02 0.03
Composition and characteristics of cellulose X65 0.26 - <1.35 0.005 0.02 -
pipeline electrodes X70 0.23 - <1.60 - - -
Cellulose electrodes contain a high amount of
organic material; about 35% of the coating consist of Table 2: Physical requirements
cellulose powder, which in the arc is transformed into a
Tensile strength
shielding gas at high pressure. This results in a fierce, API 5 LX Yield stress min. Elongation
min.
concentrated arc giving deep penetration. This is one
Grade N/mm2 (psi) N/mm2 (psi) min.%
of the reasons why cellulose pipeline electrodes - even
X42 290 (42) 410 (60) 25
in large electrode diameters - can be used for vertical
down welding with excellent results. X46 315 (63) 430 (63) 23
Welding current ranges (DC positive or negative) X52 360 (66) 450 (66) 22
X56 385 (56) 490 (71) 22
ESAB AWS Electrode diameters (mm)
X60 415 (60) 520 (74) 22
Designation Classification and currents (amp)
X65 450 (65) 550 (77) 20
3.25 4.0 5.0
X70 485 (70) 580 (85) 20
Pipeweld 6010 A5.1:E 6010 50-150 120-200 160-250
OK 22.46 P A5.1:E 7010-G 50-150 120-200 160-250
OK 22.47 P A5.1 :E 8010-G 5O-150 120-200 160-250
Selecting the correct electrodes for API 5 LX steels
Esab Pipe Welding Electrode
Pipeweld 6010 OK 22.46 P OK 22.47 P

API 5 LX root hot filler root hot filler root hot filler
Grade bead pass and bead pass and bead pass and
cover cover cover
X42 X X X
X46 X X X
X52 X X X X X
X56 X X X X X
X60 X X X X X X X
X65 X X X X
X70 X X X X
91
General recommendations Choice of welding Process
Welding Consumables
GMAW Short arc or spray arc

GMAW - Gas Metal Arc Welding The electrodes for gas metal arc welding listed in these
pages are suitable for short arc welding in the smallest
The electrodes and joint faces should be clean. This diameters and for spray are welding in diameters 1.2-
is particularly important when welding aluminium and 2.4 mm. Short arc welding (welding with short circuiting
aluminium alloys. The shielding gasses which are used droplet transfer) can be carried out in all positions
must be of a purity suitable for welding. Moisture in the and is the best jprocess for welding sheet material
gas can produce porous welds. approximately 0.8-3 mm thick and for making the root
Shielding gas for mild and low-alloy steels run in prepared butt joints.
Carbon dioxide, CO2, is the cheapest and most Spray arc welding (welding with finely divided free
commonly used gas and, in most cases, it produces flight drop transfer) is carried out at higher currents
satisfactory welds in both mild and low alloy steel. and voltages than short arc welding and is therefore
generally faster and more economical than short arc
Mixed gas, of which the most commonly used consists welding for plate thicknesses exceeding 2 - 3 mm. It
of 80% Ar + 20% CO2, is clearer than pure CO2 but is only used for weldingin the horizontal or horizontal/
produces a softer arc, quieter welding, better bead vertical positions. The gas consumption is 6-10 litres/
appearance and less spatter. It is therefore often used, min for short arc welding and 12-20 litres/min for spray
in spite of its higher price, for welding sheet steel 0.8-1.5 arc welding. The higher the welding current, the higher
mm thick, which is more difficult to weld with pure CO2. the gas flow required.
A further advantage of mixed gas is the higher quality, in
particular notch toughness, compared with CO2. For this Welding technique
reason, mixed gas is often recommended for welding The welding gun is normally held in the right hand, which
low-alloy steels, such as creep-resistant steels, even means that the weld is made from right to left with the
in thicknesses greater than 1.5 mm. Mixed gas of the gun directed away from the deposited weld at an angle
80/20 type, in which the argon is of a lower purity, is also of 75-80O between the electrode and the workpiece,
available. These gases are less expensive than those thereby giving the operator a good view of the weld pool
based on pure argon and can often be used with equally and the joint. This produces a smoother weld bead than
good results. if the gun is directed towards the finished weld.
One drawback of argon/CO2 mixtures is that they lead Abbreviations
to increased ozone formation, compared with pure CO2,
when used as shielding gas in arc welding. MIG welding = metal inert gas welding = metal arc
welding in an atmosphere consisting mainly of an inert
Another drawback when using the mixture is that the gas such as argon.
current load capacity of the welding gun is reduced by
about 30% compared with welding with CO2. MAG welding = metal active gas welding = metal arc
welding in an atmosphere consisting of an active gas,
Shielding gas for stainless and heat resistant usually carbon dioxide. Gas mixtures containing 20% or
steels more CO2 are usually classified as active.
Argon containing 1% oxygen is normally used for
welding stainless and heat-resistant steels, but argon
containing 2% O2 or 5% O2 is also available. The latter
produces a more fluid weld pool.A shielding gas which
consists of 98% argon + 2% CO2 has gained favour for
MIG welding stainless steels. It can often replace argon/
helium mixtures, Which are used to help fusion when
welding thick stainless steel, and can very often replace
argon/oxygen mixtures.
92
DATA SHEET - GTAW/GMAW
Welding Consumables
Solid wire classification for GTAW/GMAW
Indicates in 1000 PSi increments the minimum

tensile strength of the weldmetal produced by
the electrode when tested according to A5.18
specification. In this case 70 indicate 70,000 PSi.
ER 70 S - X
E indicates a filler
wire/rod
Indicates chemical compsition (%) of

Solid electrode indicates that the filler
metal is solid
Indicates that the filter metal is solid
x C Mn Si S P Ti Zr AI Cu
2 0.07 0.90 0.40 0.035 0.025 0.05 0.02 0.05 0.5
/1 .40 /0.70 -0.15 -0.12 -0.15
3 0.06 0.90 0.45 0.035 0.025 - - - 0.5
/0.15 /1.40 /0.75
4 0.06 1.00 0.65 0.035 0.025 - - - 0.5
/0.15 /1.50 /0.85
6 0.06 1.40 0.80 0.035 0.025 - - - 0.5
/0.15 /1.85 /1.15
7 0.07 1.50 0.50 0.035 0.025 - - - 0.5
/0.15 /2.00 /0.80
Chemical Compositions are not specified, however requirements shall be agreed to by the
G
purchaser & supplier.
Note : Cr, Ni & Mo content not to exceed 0.15 each.
93
GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS
FCAW in use this may only involve a change of accessories

Welding Consumables
such as feed rolls and torch consumables. A move to

Introduction cored wire MIG/MAG from the use of manual arc will
obviously involve the purchase of new equipment but
In recent years, pressure to increase productivity and the undisputed increase in productivity will usually
reduce costs has been the main driving force behind the guarantee a return on capital invested in less than one
adoption of flux cored wires by fabricators. Productivity, year.
ease of use and quality are the three main virtues on
which the increasing popularity of Flux cored wires Deposition
rest.
The higher deposition rate from cored wires relies upon
The welding processes with which flux cored wire must the I2R heating effect that is greater than with solid wires,
mainly compete are MMAW and semi automatic welding for a given current.
with solid wire (MIG/MAG). The superior productivity and
the accompanying improved economics of flux cored With the solid wire the total cross section carries all of
wire welding over MMAW are very apparent. Even at the current but with metal cored wires a partial amount
the same duty cycle as MMAW cored wire process can is carried by the core and in the case of flux cored wire
give much higher productivity because it can operate at all of the current is conducted by the tube. Thereby the
much higher current densities. current density and heating effect ensures a higher
burn-off rate from cored wires.
The deposition data of around 83 - 93% may be
less convincing in case of flux-cored wire welding in
comparison to MIG/MAG welding. which is nearly 96-
98%. The ease of use of flux cored wires in out of position
welding coupled with its greater process tolerance and
comfort is an important aspect. The amount of time and
money spent on reworking defects are less in flux cored SOLID
welding in comparison to MIG welding and it becomes
a very viable alternative to MIG/MAG welding. Possible
elimination of quality problems like lack of fusion, cold
laps, danger of hydrogen embrittlement etc. through
the use of flux-cored wires has been a very important
criterion for its selection all around the world for critical METAL CORED
fabrication.
THE CORED WIRE PROCESS
Main Features
The important difference between MIG/MAG welding with FLUX CORED

solid wire and cored wire is performance, productivity,
welding characteristics and Weldmetal integrity.
Variations to suit a particular application or physical ESAB Cored Wire Range
requirement are more easily achieved than with solid
wire. This involves changes in the filling formulation The ESAB range consist of rutile and fully basic flux
and percentage in a similar way to that of manual arc cored wires, some of which are self-shielded, and
electrodes. The coating formulation and thickness can a range of metal cored wires. For general fabrication
have a significant effect, whereas little can be done work the metal cored type could satisfy the majority of
with the electrode core wire alone to improve aspects applications, so the need for three principal types may
of performance. be questioned.
Economics
Whilst there are higher productivity processes available,

such as submerged arc and robotics, cored wire semi-
automatic MIG offers the fabricator a more flexible
process with genuine increases in productivity for the
least capital expenditure. Where solid wire is already
94
There are a number of factors to be considered and can setting for a given wire size will cater to 90% of flat and
Welding Consumables
be summarised as follows: HV applications. The weld cross-section is controlled
by the travel speed whereas solid wire would require
 Downhand Rutile Flux Cored Wires are easy to considerable current resetting to achieve the same
usewith a smooth arc action giving excellent weld flexibility.
appearance with easy slag detachment.
Plate preparation
 Positional Rutile Flux Cored Wires when used with
Argon rich gas offer spray transfer welding with a Due to superior sidewall fusion obtained particularly
high level of operator appeal. from the metal cored wires the combined angles of
preparations can generally be reduced. A V-butt joint for
 Basic Flux Cored Wires produce a higher and more instance that would normally need a 60° included angle
consistent level of mechanical properties. They for manual arc welding can be reduced to 45° thereby
also produce radiographic standard deposits with saving plate and hence weldmetal to fill the joint.
ease when compared to both rutile and metal cored
wires.
 Metal Cored Wires when used on good quality clean

plate will produce very little slag-similar to that of
solid wires.
 Self-Shielded Wires produce their own gas shield

via decomposition in the arc of various elements
within the core.
OPERATING CONDITIONS
Polarity
DC electrode positive is recommended for the cored

wires since the use of the negative pole produces
inferior running characteristics and can occasionally
produce porosity. The higher levels of de-oxidation and higher current
density available with cored wires allows them to be used
Some Cored wires however, are designed to operate on where mill scale and primer have to be tolerated. This
both DC positive & negative polarity. is particularly so with the metal and basic cored wires,
since the rutile types are the least tolerant. However,
Voltage
in case of primer the degree of success will depend on
Arc voltage has a direct influence on the arc length that the type and thickness, but generally Tubrod basic wires
controls the weld shape depth of penetration and spatter will achieve porosity free welds at speeds 45% faster
level. As the arc voltage is reduced the penetration than solid wires and the Tubrod metal cored wires are
increases and this is particularly important in V butt approximately 35% faster
joints. An increase in voltage will result in a long arc
For optimum radiographic standards with flux cored
length and increase the risk of porosity and undercut.
wires excessive rust and scale should be removed by
When operating on dip transfer for positional welding grinding which will also serve to reduce slag formation
at comparatively low currents the arc voltage should be to a minimum when using metal cored wires.
kept at the highest practicable level to ensure adequate
Further economies can be achieved from a reduction in
sidewall fusion.
Weldmetal required on single pass fillet joints.
Amperage
The often-greater depth of fusion can increase the
With flux cored wires the amperage used is ideally at effective throat thickness and consequently allow a
the top half of the range specified for a particular size, reduction in leg length by up to 20%. The savings in
except Weldmetal are considerable as can be seen from FIG.6
and some certification authorities will permit a reduction
when positional welding with 1.0mm, 1.2mm, and 1.4 of 50% in weld dimensions for single pass fillets when
mm wires, and when the dip transfer mode is used at produced fully automatically.
current below 220 amps.
Metal cored wires eliminate the need for current

variations relative to plate thickness since one current
95
WELDING TECHNIQUES
Welding Consumables
Torch angles
Flux cored wires
With OK Tubrod / Dualshield flux cored wires the

torch angle has a significant effect on slag control and
weld deposit profile. For both fillet and butt joints the
recommended angle between the wire axis and the
line of joint is between 60° - 70° and using a backhand
technique i.e. pulling, with the wire pointing toward the
completed weld. In this way the arc force prevents the
slag from running in front of the line of the weld pool
and reduces the risk of slag traps. For HV fillets the
wire tip should be directed toward the bottom plate at
approximately 3-mm from the line of the joint with a
torch angle of 45° from the vertical plate.
In certain circumstances the forehand technique i.e.

pushing can be used to advantage. On small fillet welds
where penetration is not of paramount importance
the higher welding speeds required are such that the
molten slag is prevented from running ahead of the weld
pool. This also has the advantage of producing a mitre
fillet where as the backhand method tends to produce a
more convex profile.
Metal cored wires
Maximum penetration is obtained using a backhand

(pulling technique with a torch angle of 70/80° between
the wire axis and the joint line. This will also serve to
optimise gas coverage and is particularly relevant to
multipass butt welds.The fillet and lap welds superior
weld appearance is achieved using a torch angle of
60/70° and a forehand technique (push). This results in
a more even distribution of Weldmetal, accompanied by
a reduction in penetration.
96
Torch angles and manipulation Torch angles and manipulation
Welding Consumables
Vertical butt-welds Vertical fillet welds
Preparation with root face
A torch angle of 100 above the horizontal may be used for Triangular weaves for single pass fillets. If necessary
root passes to assist arc stability and penetration control. subsequent weld runs should be deposited using
techniques similar to that for Filling vertical butt joints.
No weaving is necessary for single pass fillets when
using OK Tubrod 15.15
Single Pass
Preparation with feather edges
Restrict vertical down technique to thin plate or leg lengths of 6

mm maximum. May be used for first pass of multipass joints.
97
Travel Speed recommended and this type of wire is eminently suitable
Welding Consumables
for use with these materials and the speed of welding

Travel speed has an important influence on penetration. will be significantly higher.
For example when using a 1.6mm metal cored wire at
305A an increase in travel speed from 30cms/min to Metal Cored (EX1T-G) and Fully Basic (EX1T-5)
60cms/min approximately doubles penetration beyond
the root of a fillet. At speeds in excess of 80/100 cms/ These two groups may be treated as one with regard
min penetration will decrease. Similarly a reduction in to positional welding techniques. To maintain optimum
penetration will occur if the welding speed should fall to control welding is limited to the 1.0mm and 1.4mm sizes
below 30cms/min, as the arc can impinge on the molten and is restricted to the dip transfer mode where greater
welder skill is involved. The manipulation required be
pool in preference to the base material.
similar to that used for solid wire in that initial passes
In addition the use of slow travel speeds should be in the vertical position are completed using a triangular
avoided when low temperature impact properties are weave motion.
required. While the joint may be filled in fewer passes
This is to ensure that the weld profile remains flat and
the individual weld deposits will be of large cross-section
not peaked, which would otherwise occur leading to
and therefore impact resistance will be reduced. Apart
possible lack of fusion defects at the edges after further
from this, in the case of flux cored wires there is the
welding as in the case of multipass joints.
obvious difficulty of slag control to be considered.
The conventional straight weave may be used but only
Positional Welding
in circumstances when the face of the previous pass
The majority of Tubrod cored wires are capable of is wide enough such that the effect of heat sink will
positional welding in the smaller sizes. However, maintain a flat profile automatically.
the choice of consumable must be given careful Whilst the dip transfer method is slow and often
consideration in relation to the proposed applications demanding in terms of operator concentration the arc
because the various ranges require quite different energy is greater than with solid wire and the possibility
manipulation techniques for optimum results. of defects, especially cold lapping is substantially
reduced.
Rutile (EX1T-1) Types
The root pass in an open butt weld, where full penetration
This type of wire allows the use of the spray transfer
is required from one side is always the most difficult
mode in all positions including overhead and as such
regardless of welding process or position. However,
affords very high deposition rates. In addition, the
when using Tubrod metal and basic cored wires the use
exceptional fusion Characteristics that results will have
of dip transfer and vertical down welding can be used
significant effect on the production of defect free welds.
for good advantage. Excellent results can be achieved
This is particularly relevant when compared to solid
more easily if it is rapid and dispensing with a root face
wire that by necessity can only be used for positional
can reduce plate preparation costs.
welding in the dip transfer mode. The reduced depth of
fusion involved together with the greater degree of skill Fillet joints may be welded using either the vertical up
and concentration demanded will increase the risk of or vertical down techniques. The choice will depend on
fusion related defects. Dualshield 7100 LH can achieve the thickness of material and degree of root penetration
in excess of 4kg/hr in the vertical position compared to desired. Multi-pass joints should be completed on a
manual arc at approximately 2kg/ hr. similar basis to that of butt welds using the vertical up
technique.
The required techniques for vertical up welding is almost
identical to those employed by manual metal arc for both
fillet and butt joints. However, root panes in open butt
welds where a uniform bead of penetration required,
when welded from one side are not recommended. This
is due to the high arc energy and fluidity of the weld
pool as well as the need to maintain highly accurate
joint preparation that is considered not practical. In
such circumstances the use of non-fusible backing is
98
Metal cored wire necessary to reduce the amount of heat in the weld pool
Welding Consumables
to accommodate poor fit-up or out of position welding.
Electrode extension An increase in the stickout length and the extra electrical
resistance that results will produce a cooler less fluid
This term describe the distance between the contact tip weld pool. Similarly any decrease in electrode extension
of the torch and the work piece, some times described will have the effect of increasing welding current and this
as ‘electrode stickout’. The current conditions should characteristic can be of benefit in controlling penetration;
be set for the job in hand but during welding it may be especially where inconsistent fit-up is encountered.
99
When operating with dip transfer an extension of 12 mm
Welding Consumables
will suffice for most applications whereas spray transfer

produces a greater amount of radiated heat and should
have an extension of approximately 20-30 mm.
During actual welding any large variation will produce

an inconsistent weld deposit and excessive electrode
extension has the effect of reducing the amperage
drawn from the power source. Increasing the wire feed
speed to compensate for the current drop will result in a
significant increase in weldmetal deposition.
ELECTRODE EXTENSIONS RELATED TO

DEPOSITION RATE
EXTENSION MM 12 18 25 25
WIRE FEED M/Min 5.8 5.8 5.8 8.4
CURRENT AMPS 350 320 280 350
DEP RATE KGS/HR 4.7 4.7 4.7 6.5
100
DATA SHEET - FCAW
Welding Consumables
Flux cored wires classification E71T-X, E80T-X
Indicates the primary welding conditions

Indicates usability and performance capabilities
for which the electrode is designed;
0 - Flat and horizontal positions 1. Electrode classified for used with CO2 or CO2+Ar mixture
1 - All positions to improve usability especially for out of position welding.
Designed for single and multi-pass welding characterized
by spray transfer, low spatter loss and a moderate volume
Designates an electrode of slag. Generally are rutile based and operate on DC+
Designator 4. Self-shielded electode for single and multi pass welding in

the flat, hoizontal and vertical positions. Operates on DC+
identifying as flux E X X T-X X and gives globular transer.
cored electrode
5. Designed for use with CO2 (Ar based gases may be used)
Tensile Strength designator in for single and multi pass welding in the flat and hoizontal
units of 10 KSi verticals positions. Electrodes of this group have a lime
fluoride based slag and produce weldmetal having improved
Shielding Gas Designator C=100% impact properties and crack resisrtance in comparison to
Co2, M = 80% Ar 20% Co2 in AWS rutile type.
+ 5.20 8. Self shielded electrode operating on DC with negative
Deposit Composition Designator in polarity. Designed for all positions and provides a weldmet
with very good low temperature impact properties. Used for
AWS A5.29) single and multi pass welding.
x C Mn Ni Cr Mo V AI
Carbon - Molybdenum steel electrodes
A1 0.12 1.25 - - 0.40-0.65 - -
Chromium - Molybdenum steel electrodes
B2 0.05 - 0.12 1.25 - 1.0-1.5 0.40-0.65 - -
B2L 0.05 1.25 - 2.0-2.5 0.90-1.20 - -
B3 0.05 - 0.12 1.25 - 2.0-2.5 0.90-1.20 - -
B3L 0.05 1.25 - 2.0-2.5 0.90-1.20 - -
Nickel steel electrodes
Ni1 0.12 1.50 0.80-1.10 0.15 0.35 0.05 1.80*
Ni2 0.12 1.50 1.75-2.75 - - - 1.80*
Ni3 0.12 1.50 2.75-3.75 - - - 1.80*
Manganese - Molybdenum steel electrodes
D1 0.12 1.25-2.00 - - 0.25-0.55 - -
D2 0.15 1.65-2.25 - - 0.25-0.55 - -
D3 0.12 1.00-1.75 - - 0.40-0.65 - -
All other low alloyed electrodes
K2 0.15 0.50-1.75 1.00-2.00 0.15 0.35 0.05 1.80*
K4 0.15 1.20-2.25 1.75-2.60 0.20-0.60 0.20-0.65 0.03 -
W2 0.12 0.5-1.3 0.4-0.8 0.45 - 0.70 - - Cu = 0.3-0.75
* Refer applicable code for detaily.
101
Cored Wire Fault Finding
Welding Consumables
POSSIBLE CAUSE REMEDY POSSIBLE CAUSE REMEDY

POROSITY LACK OF FUSION
Check recommended flow rate Refer to notes on electrode
Insufficient shielding gas Current too low extension
Excessive electrode extension Reduced extension . refer notes Electrode extension too long for Adjust travel speed to suit desired
Gas Nozzle too short Replace current being used degree of penetration
Plate condition and impurities Remove non-metallic substances Incorrect or inconsistent travel Refer to welding techniques
speed
Equipment fault on gas control Check for leaks and air ingestion Torch angel or direction of travel Modify preparation
POOR WIRE FEED Narrow joint preparation Modify preparation
Incorrect tip size Check and replace Root face too large
Damaged liner or tip Replace
LACK OF FUSION
Incorrect types, size and pressure Refer equipment manual
of Direction and speed of travel Refer to notesillustration
Check tension and slacken if
feed rolls necessary Incorrect torch angle Refer to noteslillustration
Spool brake too tight Remove obstruction or replace Check against recommended values
Incorrect parameters or torch for
Blocked liner the wire in question and notes on
manipulation torch
SLAG INCLUSIONS manipulation
Incorrect welder technique Refer to notes
EXCESSIVE SPATTER
Direction of travel Refer to recommended technique
Dirty plate Clean plate-wire brush or grinding
UNDERCUT Voltage too high for amperage Check against recommended values
Travel speed too fast Reduced travel speed or check being
used
parameters Check against recommended flow
Shielding gas pressure too high rates
Incorrect torch angle Refer to notes on torch angels
Voltage too high Reduce voltage Check size or replace worn contact
Poor current pick-up tip.
102
General recommendations for 3. The arc voltage must be kept constant. Increased
Welding Consumables
arc voltage results in higher flux consumption. If
Submerged Arc Welding the flux contains alloying elements, the amount
transferred to the weld metal will increase as the
1. The flux must be dry. Agglomerated fluxes must arc voltage increases.
be protected from moisture pick-up.
4. As a general rule, multi-run deposits made at
In tropical, humid areas, re-drying agglomerated moderate welding currents have better mechanical
fluxes at 250-350OC before use is recommended. properties than one-or two-layer deposits made at
The remaining flux in the welding machine container high currents in similar plate thicknesses.
should be removed and stored in a dry cabinet and
should therefore not be left in the open container N.B. The chemical analysis given in this catalogue are
durifng the night. for all weld metal deposited with DC+, 580 A, 29 V, 33
m/h, except for OK Flux 10.92, where DC+, 420 A, 27
During the transport of fluxes, a maximum of two V and 30 m/h has been used (wire Ø4 mm) and for OK
pallets should be stacked to prevent the grains Flux 10.90, where DC+, 300A, 30V, 24 m/h has been
being crushed. used (wire Ø2.4 mm).
2. The fusion faces and the plate in the vicinity of the The mechanical properties are obtained according to
joint should be clean and dry. The cleaner the joint, the welding conditins given in EN 756 (i.e. the same
the better the chances of obtaining a satisfactory welding data as in EN 760).
weld. Rust, mill scale, paint, oil and residue from
arc-air gouging or grining can adversely affect the Other welding conditions may produce weld metal
quality of the weld metal. The more impurities on analysis and mechanical properties which differ from
the fusion faces, the greater the risk of weld metal those given in the handbook.
defects.
103
DATA SHEET - SAW
SAW Classification
Welding Consumables
Indicates a solid
electrode
Indicates the minimum tensile
strength of the weldmetal, welded
in accordance with AWS
specifictions.
F X X X - E X X X
Indicates Flux
Designed the condition of

heat treatment in which tests
were conducted.
“A” as welded
“P” Post weld heat treated
Digit Test Temperature Average

Energy Level
F C (min)
Z No impact rquirements
0 0 -18
2 -20 -29
4 -40 -40
5 -50 -46 27J
6 -60 -51
8 -80 -62
10 -100 -73
15 -150 -101
xxx C Mn Si
Low Manganese Electrodes
EL8 0.10 0.25/0.60 0.07
EL8K 0.10 0.25/0.60 0.10/0.25
EL12 0.04/0.12 0.25/0.60 0.10
Medium Manganese Electrodes
EM12 0.06/0.15 0.80/1 .25 0.10
EM12K 0.05/0.15 0.80/1.25 0.10/0.35
EM13K 0.06/0.16 0.90/1.40 0.35/0.75
EM14K 0.06/0.19 0.90/1.40 0.35/0.75
EM15K 0.10/0.20 0.80/1.25 0.10/0.35
High Manganese Electrodes
EH11K 0.07/0.15 1.40/1.85 0.80/1.15
EH12K 0.06/0.15 1.50/2.00 0.25/0.65
EH14 0.10/0.20 1.70/2.20 0.10
104
Welding data and joint preparation
Welding Consumables
Typical welding data and recommended joint preparation for submerged arc welding mild steel and carbon-manga-
nese structural steels with OK Flux 10.40, OK Flux 10.47, OK Flux 10.70, OK 10.71, OK Flux 10.72, OK Flux 10.76
and OK Flux 10.81.
Type of joint Plate Wire Run Arc Welding Welding

thickness diameter No voltage current speed
mm mm V A cm/min.
6 3 1 33 400 80
2 33 430
8 4 1 34 480 60
1
2 34 550
10 4 1 34 550 55
2 35 650
2 12 4 1 35 650 50
2 35 700
14 4 1 35 700 40
2 35 750
70°
16 4 1 32 600 50
1
2 35 650
18 4 1 34 700 50
2 35 650
10 20 4 1 36 750 40
2 2 35 650
18 6 1 36 700 30
70° 2 36 850
1 20 6 1 36 800 25
2 36 850
6-8 25 6 1 36 850 20
2 36 950
2 30 6 1 36 900 15
2 36 1000
2 2 1 28 325 125
4 2.5 1 30 450 70
6 3 1 31 510 50
8 3 1 32 525 45
Cu
10 3 1 33 600 35
20 4 1 29 650 50
2 32 750 50
60° 1-n 3 34 750 40
X 30 550 50
6
25 4 1 29 650 50
2 30 700 50
X 3, 4 32 750 40
5 36 750 40
X 30 550 50
30 4 1 29 650 50
2 30 700 50
3-5 32 750 50
6 34 750 40
7-8 36 750 40
X 30
105
Typical welding data and for submerged arc fillet welding mild steel and carbon-manganese structural steels with OK
Welding Consumables
Flux 10.47, OK Flux 10.71 and OK Flux 10.81.
Type of joint Plate Wire Throat Arc Welding Welding

thickness diameter thickness voltage current speed
mm mm mm V A cm/min.
Single welding head
≥6 3 3 30–32 500 100
≥8 4 4 30–32 450 60
≥10 4 5 30–32 650 50
≥8 4 4 32–34 700 115

≥12 4 4 32–34 800 140
≥15 4 7 36 800 45
≥15 4 – 36 750 45
≥20 4 – 36 750 40
Twin wire
– 2x1.6 4 32 800 120
– 2x2.0 5 34 300 110
Two welding heads + ~
– 4 4 +32 800 140
~38 700
– 4 4 +32 800 140
~38 700
– 4 4 +32 800 140
~38 700
– 4 5 +32 800 90
~35 700
106
Submerged arc welding “18/8” stainless steel. Joint preparation and typical welding data for filler materials OK Autrod
Welding Consumables
16.10 + OK Flux 10.92, 10.93 and similar OK - combinations.
Type of joint Plate Wire Run Arc Welding Welding

thickness diameter No voltage current speed
mm mm V A m/h
1 6 3 1 34 400 80
2 500 60
8 4 1 34 500 80
2
2 600 60
Manual welded root bead
10 4 1 34 600 40
60° 2 600 60
1
1.3
12 4 1 34 600 35
2 2 600 50
2
gap: 0-2 mm 20 4 1 34 600 35
2 600 30
3 600 40
60°
1.4 25 4 1 34 600 40
2 600 35
2 3 600 35
4 34 600 40
0-2
gap: 2 mmmm 2.3
90° 8 4 1 34 450 55
2 34 550 50
5 10 4 1 34 500 40
2 34 600 50
70° 12 4 1 34 500 35
2 34 600 40
5 14 4 1 34 550 35
2 34 600 35
107
Table 3: Typical welding data for different types of joint OK Flux 10.61 Land 10.62
Welding Consumables
Type of Joint Plate Wire Run Arc Voltage Welding Welding

Thickness mm No. V Current Speed
mm A m/h
6 3 1 29 350 40
3 2 30 425 40
8 3 1 31 450 40
3 2 31 500 40
10 4 1 30 500 40
4 2 30 575 40
12 5 1 30 600 40
5 2 30 650 40
16 5 1 32 750 35
5 2 32 800 35
20 6 1 31 950 23
6 2 32 950 23
25 6 1 31 1000 21
6 2 31 1000 21
30 6 1 31 1000 20
6 2 30 1050 20
35 6 5.1 :1* 30 1050 23
2 32 900 30
6 5.2:1** 30 1100 25
6 2 32 900 30
* First side
** Second side
Fillet Throat Wire Dia. Arc Voltage Welding Welding

Thickness mm V Current Speed
a-mm A m/h
6.0 5 32 800 30
6.5 5 31 850 30
7.0 5 30 900 30
3.5 4 29 650 60
4.5 4 29 650 50
5.5 4 29 650 40
108
CONSUMABLES GUIDE FOR ASTM STEELS
Recommended Consumables
Welding Consumables
ASTM Class or
Designation grade SMAW GTAW/GMAW FCAW SAW
A-27/A-27M All ESAB 36H, OK ESAB MW1, Dualshield
74.46, ESAB 56 OK Tigrod S2 7100 LH
A-36/A-36M All ESAB 28, ESAB ESAB MW1, Dualshield OK Flux 10.81L/
36H, ESAB 56 OK Tigrod S2 7100 LH, 10.71,
OK Tubrod 15.00 OK Autrod 12.08L/
12.22L / 12.40L
A-53/A-53M Type F - OK 53.18 , ESAB ESAB MW1, Dualshield
Grade A 36H, ESAB 28 OK Tigrod S2 7100 LH,
OK Tubrod 15.00
Type E ESAB 28, ESAB MW1, Dualshield
and S - OK 53.18 OK Tigrod S2 7100 LH
Grade A
Type E OK 53.18 , ESAB MW1, Dualshield
and S - ESAB 36H, OK Tigrod S2 7100 LH,
Grade B ESAB 28 OK Tubrod 15.00
A-105/A-105M All ESAB 28, ESAB MW1, OK Dualshield OK Flux 10.81L
ESAB 36H , Aristorod 12.50, 7100 LH /10.71,
Pipeweld 6010 R OK Tigrod S2 / OK Autrod 12.08L/
S2 spcl 12.22L / 12.40L
A-106/A-106M Grade A ESAB 28, ESAB MW1, OK Dualshield OK Flux 10.81L,
Pipeweld 6010 R Aristorod 12.50, 7100 LH OK Autrod 12.08L
OK Tigrod S2 /
S2 spcl
Grade B ESAB 28, ESAB MW1, OK Dualshield OK Flux 10.81L
and C ESAB 36H , Aristorod 12.50, 7100 LH /10.71, OK Autrod
Pipeweld 6010 R, OK Tigrod S2 / 12.08L/12.22L /
OK 48.20 Spl S2 spcl 12.40L
A-134/A-134M ESAB 36H ESAB MW1, Dualshield OK Flux 10.71 /
OK Aristorod 7100 LH 10.74/10.81LS,
12.50 OK Autrod
12.08L/12.24L
A-135/A-135M Grade A ESAB 28, ESAB MW1, OK Dualshield 7100 OK Flux 10.81L,
and B Pipeweld 6010 R Aristorod 12.50 LH OK Autrod 12.08L
, OK Tigrod S2 /
S2 spcl
A-178/A-178M Grade A ESAB 28 ESAB MW1,OK Dualshield 7100 OK Flux 10.81LS,
Tigrod S2 LH OK Autrod
12.08L/12.22L
Grade C ESAB 36H ESAB MW1, OK Dualshield 7100 OK Flux 10.81LS,
and D Aristorod 12.50 , LH , OK Tubrod OK Autrod
OK Tigrod S2 15.00 12.08L/12.22L
A-179/A-179M Grade C ESAB 36H ESAB MW1, OK Dualshield 7100 OK Flux 10.81LS,
and D Aristorod 12.50 , LH , OK Tubrod OK Autrod
OK Tigrod S2 15.00 12.08L/12.22L
A-181/A-181M Class 60 ESAB 28 ESAB MW1,OK Dualshield 7100 OK Flux 10.81LS,
Tigrod S2 LH OK Autrod
12.08L/12.22L
Class 70 ESAB 36H ESAB MW1, OK Dualshield 7100 OK Flux 10.81LS,
Aristorod 12.50 , LH , OK Tubrod OK Autrod
OK Tigrod S2 15.00 12.08L/12.22L
109
Welding Consumables
ASTM Class or
A-182/A-182M F1 OK 74.46 OK Tigrod 13.09 Dualshield 7000A1 OK Flux 10.62 ,

OK Autrod 13.09
F2 , F11, F12 OK 76.18, OK Tigrod Dualshield 8000B2 OK Autrod 13.10,
OK 76.18 M 13.16, OK Flux 10.62
OK Tigrod B2L
F5, 5a ESAB KV4, OK Tigrod 13.32
ESAB KV4L
F9 ESAB KV7 OK Tigrod 13.37
F91 ESAB KV7M, OK Tigrod 13.38 Dualshiled B9 OK Autrod 13.35,
OK 76.98 OK Flux 10.93
F22 OK 76.28 , OK Tigrod Dualshield 9000B3 OK Autrod 13.20
OK 76.28M 13.17, and OK Flux 10.62
OK Tigrod B3L
F6a OK 68.10 , OK Tigrod 410 Arcaloy 409-Ti OK Autrod 410,
OK 68.15 OK Flux 10.92L
F6NM OK 68.00 , OK Tigrod 410 PZ 6166 / Shield- OK Autrod 16.79,
OK 68.25 NiMo bright 410NiMo OK Flux 10.93
F430 ESAB 430 OK Tigrod 430 Arcaloy 436 OK Autrod 430,
OK Flux 10.92L
F304 , 304H OK 61.50, OK Tigrod Shieldbright 308, OK Autrod 16.10
ESAB 308H 16.10, OK Ti- 308L / 308H, OK Flux
grod 308H 10.92L
F304L OK 61.30 , OK Tigrod Shieldbright 308L, OK Autrod 16.10,
ESAB 304B 16.10, 308L Xtra OK Flux 10.92L
OK Autrod 16.10
F304N, ESAB 304B(N) OK Tigrod
F304LN 16.10N
F309H OK 67.67
F310 OK 67.13 OK Tigrod 16.13
F310MoLN OK 310 MoL OK Tigrod
16.13NF
F316, 316H OK 63.50 OK Tigrod 316H Shieldbright 316,
Xtra
F316L OK 63.30 OK Tigrod 16.30 Shieldbright 316L, OK Autrod 16.30 ,
Xtra OK Flux 10.92L
F317L OK 64.30 OK Tigrod 317L Shieldbright 317L
Xtra
F321, 347 , OK 61.80 OK Tigrod 16.11 Shieldbright 347 OK Autrod 16.11,
348 OK Flux 10.92L
F321H, OK 61.80 OK Tigrod 347H Shieldbright 347 OK Autrod 347H,
347H, 348H OK Flux 10.92L
A-192/A-192M ESAB 28, ESAB MW1, Dualshield OK Flux 10.71,
ESAB 36H OK Tigrod S2 7100 LH OK Autrod 12.40L
A-202/A-202M Grade A OK 76.18 OK Tigrod / Dualshield 8000B2 OK Autrod 13.10,
Autrod 13.16 OK Flux 10.62
Grade B OK 76.18 OK Tigrod / Dualshield 9000B3 OK Autrod 13.20,
110
Welding Consumables
ASTM Class or
A-203/A-203M Grade A Filarc 75S , OK Tigrod / OK Tubrod 15.27 OK Autrod 13.27,
and B OK 73.68 Autrod 13.28 OK Flux 10.62
Grade D, OK 73.79 OK Autrod 13.49,
E and F OK Flux 10.63
A-204/ A-204M Grade A OK 74.46 OK Tigrod / Dualshield 7000A1 OK Autrod 13.09,
and B Autrod 13.09 OK Flux 10.62
Grade C OK 76.18 OK Tigrod / Dualshield 7000A1 OK Autrod 13.09,
A-209/ A-209M Grade T1, OK 74.46 OK Tigrod / Dualshield 7000A1 OK Autrod 13.09,
T1a, T1b Autrod 13.09 OK Flux 10.62
A-210/ A-210M Grade A1, ESAB 28, ESAB ESAB MW1, Dualshield OK Autrod
C 36H OK Tigrod S2 7100 LH 12.22/12.40L ,
OK Flux 10.71
A-213/ A-213M T2, T11, OK 76.18, OK OK Tigrod Dualshield 8000B2 OK Autrod 13.10,
T17 76.18 M 13.16, OK Flux 10.62
OK Tigrod B2L
T5b, T5c ESAB KV4, ESAB OK Tigrod 13.32
KV4L
T9 ESAB KV7 OK Tigrod 13.37
T91 ESAB KV7M, OK OK Tigrod 13.38 Dualshiled B9 OK Autrod 13.35,
76.98 OK Flux 10.93
T21 , 22 OK 76.28 , OK OK Tigrod Dualshield 9000B3 OK Autrod 13.20
76.28M 13.17, and OK Flux 10.62
OK Tigrod B3L
TP201, OK 61.50 OK Tigrod 16.10 Shieldbright 308, OK Autrod 16.10,
202, 304 308L OK Flux 10.92L
TP304H OK 61.50, ESAB OK Tigrod Shieldbright 308, OK Autrod 16.10
308H 16.10, 308L / 308H, OK Flux
OK Tigrod 308H 10.92L
TP304N, ESAB 304B(N) OK Tigrod
LN 16.10N
TP309Cb ESAB 309Cb
TP309S OK 67.67 OK Tigrod / Shieldbright 309L OK Autrod 16.53 ,
Autrod 16.53 OK Flux 10.92L
TP310S OK 67.13 OK Tigrod 16.13
TP316, OK 63.50 OK Tigrod 316H Shieldbright 316,
316H Xtra
TP316L OK 63.30 OK Tigrod 16.30 Shieldbright 316L, OK Autrod 16.30 ,
Xtra OK Flux 10.92L
TP317L OK 64.30 OK Tigrod 317L Shieldbright 317L
Xtra
TP321, OK 61.80 OK Tigrod 16.11 Shieldbright 347 OK Autrod 16.11,
347, 348 OK Flux 10.92L
TP321H, OK 61.80 OK Tigrod 347H Shieldbright 347 OK Autrod 347H,
347H, OK Flux 10.92L
348H
111
Welding Consumables
ASTM Class or
A-214/ A-214M ESAB 28, ESAB MW1, Dualshield OK Autrod
ESAB 36H OK Tigrod S2 7100 LH 12.22L, OK Flux
10.71/10.81L
A-216/ A-216M Grade OK 76.18 OK Autrod Dualshield 8000B2 OK Autrod 13.10,
WCA 13.16 OK Flux 10.62
Grade ESAB 98 OK Tigrod / OK Autrod 13.44,
WCB and Aristorod 13.29 OK Flux 10.62
WCC
A-217/ A-217M Grade OK 74.46 OK Tigrod / Dualshield 7000A1 OK Autrod 13.09,
WC1 Autrod 13.09 OK Flux 10.62
Grade ESAB 98 OK Tigrod / OK Autrod 13.44,
WC4 Aristorod 13.29 OK Flux 10.62
Grade OK 76.28 OK Tigrod / Dualshield 9000B3 OK Autrod 13.20,
WC5 and Autrod 13.17 OK Flux 10.62
WC9
Grade OK 76.18 OK Tigrod / Dualshield 8000B2 OK Autrod 13.10,
WC6 and Autrod 13.16 OK Flux 10.62
WC11
C5 ESAB KV4 OK Tigrod /
Autrod 13.32
C12 ESAB KV7 OK Tigrod /
Autrod 13.37
C12A ESAB KV7M OK Tigrod / Dualshield B9 OK Autrod 13.35,
CA15 OK 68.10 OK Tigrod / Arcaloy 409-Ti OK Autrod 410,
Autrod 410 OK Flux 10.92L
A-225/ A-225M Grade C ESAB 118 OK Aristorod Dualshield T-115 OK Autrod 13.43,
and D 13.29 OK Flux 10.62
A-234/ A-234M Grade Ferroweld W2 Dualshield 8100W
WPB,
WPC
Grade OK 74.46 OK Tigrod / Dualshield 7000A1 OK Autrod 13.09,
WP1 Autrod 13.09 OK Flux 10.62
Grade OK 76.18, OK Tigrod Dualshield 8000B2 OK Autrod 13.10,
WP12- OK 76.18 M 13.16, OK Flux 10.62
CL1, OK Tigrod B2L
WP12-
CL2,
WP11-
CL1,
WP11-
CL2,
WP11CL3
Grade OK 76.28 , OK Tigrod Dualshield 9000B3 OK Autrod 13.20
WP22- OK 76.28M 13.17, and OK Flux 10.62
CL1, OK Tigrod B3L
WP22CL3
Grade ESAB KV4, OK Tigrod 13.32
WP5 ESAB KV4L
112
Welding Consumables
ASTM Class or
Grade ESAB KV7 OK Tigrod 13.37
WP9
Grade ESAB KV7M, OK Tigrod 13.38 Dualshield B9 OK Autrod 13.35,
WP91 OK 76.98 OK Flux 10.93
A-240 Grade OK 61.50 OK Tigrod 16.10 Shieldbright 308, OK Autrod 16.10,
201, 202, 308L OK Flux 10.92L
301, 302,
304
Grade OK 61.50, ESAB OK Tigrod Shieldbright 308, OK Autrod 16.10
304H 308H 16.10, 308L / 308H, OK Flux
Grade OK 61.30 OK Tigrod 16.10 Shieldbright 308L OK Autrod 16.10 /
304L OK Flux 10.92L
Grade ESAB 304B(N) OK Tigrod
304N, LN 16.10N
Grade OK 67.67 OK Tigrod / Shieldbright 309L OK Autrod 16.53 ,
309S Autrod 16.53 OK Flux 10.92L
Grade ESAB 309Cb
309Cb
Grade OK 67.13 OK Tigrod 16.13
310S
Grade OK 310 MoL OK Tigrod
310MoLN 16.13NF
Grade OK 63.30 OK Tigrod 16.30 Shieldbright 316L, OK Autrod 16.30 ,
316, 316L Xtra OK Flux 10.92L
Grade OK 64.30,ESAB OK Tigrod Shieldbright 317L
317, 317L(N) 317L /N Xtra
317L,
317LN
Grade OK 61.80 OK Tigrod 16.11 Shieldbright 347 OK Autrod 16.11,
321, 347, OK Flux 10.92L
348
Grade OK 61.80 OK Tigrod 347H Shieldbright 347 OK Autrod 347H,
347H,
348H
Grade OK 68.10 OK Tigrod 410 Arcaloy 409-Ti OK Autrod 410,
405, 409, OK Flux 10.92L
410, 410S
Grade ESAB 430 OK Tigrod 430 Arcaloy 436
430
A-249/ A-249M TP201, OK 61.50 OK Tigrod 16.10 Shieldbright 308, OK Autrod 16.10,
202, 304 308L OK Flux 10.92L
TP304L, OK 61.50, ESAB OK Tigrod Shieldbright 308, OK Autrod 16.10
304H 308H 16.10, 308L / 308H, OK Flux
TP304N, ESAB 304B(N) OK Tigrod
LN 16.10N
113
Welding Consumables
ASTM Class or
TP309Cb ESAB 309Cb
TP310S OK 67.13
TP316, OK 63.30 OK Tigrod 16.30 Shieldbright 316L, OK Autrod 16.30 ,
316L Xtra OK Flux 10.92L
TP317, OK 64.30 OK Tigrod 317L Shieldbright 317L
317L Xtra
347, 348 OK Flux 10.92L
TP321H, OK 61.80 OK Tigrod 347H Shieldbright 347 OK Autrod 347H,
348H
A-250/A-250M Grade T1, OK 74.46 OK Tigrod / Dualshield 7000A1 OK Autrod 13.09 ,
T1a, T1b Autrod 13.09 OK Flux 10.62
Grade T2, OK 76.18, OK Tigrod Dualshield 8000B2 OK Autrod 13.10,
T11, T12 OK 76.18 M 13.16, OK Flux 10.62
OK Tigrod B2L
Grade OK 76.28, OK Tigrod Dualshield 9000B3 OK Autrod 13.20
T22 OK 76.28M 13.17, and OK Flux 10.62
OK Tigrod B3L
A-266/A-266M Grade 1 ESAB 36H ESAB MW1, Dualshield 7100 OK Autrod 12.40
OK Tigrod S2 LH and OK Flux 10.71
Grade 2 , OK 76.18 OK Tigrod Dualshield 8000B2 OK Autrod 13.10,
3 and 4 13.16, OK Flux 10.62
OK Tigrod B2L
A-268/A-268M TP405, OK 68.10, OK Tigrod 410 Arcaloy 409-Ti OK Autrod 410,
409, 410 OK 68.15 OK Flux 10.92L
TP410 OK 68.25 OK Tigrod PZ 6166 / Shield- OK Autrod 16.79,
(UNS S 410NiMo bright 410NiMo OK Flux 10.93
41500)
TP429, ESAB 430 OK Tigrod 430 Arcaloy 436 OK Autrod 430,
430 OK Flux 10.92L
A-276 Type 201, OK 61.50 OK Tigrod 16.10 Shieldbright 308, OK Autrod 16.10,
202, 302, 308L OK Flux 10.92L
304, 308
Type 304L OK 61.30 OK Tigrod 16.10 Shieldbright 308L OK Autrod 16.10 /
OK Flux 10.92L
Type ESAB 304B(N) OK Tigrod
304N, LN 16.10N
Type 309, OK 67.67 OK Tigrod / Shieldbright 309L OK Autrod 16.53 ,
Type 310, OK 67.13
310S
Type 314, OK 63.30 OK Tigrod 16.30 Shieldbright 316L, OK Autrod 16.30 ,
316 Xtra OK Flux 10.92L
Type 317 OK 64.30 OK Tigrod 317L Shieldbright 317L
Xtra
Type 327, OK 61.80 OK Tigrod 16.11 Shieldbright 347 OK Autrod 16.11,
347, 348 OK Flux 10.92L
114
Welding Consumables
ASTM Class or
Type 405 OK 68.10, OK Tigrod 410 Arcaloy 409-Ti OK Autrod 410,
OK 68.15 OK Flux 10.92L
Type 429, ESAB 430 OK Tigrod 430 Arcaloy 436 OK Autrod 430,
430 OK Flux 10.92L
UNS OK 68.25 OK Tigrod PZ 6166 / Shield- OK Autrod 16.79,
S41500 410NiMo bright 410NiMo OK Flux 10.93
A-283/A-283M Grade A ESAB 28, ESAB ESAB MW1, OK Dualshield OK Autrod 12.22L /
and B 36H Tigrod S2, OK 7100LH, OK 12.40L,
Aristorod 12.50 Tubrod 15.14A, OK Flux 10.71
Dualshield T5
Grade C ESAB 36H ESAB MW1, OK Dualshield OK Autrod 12.22L /
and D Tigrod S2, OK 7100LH, OK 12.40L/SA10K,
Aristorod 12.50 Tubrod 15.14A, OK Flux 10.71/
Dualshield T5 10.61L
A-285/A-285M Grade A ESAB 8018-G OK Tigrod OK Tubrod 15.24 OK Autrod 12.24,
13.09, OK Flux 10.71
OK Autrod 13.14
Grade B ESAB 98 OK Aristorod / Dualshield II- OK Autrod 12.34,
and C Tigrod 13.29 101TC OK Flux 10.71
A-299/A-299M ESAB 8018-G OK Aristorod / Dualshield II- OK Autrod 12.34/
Tigrod 13.29 101TC 12.24, OK Flux
10.71/10.62
A-302/A-302M Grade A OK 74.78 OK Tigrod / OK Tubrod 14.02 OK Autrod 12.34
Aristorod 13.08 and 12.44,
and 13.09 OK Flux 10.62
Grade B , OK 74.86 OK Autrod - OK Autrod 13.40,
C and D 13.25 OK Flux 10.62
A-311/A-311M 1018, ESAB 28, ESAB ESAB MW1, Dualshield OK Flux 10.81L
1117 36H , OK 48.20 Spl OK Aristorod 7100 LH /10.71, OK Autrod
12.50, 12.08L/12.22L /
OK Tigrod S2 / 12.40L
S2 spcl
A-312/A-312M TP304 OK 61.50, ESAB OK Tigrod Shieldbright 308, OK Autrod 16.10 /
,TP304H 308H 16.10, OK Ti- 308L 308H,
grod 308H OK Flux 10.92L
TP304L , ESAB 304B(N) OK Tigrod 16.10 OK Autrod 16.10;
TP304N OK Flux 10.92L
TP316, OK 63.50 OK Tigrod 316H Shieldbright 316, OK Autrod 16.30 ,
316H Xtra OK Flux 10.92L
TP316L, OK 63.30 OK Tigrod 16.30 Shieldbright 316L, OK Autrod 16.30 ,
316LN Xtra OK Flux 10.92L
TP317, OK 64.30 OK Tigrod 317L Shieldbright 317L OK Autrod 317L,
317L Xtra OK Flux 10.92L
347, 348 OK Flux 10.92L
A-333/A-333M Grade 1 ESAB 36H(Spl) OK Tigrod Dualshield OK Autrod 12.24,
and 6 S2(Spl)/ OK 7100LH/ OK Flux 10.62
Autrod 13.23 OK Tubrod 15.19
115
Welding Consumables
ASTM Class or
Grade 3 ESAB 8016 C2 , OK Tigrod / - OK Autrod 13.27,
and 4 OK 73.79 Autrod 19.81 OK Flux 10.62
Grade 7 Filarc 75S OK Tigrod 13.28 - OK Autrod 13.27,
and 9 OK Flux 10.62
Grade 8 OK 92.45, OK Tigrod / - OK Autrod 19.82/
OK 92.55 Autrod 19.82 ; 19.85, OK Flux
19.85 10.16 / 10.90
Grade 10 Filarc 88S OK Tigrod 13.28 Filarc PZ 6138 OK Autrod 13.27,
OK Flux 10.62
A-334/A-334M Grade 1 ESAB 36H(Spl) OK Tigrod Dualshield OK Autrod 12.24,
and 6 S2(Spl)/ OK 7100 LH/ OK Flux 10.62
Autrod 13.23 OK Tubrod 15.19
Grade 3 ESAB 8016 C2 OK Tigrod / - OK Autrod 13.27,
Grade 7 Filarc 75S OK Tigrod 13.28 - OK Autrod 13.27,
OK Flux 10.62
Grade 8 OK 92.45, OK Tigrod / - OK Autrod
OK 92.55 Autrod 19.82 ; 19.82/19.85, OK
19.85 Flux 10.16 / 10.90
A-335/A-335M Grade P1 OK 74.46 OK Tigrod 13.09 Dualshield 7000A1 OK Flux 10.62 ,
and P2 OK Autrod 13.09
Grade P5, ESAB KV4, OK Tigrod 13.32
P5b, P5c ESAB KV4L
Grade P9 ESAB KV7 OK Tigrod 13.37
Grade OK 76.18, OK Tigrod Dualshield 8000B2 OK Autrod 13.10,
P11, P12 OK 76.18 M 13.16, OK Flux 10.62
OK Tigrod B2L
Grade OK 76.28 , OK Tigrod Dualshield 9000B3 OK Autrod 13.20,
P21, P22 OK 76.28M 13.17, OK Flux 10.62
OK Tigrod B3L
Grade ESAB KV7M, OK Tigrod 13.38 Dualshiled B9 OK Autrod 13.35,
P91 OK 76.98 OK Flux 10.93
A-336/A-336M F1 OK 74.46 OK Tigrod 13.09 Dualshield 7000A1 OK Flux 10.62 ,
OK Autrod 13.09
F3V ESAB KV11
F11 OK 76.18, OK Tigrod Dualshield 8000B2 OK Autrod 13.10,
classes OK 76.18 M 13.16, OK Flux 10.62
2&3, F12 OK Tigrod B2L
F5, F5A ESAB KV4, ESAB OK Tigrod 13.32 Dualshiled B6
KV4L
F6 OK 68.10 , OK Tigrod 410 Arcaloy 409-Ti OK Autrod 410,
OK 68.15 OK Flux 10.92L
F9 ESAB KV7 OK Tigrod 13.37 Dualshiled B9 OK Autrod 13.35,
OK Flux 10.93
F91 ESAB KV7M, OK Tigrod 13.38 Dualshiled B9 OK Autrod 13.35,
OK 76.98 OK Flux 10.93
116
Welding Consumables
ASTM Class or
F21, F22 - OK 76.28, OK Tigrod Dualshield 9000B3 OK Autrod 13.20
classes 1 OK 76.28M 13.17, and OK Flux 10.62
and 3 OK Tigrod B3L
F304 , OK 61.50, OK Tigrod Shieldbright 308, OK Autrod 16.10
304H ESAB 308H 16.10, 308L / 308H, OK Flux
F304L OK 61.30, OK Tigrod Shieldbright 308L, OK Autrod 16.10,
OK Autrod 16.10
F304N, ESAB 304B(N) OK Tigrod
F304LN 16.10N
F309H OK 67.67 OK Tigrod / Shieldbright 309L OK Autrod 16.53,
F310 , OK 67.13 OK Tigrod 16.13
F310H
F316, OK 63.50 OK Tigrod 316H Shieldbright 316,
316H Xtra
F316L OK 63.30 OK Tigrod 16.30 Shieldbright 316L, OK Autrod 16.30,
Xtra OK Flux 10.92L
F321, OK 61.80 OK Tigrod 16.11 Shieldbright 347 OK Autrod 16.11,
347, 348 OK Flux 10.92L
F321H, OK 61.80 OK Tigrod 347H Shieldbright 347 OK Autrod 347H,
347H , OK Flux 10.92L
348H
A-350/A-350M LF1 , LF2 ESAB 36H OK Tigrod S2 Dualshield T5 OK Autrod 12.40
Class 2 and OK Flux 10.71L
LF2 ESAB 36H(Spl) OK Tigrod S2 Dualshield OK Autrod 12.24,
Class 1 (Spl)/ 7100LH/ OK Flux 10.62
OK Autrod 13.23 OK Tubrod 15.19
LF3 Class ESAB 8016 C2 OK Tigrod / - OK Autrod 13.27,
1 and 2 , Autrod 19.81 OK Flux 10.62
LF9
LF5 Class Filarc 88S OK Tigrod 13.28 Filarc PZ 6138 OK Autrod 13.27,
1 and 2 OK Flux 10.62
LF6 Class Filarc 88S OK Tigrod 13.28 Filarc PZ 6138 OK Autrod 13.27,
1 and 2 OK Flux 10.62
LF6 Class OK 73.08 OK Tigrod 13.09 OK Tubrod 15.24 OK Autrod 12.24,
3 OK Flux 10.71
LF787 OK 75.75 OK Aristorod Dualshield T-115 OK Autrod 13.43,
Class 2 13.26 OK Flux 10.62
A-351/A-351M CF3, OK 61.30 , ESAB OK Tigrod 16.10, Shieldbright 308L, OK Autrod 16.10,
CF3A 304B OK Autrod 16.10 308L Xtra OK Flux 10.92L
CF3M, OK 63.30 OK Tigrod 16.30, Shieldbright 316L, OK Autrod 16.30,
CF3MA, OK Autrod 16.30 316L Xtra OK Flux 10.92L
CF3MN
117
Welding Consumables
ASTM Class or
CF8, OK 61.50, OK Tigrod Shieldbright 308, OK Autrod 16.10 /
CF8A, ESAB 308H 16.10, 308L 308H,
CF8C, OK Tigrod 308H OK Flux 10.92L
CF10
CF8M, OK 63.50 OK Tigrod 316H Shieldbright 316, -
CF10M Xtra
CH8, OK 67.67 OK Tigrod / Shieldbright 309L OK Autrod 16.53 ,
CH10, Autrod 16.53 OK Flux 10.92L
CH20
CK20, OK 67.13 OK Tigrod / Shieldbright 310 -
HK30, Autrod 16.13 Extra
HK40
A-352/A-352M LCA, Ferroweld W2 - - -
LCB, LCC
LC1 OK 74.46 OK Tigrod 13.09 Dualshield 7000A1 OK Flux 10.62,
OK Autrod 13.09
LC2 OK 73.68 OK Tigrod 13.28 - -
LC2-1 ESAB 120 - - -
LC3 OK 73.79 - - -
LC9 OK 92.45, OK Tigrod / - -
OK 92.55 Autrod 19.82 ;
19.85
CA6NM OK 68.00 , OK Tigrod 410 PZ 6166 / Shield- OK Autrod 16.79,
OK 68.25, NiMo bright 410NiMo OK Flux 10.93
ESAB 410NiMo
A-353/A-353M OK 92.45, OK Tigrod / - OK Autrod 19.82,
OK 92.55 Autrod 19.82, 19.85/OK Flux
19.85 10.16, 10.90
A-358/A-358M Grade OK 61.50, OK Tigrod 16.10, Shieldbright 308, OK Autrod 16.10 /
304, 304H ESAB 308H OK Tigrod 308H 308L 308H,
OK Flux 10.92L
Grade OK 61.30 OK Tigrod 16.10 Shieldbright 308L OK Autrod 16.10 /
304L OK Flux 10.92L
Grade ESAB 304B(N) OK Tigrod
304N, LN 16.10N
Grade OK 67.67 OK Tigrod / Shieldbright 309L OK Autrod 16.53 ,
Grade ESAB 309Cb
309Cb
Grade OK 63.30 OK Tigrod 16.30 Shieldbright 316L, OK Autrod 16.30 ,
316, 316L Xtra OK Flux 10.92L
Grade OK 61.80 OK Tigrod 16.11 Shieldbright 347 OK Autrod 16.11,
321, 347, OK Flux 10.92L
348
A-369/A-369M FPA, FPB ESAB 28, ESAB MW1, Dualshield OK Flux 10.81L
ESAB 36H, OK Aristorod 7100 LH /10.71, OK Autrod
OK 48.20 Spl 12.50 12.08L/12.22L /
12.40L
118
Welding Consumables
ASTM Class or
FP1,FP2 OK 74.46 OK Tigrod 13.09 Dualshield 7000A1 OK Flux 10.62 ,
OK Autrod 13.09
FP11, OK 76.18, OK Tigrod Dualshield 8000B2 OK Autrod 13.10,
FP12 OK 76.18 M 13.16, OK Flux 10.62
OK Tigrod B2L
FP21, OK 76.28 , OK Tigrod Dualshield 9000B3 OK Autrod 13.20
FP22 OK 76.28M 13.17, and OK Flux 10.62
OK Tigrod B3L
FP5 ESAB KV4 OK Tigrod / Dualshield B6
Autrod 13.32
FP9 ESAB KV7 OK Tigrod / Dualshield B9 OK Autrod 13.35
Autrod 13.37 and OK Flux 10.93
FP91 ESAB KV7M , OK Tigrod / Dualshield B9 OK Autrod 13.35
OK 76.98 Autrod 13.38 and OK Flux 10.93
A-372/A-372M Grade A ESAB 36H OK Tigrod S2, Dualshield 7100 OK Flux 10.81L
ESAB MW1 LH /10.71, OK Autrod
12.08L/12.22L /
12.40L
Grade B OK 73.08 OK Tigrod 13.09, Dualshield 7000A1 OK Flux 10.62 ,
OK Autrod 13.14 OK Autrod 13.09
Grade ESAB 118 OK Tigrod / Dualshield T-115 OK Autrod 13.43
C, D Aristorod 13.13 and OK Flux 10.62
Grade E, ESAB 118 OK Tigrod / Dualshield T-115 OK Autrod 13.43
F, G, H, J Aristorod 13.13 and OK Flux 10.62
(Class 55)
Grade E, ESAB 120 OK Aristorod
F, G, H, 13.31
J (Class
65),
Grade K,
M Class
A,B
A-376/A-376M TP304, OK 61.50 OK Tigrod 16.10 Shieldbright 308, OK Autrod 16.10,
TP304N 308L OK Flux 10.92L
TP304H OK 61.50, OK Tigrod Shieldbright 308, OK Autrod 16.10
ESAB 308H 16.10, 308L / 308H, OK Flux
TP304LN OK 61.30 , OK Tigrod 16.10, Shieldbright 308L, OK Autrod 16.10,
ESAB 304B OK Autrod 16.10 308L Xtra OK Flux 10.92L
TP316, OK 63.50 OK Tigrod 316H Shieldbright 316,
TP316H Xtra
TP316L, OK 63.30 OK Tigrod 16.30 Shieldbright 316L, OK Autrod 16.30 ,
347,
347H, 348
119
Welding Consumables
ASTM Class or
A-387/A-387M Grade OK 76.18, OK Tigrod Dualshield 8000B2 OK Autrod 13.10,
2,12,11 OK 76.18 M 13.16, OK Flux 10.62
OK Tigrod B2L
Grade 22, OK 76.28 , OK Tigrod Dualshield 9000B3 OK Autrod 13.20
22L OK 76.28M 13.17, and OK Flux 10.62
OK Tigrod B3L
Grade 5 ESAB KV4, OK Tigrod 13.32 Dualshield B6
ESAB KV4L
Grade 9 ESAB KV7 OK Tigrod 13.37 Dualshield B9 OK Autrod 13.35,
OK Flux 10.93
Grade 91 ESAB KV7M , OK Tigrod 13.38 Dualshield B9 OK Autrod 13.35,
OK 76.98 OK Flux 10.93
A-403/A-403M WP/CR OK 61.50 OK Tigrod 16.10 Shieldbright 308 OK Autrod 16.10 /
304, 304N OK Flux 10.92L
WP/CR OK 61.30 , OK Tigrod Shieldbright 308L, OK Autrod 16.10,
304L ESAB 304B 16.10, 308L Xtra OK Flux 10.92L
OK Autrod 16.10
WP/CR ESAB 308H OK Tigrod Shieldbright 308L OK Autrod 308H,
304H 308H OK Flux 10.92L
WP/CR OK 67.67 OK Tigrod / Shieldbright 309L OK Autrod 16.53 ,
309 Autrod 16.53 OK Flux 10.92L
WP/CR OK 63.50 OK Tigrod 316H Shieldbright 316,
316, 316N Xtra
WP/CR OK 63.30 OK Tigrod 16.30 Shieldbright 316L, OK Autrod 16.30 ,
316L, Xtra OK Flux 10.92L
316LN
WP/CR OK 64.30 OK Tigrod 317L Shieldbright 317L
317L, Xtra
317LN
WP/CR OK 61.80 OK Tigrod 16.11 Shieldbright 347 OK Autrod 16.11,
321, 347, OK Flux 10.92L
348
WP/CR OK 61.80 OK Tigrod 347H Shieldbright 347 OK Autrod 347H,
348H
A-409/A-409M TP304 OK 61.50 OK Tigrod 16.10 Shieldbright 308, OK Autrod 16.10,
308L OK Flux 10.92L
TP304L OK 61.30 , OK Tigrod Shieldbright 308L, OK Autrod 16.10,
OK Autrod 16.10
TP309Cb ESAB 309Cb
TP310S OK 67.13 OK Tigrod 16.13
TP316 OK 63.50 OK Tigrod 316H Shieldbright 316,
Xtra
Xtra OK Flux 10.92L
120
Welding Consumables
ASTM Class or
TP317 OK 64.30 OK Tigrod 317L Shieldbright 317L
Xtra
347, 348 OK Flux 10.92L
A-414/A-414M Grade A, ESAB 28, ESAB MW1, Dualshield
B, C,D, E ESAB 36H OK Tigrod S2 7100 LH
and F
A-420/A-420M WPL 6 ESAB 28, OK Tigrod S2 / Dualshield OK Flux 10.81L
OK 48.20 Spl S2 spcl 7100 LH /10.71, OK Autrod
12.08L/12.22L /
12.40L
WPL 9 OK 73.08 OK Tigrod 13.16 OK Tubrod 15.24
A-423/A-423M Grade 1 OK 76.18, OK Tigrod Dualshield OK Autrod 13.10,
OK 76.18 M 13.16, 8000B2, OK Flux 10.62
OK Tigrod B2L OK Tubrod 15.24
Grade 2 OK 73.08 OK Tubrod 15.24
A-426/A-426M CP2, OK 76.18, OK Tigrod Dualshield 8000B2 OK Autrod 13.10,
CP11, OK 76.18 M 13.16, OK Flux 10.62
CP12 OK Tigrod B2L
CP5, OK 67.67, OK Autrod/ Shieldbright 309L OK Autrod 16.53 ,
CP5b, ESAB 309 Tigrod 16.53 OK Flux 10.92L
CP21
A-430/A-430M FP304, OK 61.50, OK Tigrod Shieldbright 308, OK Autrod 16.10
FP304H, ESAB 308H 16.10, 308L / 308H, OK Flux
FP304N OK Tigrod 308H 10.92L
FP316, OK 63.50 OK Tigrod 316H Shieldbright 316,
FP316H, Xtra
FP316N
FP321, OK 61.80 OK Tigrod 16.11 Shieldbright 347 OK Autrod 16.11,
FP321H, OK Flux 10.92L
FP347
FP347, OK 61.80 OK Tigrod 347H Shieldbright 347 OK Autrod 347H,
FP347H OK Flux 10.92L
FP16-8-
2H
A-451/A-451M CPF3, OK 61.30 OK Tigrod 16.10 Shieldbright 308L OK Autrod 16.10 /
CPF3A OK Flux 10.92L
CPF8, OK 61.50 OK Tigrod 16.10 Shieldbright 308, OK Autrod 16.10,
CPF8A 308L OK Flux 10.92L
CPF3M OK 63.30 OK Tigrod 16.30 Shieldbright 316L, OK Autrod 16.30 ,
Xtra OK Flux 10.92L
CPF8M OK 63.50 OK Tigrod 316H Shieldbright 316,
Xtra
CPF10MC OK 63.80
CPF8C OK 61.80 OK Tigrod 16.11 Shieldbright 347 OK Autrod 16.11,
OK Flux 10.92L
CPH8, OK 67.67 OK Tigrod / Shieldbright 309L OK Autrod 16.53 ,
CPH20 Autrod 16.53 OK Flux 10.92L
CPK20
121
Welding Consumables
ASTM Class or
A-479/A-479M 302, 304, OK 61.50 OK Tigrod 16.10 Shieldbright 308, OK Autrod 16.10,
304H, 308L OK Flux 10.92L
304N
304L, OK 61.30 , OK Tigrod Shieldbright 308L, OK Autrod 16.10,
304LN ESAB 304B 16.10, 308L Xtra OK Flux 10.92L
OK Autrod 16.10
309S OK 67.67 OK Tigrod / Shieldbright 309L OK Autrod 16.53 ,
309Cb ESAB 309Cb
310S OK 67.13 OK Tigrod 16.13
316, 316N OK 63.50 OK Tigrod 316H Shieldbright 316,
Xtra
316L, OK 63.30 OK Tigrod 16.30 Shieldbright 316L, OK Autrod 16.30 ,
321, OK 61.80 OK Tigrod 16.11 Shieldbright 347 OK Autrod 16.11,
347, 348
403, 410, OK 68.10, OK Tigrod 410 Arcaloy 409-Ti OK Autrod 410,
414, 405, OK 68.15 OK Flux 10.92L
430
A-487/A-487M 11A, 12A, ESAB 118 OK Aristorod Dualshield T-115 OK Autrod 13.43,
16A, 4B, 13.29 OK Flux 10.62
4D, 4E,
8B
8C, 9B, ESAB 120
9D, 10A,
11B, 12B,
13B, 6A,
6B, 7A,
14A, 10B
A-508/A-508M 1, 1A, 2, ESAB 98 OK Tigrod / OK Autrod 13.44,
3, 2A, 3A, Aristorod 13.29 OK Flux 10.62
4B
4,5 ESAB 118 OK Aristorod Dualshield T-115 OK Autrod 13.43,
13.29 OK Flux 10.62
4A, 5A ESAB 120
A-513/A-513M 1008- Pipeweld 6010R, ESAB MW1, Dualshield 7100LH OK Autrod 12.24,
1035 Pipeweld 6010 OK Tigrod S2 OK Flux 10.71
plus,
A-515/A-515M All ESAB 28, ESAB ESAB MW1, OK Dualshield OK Flux 10.81L
36H , Pipeweld Aristorod 12.50, 7100 LH /10.71, OK Autrod
6010 R, OK 48.20 OK Tigrod S2 / 12.08L/12.22L /
Spl S2 spcl 12.40L
A-516/A-516M All ESAB 28, ESAB ESAB MW1, OK Dualshield OK Flux 10.81L
36H , Pipeweld Aristorod 12.50 7100 LH /10.71, OK Autrod
6010 R, OK 48.20 , OK Tigrod S2 / 12.08L/12.22L /
Spl S2 spcl 12.40L
A-517/A-517M All ESAB 118, ESAB OK Aristorod Dualshield T-115 OK Autrod 13.43,
120 13.29 OK Flux 10.62
122
Welding Consumables
ASTM Class or
A-533/A-533M Type A OK 74.46 OK Tigrod 13.09 Dualshield 7000A1 OK Flux 10.62 ,
OK Autrod 13.09
Type B ESAB 118 OK Aristorod Dualshield T-115 OK Autrod 13.43,
13.29 OK Flux 10.62
Type C OK 73.08 OK Tigrod 13.16 OK Tubrod 15.24
and D
A-537/A-537M Class 1 ESAB 36H, ESAB MW1, Dualshield
OK 73.08, OK Tigrod S2 7100 LH
OK 48.20 (spl)
Class 2 Filarc 75S, OK Tigrod / OK Tubrod 15.27 OK Autrod 13.27 ,
OK 73.68 Autrod 13.28 OK Flux 10.62
A-541/A-541M 1,1A ESAB 36H, OK ESAB MW1, Dualshield
74.46, ESAB 56 OK Tigrod S2 7100 LH
2,3,4 OK 73.08 OK Tigrod 13.16 OK Tubrod 15.24
3V, 22b ESAB 98 OK Tigrod / OK Autrod 13.44,
Aristorod 13.29 OK Flux 10.62
2A, 3A, ESAB 118 OK Aristorod Dualshield T-115 OK Autrod 13.43,
7B, 22C, 13.29 OK Flux 10.62
7,8
22D, 7A, ESAB 120
8A
A-543/A-543M 1B, 1C, ESAB 118 OK Aristorod Dualshield T-115 OK Autrod 13.43,
3B, 3C 13.29 OK Flux 10.62
2B, 2C ESAB 120
A-556/A-556M A2 Pipeweld 6010R, ESAB MW1, Dualshield 7100LH OK Autrod 12.24,
Pipeweld 6010 OK Tigrod S2 OK Flux 10.71
plus,
A-557/A-557M B2, C2 ESAB 28, ESAB ESAB MW1, OK Dualshield OK Flux 10.81L
6010 R, OK 48.20 OK Tigrod S2 / 12.08L/12.22L /
Spl S2 spcl 12.40L
A-562/A-562M ESAB 28, ESAB ESAB MW1, OK Dualshield OK Flux 10.81L
6010 R, OK 48.20 OK Tigrod S2 / 12.08L/12.22L /
Spl S2 spcl 12.40L
A-568/A-568M All Pipeweld 6010R, ESAB MW1, Dualshield OK Autrod 12.24,
Pipeweld 6010 OK Tigrod S2 7100 LH OK Flux 10.71
plus,
A-572/A-572M 42, 50, ESAB 28, ESAB ESAB MW1, OK Dualshield OK Flux 10.81L
55, 60 36H , Pipeweld Aristorod 12.50, 7100 LH /10.71, OK Autrod
6010 R, OK 48.20 OK Tigrod S2 / 12.08L/12.22L /
Spl S2 spcl 12.40L
65 OK 73.08 OK Tigrod 13.16 OK Tubrod 15.24
A-573/A-573M 58,65 ESAB 28, ESAB ESAB MW1, OK Dualshield OK Flux 10.81L
6010 R, OK 48.20 OK Tigrod S2 / 12.08L/12.22L /
Spl S2 spcl 12.40L
70 OK 73.08 OK Tigrod 13.16 OK Tubrod 15.24
123
Welding Consumables
ASTM Class or
A-592/A-592M A,E,F ESAB 118 OK Aristorod Dualshield T-115 OK Autrod 13.43,

13.29 OK Flux 10.62
A-612/A-612M All Filarc 75S , OK Tigrod / OK Tubrod 15.27 OK Autrod 13.27 ,
OK 73.68 Autrod 13.28 OK Flux 10.62
A-638/A-638M
A-645/A-645M
A-649/A-649M 2,4 ESAB 28, ESAB ESAB MW1, OK Dualshield OK Flux 10.81L
6010 R, OK 48.20 OK Tigrod S2 / 12.08L/12.22L /
Spl S2 spcl 12.40L
1A2 , 3 OK 76.18, OK OK Tigrod Dualshield 8000B2 OK Autrod 13.10,
76.18 M 13.16, OK Flux 10.62
OK Tigrod B2L
1B2 ESAB 118 OK Aristorod Dualshield T-115 OK Autrod 13.43,
13.29 OK Flux 10.62
A-660/A-660M All ESAB 36H, ESAB MW1, OK Dualshield OK Flux 10.81L
OK 48.20 Spl Aristorod 12.50, 7100 LH /10.71, OK Autrod
OK Tigrod S2 / 12.08L/12.22L /
S2 spcl 12.40L
A-662/A-662M A&B ESAB 36H, ESAB MW1, OK Dualshield OK Flux 10.81L
OK 48.20 Spl Aristorod 12.50, 7100 LH /10.71, OK Autrod
OK Tigrod S2 / 12.08L/12.22L /
S2 spcl 12.40L
C OK Tubrod 15.24
A-666/A-666M 201, 202, OK 61.50, OK Tigrod Shieldbright 308, OK Autrod 16.10 /
301, 302, ESAB 308H 16.10, 308L 308H,
304 OK Tigrod 308H OK Flux 10.92L
304L, OK 61.30 , OK Tigrod Shieldbright 308L, OK Autrod 16.10,
304LN ESAB 304B 16.10, 308L Xtra OK Flux 10.92L
OK Autrod 16.10
316, OK 63.50 OK Tigrod 316H Shieldbright 316,
316M Xtra
316L OK 63.30 OK Tigrod 16.30 Shieldbright 316L, OK Autrod 16.30 ,
Xtra OK Flux 10.92L
A-671/A-671M
A-672/A-672M A45, A50, ESAB 36H, ESAB MW1, Dualshield OK Flux 10.81L
A55, B55, OK 48.20 Spl OK Aristorod 7100 LH /10.71, OK Autrod
B65, B70, 12.50, 12.08L/12.22L /
C55, C60, OK Tigrod S2 / 12.40L
C65, C70, S2 spcl
D70, D80,
E55, E60
H75, H80 OK 74.46 OK Tigrod 13.09 Dualshield 7000A1 OK Flux 10.62,
OK Autrod 13.09
124
Welding Consumables
ASTM Class or
J80, J90, ESAB 118, OK Tigrod Dualshield 8000B2 OK Autrod 13.10,
J100, OK 76.18, 13.16, OK Flux 10.62
K75, K85, OK 76.18 M OK Tigrod B2L
L65, L70,
L75, M70,
M75, N75
A-675/A-675M 45, 50, ESAB 36H, ESAB MW1, OK Dualshield OK Flux 10.81L
55, 60 OK 48.20 Spl Aristorod 12.50, 7100 LH /10.71, OK Autrod
OK Tigrod S2 / 12.08L/12.22L /
S2 spcl 12.40L
65,70 ESAB 98 OK Tigrod / OK Autrod 13.44,
Aristorod 13.29 OK Flux 10.62
A688-88a TP304 OK 61.50, OK Tigrod Shieldbright 308, OK Autrod 16.10
ESAB 308H 16.10, OK Ti- 308L / 308H, OK Flux
grod 308H 10.92L
TP304L, OK 61.50, OK Tigrod Shieldbright 308, OK Autrod 16.10
304H ESAB 308H 16.10, 308L / 308H, OK Flux
TP304LN OK 61.30, OK Tigrod Shieldbright 308L, OK Autrod 16.10,
OK Autrod
16.10
TP316 OK 63.50 OK Tigrod 316H Shieldbright 316,
Xtra
Xtra OK Flux 10.92L
TP316LN ESAB 317 LN OK TIGROD
13.09
A691-85a CM-65, OK 74.46 OK TIGROD OK TUBROD
CM-70 13.09 15.22
CM-75, OK 73.08 OK TIGROD
CMSH-70 13.14
CMSH-80 OK TUBROD
15.24
0.5CR., OK 76.18 OK TIGROD OK TUBROD
1CR 13.16 15.20
1.2 CR OK TUBROD
15.20
2.25 CR OK 76.28 OK Tigrod
13.17,
OK Tigrod B3L
A695-81 Grades ESAB 36H, OK Tigrod S2 Dualshield 7100
35&40 OK 48.20 Ultra
A696-85 B Pipeweld 6010R, OK Tigrod S2 Dualshield 7100
Citoflex, Pipeweld Ultra
6011
125
Welding Consumables
ASTM Class or
C ESAB 36H, ESAB MW1, Dualshield 7100
OK 48.20 OK Tigrod S2 Ultra
A-724-88 All Esab 118 OK Tubrod 15.24
A727-87 OK 74.46 OK Tigrod 13.09 DS 7000 A1
A737-87 B OK 73.08 OK Tigrod 13.14 OK Tubrod 15.24A
C Esab 118 OK Tubrod 15.27A
A738-87a A Ferroweld W DS 8100W
B&C DS 8100W
B11 OK 76.18 OK Tigrod 13.16 OK Tubrod 15.20
A739-81a
OK 76.28 OK Tigrod 13.17 OK Tubrod 15.22
B22
A-765-87 I OK 73.08 OK Tigrod 13.14 OK Tubrod 15.24
II OK 73.68 OK Tubrod 14.04
126
1. MMA electrodes for mild and low-alloyed steels
Normal quality level ESAB 28

Yes ESAB 46
Mild steel Requirements Higher quality level (X-ray)
ESAB 36H
No ESAB VORDIAN
Not specified ESAB VORTEX 1
ESAB 36H
QUICK GUIDE
Yes 420 MPa (70 000 psi) ESAB 36H (Spl)

Medium & high- Requirements
tensile steel Tensile strength
560 MPa (80 000 psi)
OK 74.78
No 630 MPa (90 000 psi) ESAB 98
700 MPa (100 000 psi)

ESAB 118
770 MPa (110 000 psi)
850 MPa (115 000 psi) ESAB 120
Yes Requirements 0.5 Mo OK 74.46

Low-alloyed
Base metal
High temperature
composition 0.5 Mo 0.5 Cr OK 76.18
No 0.5 Mo 1.2 Cr OK 76.18, OK 76.18 M
1.0 Mo 2.25 Cr OK 76.28, OK 76.28 M
0.5 Mo 5 Cr ESAB K V4, ESAB KV 4L
1.0 Mo 9 Cr ESAB KV7, ESAB KV7 M
Yes –20°C Charpy V ESAB 36H

Requirements
Low temperature
Temp. °C ESAB 36H Spl
Quick Guide & General Information
–40°C Charpy V
OK 73.08
–60°C Charpy V
–70°C Charpy V OK 73.68

ESAB 7018 C3L
Welding Consumables
127
128
Welding Consumables
2. Solid wires
Normal quality level

Yes OK Autrod 12.51/ESAB MW1/OK/Tigrod S2
Mild steel Requirements Higher quality level (X-ray) OK AristoRod 12.50
No OK Tigrod S2 (Spl)
Not specified OK Autrod 12.51/ESAB MW1/OK/Tigrod S2
OK AristoRod 12.50
Yes 420 MPa (70 000 psi) OK Tigrod S2 (Spl)
Medium & high- Requirements
tensile steel Tensile strength OK AristoRod/Tigrod 13.08 / ESAB MW2
560 MPa (80 000 psi)
OK AristoRod/Tigrod 13.09
630 MPa (90 000 psi) OK AristoRod/Tigrod 13.12
No
OK AristoRod/Tigrod 13.13 / OK Autrod 13.14
700 MPa (100 000 psi) OK Autrod 13.25/OK AristoRod 13.29
770 MPa (110 000 psi) OK AristoRod 13.31
Yes Requirements 0.5 Mo OK AristoRod/Tigrod 13.09

High temperature Base metal
composition 0.5 Mo 0.5 Cr OK AristoRod/Tigrod 13.12
No 0.5 Mo 1.2 Cr OK AristoRod/Tigrod 13.12 / OK Tigrod B2L

OK Autrod/Tigrod 13.16/13.17
1.0 Mo 2.25 Cr OK AristoRod/Tigrod 13.22 / 13.17 / B3 L
0.5 Mo 5 Cr: OK Tigrod 13.32

OK Autrod/Tigrod 13.37
1 Mo 9 Cr
OK Tigrod 13.38
OK Autrod 12.51 / ESAB MW1
OK Autrod/Tigrod 12.64
Yes –20°C Charpy V OK AristoRod 12.50/12.63
Requirements OK Tigrod 12.61 / OK Tigrod S2
Low temperature
Temp. °C
–40°C Charpy V OK Autrod/Tigrod 13.23/13.28 / OK Tigrod S2 (Spl)
Yes COR-TEN, Patinax, Dillicor etc. OK AristoRod/Tigrod 13.26

Reistance against
Weathering steels
corrosion
3. Fluxes and submerged arc wires
Normal quality level

Yes OK Flux 10.81LM / OK Autrod 12.08L
Mild steel Requirements
No
Higher quality level (X-ray)
OK Flux 10.81L / OK Autrod 12.22L
OK Flux 10.81LS / OK Autrod 12.22L
Not specified
Yes Requirements 420 MPa (70 000 psi)
Medium & high- Minimum yield stress
tensile steel OK Flux 10.71L / OK Autrod 12.34
560 MPa (80 000 psi)
OK Flux 10.62L / OK Autrod 13.40
No 700 MPa (100 000 psi) OK Flux 10.62L / OK Autrod 13.43
Yes Requirements 0.5 Mo OK Flux 10.71L / OK Autrod 12.24L

Low-alloyed high Base metal
temperature composition 0.5 Mo 0.5 Cr OK Flux 10.62L / OK Autrod 13.10
No 0.5 Mo 1.2 Cr OK Flux 10.62L / OK Autrod 13.10

1.0 Mo 2.25 Cr OK Flux 10.62L / OK Autrod 13.20
OK Flux 10.63 / OK Autrod 13.20SC
Yes –20°C Charpy V OK Flux 10.81LS / OK Autrod 12.22L
Requirements
Low temperature
Temperature °C OK Flux 10.71 / OK Autrod 12.40L
–40°C Charpy V
OK Flux 10.61 / OK Autrod 12.22L
–50°C Charpy V OK Flux 10.72 / OK Autrod 12.22L
–60°C Charpy V OK Flux 10.62L / OK Autrod 12.40L

OK Flux 10.62 / OK Autrod 13.40
OK Flux 10.62 / OK Autrod 13.43
–70°C Charpy V OK Flux 10.62 / OK Autrod 13.27
Welding Consumables
129
130
Welding Consumables
4. Cored wires
OK Tubrod 14.12 metal-cored all
Coreweld 70 Ultra positions
Mild steel Yes Requirements 375 MPa (55 000 psi) basic all
min. yield stress OK Tubrod 15.00/Dualshield T5
positions
No
OK Tubrod 15.12 rutile flat & HV
OK Tubrod 15.18
OK Tubrod 15.14A rutile all
Dualshield 7100LH/Ultra positions
OK Tubrod 14.02 metal-cored all positions
Medium & high- Yes Requirements 450 MPa (65 000 psi) Coreweld Ultra/70
tensile steel min. yield stress
OK Tubrod 15.14 rutile all positions
Dualshield 7100LH/Ultra rutile all positions
OK Tubrod 15.24 basic all positions
No
550 MPa (80 000 psi) OK Tubrod 15.19 rutile all positions
Dualshield II 81 K2 rutile all positions

650 MPa (95 000 psi) OK Tubrod 15.27 basic all positions
Dualshield T115 basic all positions
Creep-resistant Yes Requirements 0.5 Mo Dualshield 7000A1 rutile all positions
High temperature Base metal
composition 0.5 Mo 0.5 Cr
No 0.5 Mo 1.2 Cr Dualshield 8000B2 rutile all positions
1.0 Mo 2.25 Cr OK Tubrod 15.22 basic all positions

Dualshield 9000B3 rrutile all positions
Low temperature Yes Requirements –20°C Charpy V (47J) OK Tubrod 15.14A rutile all positions
Temp. °C Dualshield 7100 LH/Ultra rutile all positions
–40°C Charpy V OK Tubrod 14.03 metal-cored all positions
OK Tubrod 15.17 rutile all positions
–60°C Charpy V Dualshield T5 basic all positions
–70°C Charpy V OK Tubrod 15.11 rutile all positions
5. Submerged arc cored wires and fluxes
Mild steel Yes Requirements min. yield 375 MPa (55 000 psi) OK Tubrod 14.00S/OK Flux 10.71
stress OK Tubrod 15.00S/OK Flux 10.71
No
OK Tubrod 14.00S/OK Flux 10.71

Yes Requirements min. yield 420 MPa (60 000 psi) OK Tubrod 15.00S/OK Flux 10.71
Medium & high- stress
tensile steel
450 MPa (65 000 psi) OK Tubrod 15.24S/OK Flux 10.62, 10.47
No 550 MPa (80 000 psi)
Yes Requirements 0.5 Mo OK Tubrod 14.02S/OK Flux 10.71

Low-alloyed OK Tubrod 15.21S/OK Flux 10.71
Base metal
High temperature
composition 0.5 Mo 1.2 Cr OK Tubrod 14.07S/OK Flux 10.63
No 1.0 Mo 2.25 Cr
OK Tubrod 14.00S/OK Tubrod 15.00S

Yes –20°C Charpy V OK Flux 10.71
Requirements
Low temperature
Temp. °C
–40°C Charpy V OK Tubrod 15.00S/OK Flux 10.62
–50°C Charpy V
–60°C Charpy V
Welding Consumables
131
132
Welding Consumables
6. Wires for stainless steels. Selection by wire classification
EN 10088-1 Designation Werkstoff. No AISI C Cr Ni Mo Other elements MIG OK Autrod TIG OK Tigrod
Austenitic
X10CrNi18-8 1.4310 302 < 0.12 18 8 16.10 16.10
X5CrNi18-10 1.4301 304 < 0.07 18 10 16.10 16.10
X6CrNiTi18-10 1.4541 321 < 0.08 18 11 Ti 0.7 16.11 16.11, 16.10
X6CrNiNb18-10 1.4550 347 < 0.08 18 11 Nb 0.7 16.11 16.11, 16.10
X8CrNiS18-9 1.4305 303 < 0.12 18 9 S 0.2 16.53 16.53, 309L
X2CrNi18-9 1.4307 304L < 0.03 18 10 16.10 16.10
X2CrNiN18-10 1.4311 304LN < 0.03 18 10 N 0.15 16.10 16.10
304N < 0.08 18 9 N 0.15 16.10 16.10
X3CrNiMo17-13-3 1.4436 316 < 0.05 18 12 2.5 16.30 16.30
X5CrNiMo17-12-2 1.4401 316 < 0.05 18 12 2.5
X2CrNiMo17-12-2 1.4404 316L < 0.03 18 12 2.5
X2CrNiMo18-14-3 1.4435 316L < 0.03 18 13 2.5 16.38 16.38
X6CrNiMoTi17-13-2 1.4571 316Ti < 0.08 18 12 2.5 Ti 0.7 318Si, 16.30 318Si, 16.30
X2CrNiMoN17-13-3 1.4429 316LN < 0.03 18 12 2.5 N 0.5 16.30 16.30
X12CrMnNiN 1.4372 202 < 0.15 18 5 Mn 8 16.95 16.95
X2CrNiMo18-15-4 1.4438 S31703 < 0.03 18 16 3.5 317L 317L
X1NiCrMoCuN25-20-5 1.4539 N08904 < 0.03 20 25 4.5 Cu 1.5 385 385
X1CrNiMoCuN20-18-7 1.4547 S31254 < 0.02 20 18 6.2 Cu 0.8, N 0.2 19.81, 19.82 19.81, 19.82
X1NiCrMoCu31-27-4 1.4563 N08028 < 0.02 27 31 3.5 Cu 1.5 19.81, 19.82 19.81, 19.82
- 1.4652 S32654 < 0.02 24 22 7.3 Cu 0.5, N 0.5 19.81 19.81
X9CrNiSiNCe21-11-2 1.4835 S30815 < 0.10 21 11 N 0.17 + Ce 310 310
Austenitic-ferritic (Duplex)
1.4162 S32101 0.03 21.5 1.5 Mn 5 16.86 16.86
X2CrNiN23-4 1.4362 S32304 < 0.03 23 4 N 0.10 16.86 16.86
X2CrNiMoN22-5-3 1.4462 S31803 < 0.03 22 5 3 N 0.10 16.86 16.86
X2rNiMoN25-7-4 1.4410 S32750 < 0.03 25 7 4 N 0.25 16.88 16.88
X2CrNiMoCuWN25-7-4 1.4501 S32760 < 0.03 25 6 3 N 0.25 W 0.7 16.88 16.88
EN 10088-1 Designation Werkstoff. No AISI C Cr Ni Mo Other elements MIG OK Autrod TIG OK Tigrod
Ferritic-martensitic
X6Cr13 1.4000 403 < 0.08 13 16.10 16.10
X2CrNi12 1.4003 S41050 < 0.03 12 0.7 16.10 16.10
X12Cr13 1.4006 410 0.1 13 16.53 16.53
Ferritic
X6Cr17 1.4016 430 < 0.08 16.5 430Ti, 430LNb, 16.10 430Ti, 16.10
16.10 16.10
X6CrTiNb18 1.4509 441 < 0.03 18 Ti, Nb 430Ti, 430LNb 430Ti
X6CrTi17 1.4510 439 < 0.8 17 Ti 430Ti 430Ti
X2CrMoTi18-2 1.4521 S44400 < 0.03 18 2 16.30 16.30
- - 446 < 0.20 26 16.13 16.13
Welding Consumables
133
134
Welding Consumables
7. The most common fluxes and wires for SAW of stainless steels
European standard German DIN 17440 England France SS USA Recommended SAW
EN 10082-1 AFNOR steel AISI consumables
Designation No Designation Werkst. BS 970; NFA 35-572 to No OK Flux + OK Autrod
steel steel Nr. 1=Part 1 NFA 35-578
BS 1449;
2=Part 2
X 6 Cr 13 1.4000 X 7 Cr 13 1.4000 403 S 17 Z 6 C 13 2301 403 10.92L+16.10 or 308H/10.92L+16.10
X 12 Cr 13 1.4006 X 10 Cr 13 1.4006 410 S 21 Z 12 C 13 2302 410 10.92L+16.10 or 308H/10.92L+16.10
X 20 Cr 13 1.4021 X 20 Cr 13 1.4021 420 S 37 Z 20 C 13 2303 420 10.92L+16.10 or 308H/10.92L+16.10
X 30 Cr 13 1.4028 X 30 Gr 13 1.4028 420 S 45 Z 30 C 13 2304 – 10.92L+16.10 or 308H/10.92L+16.10
X 6 Cr 17 1.4016 X 6 Cr 17 1.4016 430 S 17 Z 8 C 17 2320 430 10.92L+16.11 or 308H/10.92L+16.10
X 17 Cr Ni 16-2 1.4057 X 20 Cr Ni 17 2 1.4057 431 S 29 Z 15 CN 16.02 2321 431 10.92L+16.11 or 10.92L+16.11
– 1.47491) – Z 10 C 24 2322 446 10.92L+16.13
X 8 Cr Ni Mo 27 5 21) 1.44601) – – 2324 329 10.92L+2209 or 2509/10.94+2509
X 2 Cr Ni N 23-4 1.4362 – – 2327 S32304 10.92L+2209 or 2509/10.94+2509
X 2 Cr Ni Mo N 22-5-3 1.4462 – – 2377 S31803 10.92L+2209 or 2509/10.94+2509
X 2 Cr Ni Mo N 25-7-4 1.4410 – – 2328 S32750 10.94+2509
X 2 Cr Ni Mo Ca WN 25-7-4 1.4501 – – – S32760 10.94+2509
X 10 Cr Ni 18-8 1.4310 – – 302 S 31 Z 10 CN 18.09 2331 302 10.92L+16.10 /10.92L+16.10
X 5 Cr Ni 18-10 1.4301 X 5 Cr Ni 18 10 1.4301 304 S 31 Z 6 CN 18.09 2332 304 10.92L+16.10 /10.92L+16.10
X 5 Cr Ni 18-10 (1.4301) (X 5 Cr Ni 18 10) (1.4301) (304 S 15) (Z 6 CN 18.09) 2333 (304) 10.92L+16.10 /10.92L+16.10
X 6 Cr Ni Ti 18-10 1.4541 X 6 Cr Ni Ti 18 10 1.4541 321 S 31 Z 6 CNT 18.10 2337 321 10.92L+16.11 or 10.92L+16.11
X 6 Cr Ni Nb 18-10 1.4550 X 10 Cr Ni Nb 18 10 1.4550 347 S 31 Z 6 CNNb 18.10 2338 347 10.92L+16.11 or 10.92L+16.11
X 3 Cr Ni Mo 17-13-3 1.4436 (X 5 Cr Ni Mo 17 13 3) 1.4436) (316 S 33) (Z 6 CND 17.12) 2343 (316) 10.92L+16.30 or 10.92L+16.30
X 5 Cr Ni Mo 17-12-2 (1.4401) (X 5 Cr Ni Mo 17 12 2 (1.4401) (316 S 31) (Z 6 CND 17.11) 2347 (316) 10.92L+16.30 or 10.92L+16.30
X 2 Cr Ni Mo 17-12-2 1.4404 X 2 Cr Ni Mo 17 13 2 1.4404 316 S 11 Z 2 CND 17.12 2348 316 L 10.92L+16.30 or 10.92L+16.30
X 6 Cr Ni Mo Ti 17-12-2 1.4571 X 6 Cr Ni Mo Ti 17 12 2 1.4571 320 S 31 Z 6 CNDT 17.12 2350 316 Ti (10.92L+16.30) or (10.92L+16.30)
X 2 Cr Ni 18-9 1.4307 X 2 Cr Ni 18 10 1.4306 304 S 11 Z 2 CN 18.10 2352 304 L 10.92L+16.10 or 308H/10.92L+16.10
X 2 Cr Ni Mo 18-14-3 1.4435 X 2 Cr Ni Mo 18 14 3 1.4435 316 S 3 Z 2 CND 17.13 2353 316 L 10.92L+16.10 or 10.92L+16.10
(EN 10095) 1.4845 X 12 Cr Ni 25 211) 1.48451) (310 S 24) (Z 12 CN 25-20) 2361 310 S 10.92L+310
X 8 Cr Ni 25-21
X 2 Cr Ni Mo 18-15-4 1.4438 X 2 Cr Ni Mo 18 16 4 1.4438 – Z 2 CND 19.15 2367 317 L 10.92L+317L or 10.92L+317L
X 2 Cr Ni N 18-10 1.4311 X 2 Cr Ni N 18 10 1.4311 – Z 2 CN 18.10 Az 2371 304 LN (10.92L+16.10) or (10.92L+16.10)
X 2 Cr Ni Mo N 17-13-3 1.4429 X 2 Cr Ni Mo N 17 13 3 1.4429 – Z 2 CND 18.10 Az 2375 316 LN (10.92L+16.30) or (10.92L+16.30)
1) not standard
Welding Consumables
9. MIG and TIG wires for aluminium
Base material
EN 573 Alloy designation The Aluminum ESAB filler metal

Numerical Chemical symbols Association OK Autrod/Tigrod
EN AW-1050A EN AW-Al 99,5 AA 1050A 1070,1100, 1450
EN AW-1070A EN AW-Al 99,7 AA 1070A 1070,1100, 1450
EN AW-1100 EN AW-Al 99,0Cu AA 1100 1070,1100
EN AW-1200 EN AW-Al 99.0 AA 1200 1070,1100
EN AW-3003 EN AW-Al Mn1Cu AA 3003 4043, 4047
EN AW-3103 EN AW-Al Mn1 AA 3103 4043, 5356
EN AW-3004 EN AW-Al Mn1Mg1 AA 3004 4043, 5356
EN AW-4045 EN AW-Al Si10 AA 4045 4043,4047
EN AW-5005 EN AW-Al Mg1(B) AA 5005 5356
EN AW-5019 EN AW-Al Mg5 AA 5019 5356
EN AW-5050 EN AW-Al Mg1,5(C) AA 5050 5356
EN AW-5052 EN AW-Al Mg2,5 AA 5052 5356
EN AW-5083 EN AW-Al Mg4,5Mn0,7 AA 5083 5183
EN AW-5086 EN AW-Al Mg4 AA 5086 5356
EN AW-5454 EN AW-Al Mg3Mn AA 5454 5554
EN AW-6013 EN AW-Al Mg1Si0,8CuMn AA 6013 4043, 5356
EN AW-6060 EN AW-Al MgSi AA 6060 4043, 5356
EN AW-6061 EN AW-Al Mg1SiCu AA 6061 5356
EN AW-6063 EN AW-Al Mg0,7Si AA 6063 5356
EN AW-6082 EN AW-Al Si1MgMn AA 6082 4043, 5356
EN AW-7005 EN AW-Al Zn4,5Mg1,5Mn AA 7005 5356
EN AW-7021 EN AW-Al Zn5,5Mg1,5 AA 7021 5356
EN AW-7029 EN AW-Al Zn4,5Mg1,5Cu AA 7029 5356
EN AW-7039 EN AW-Al Zn4Mg3 AA 7039 5356
EN AW-7050 EN AW-Al Zn6CuMgZr AA 7050 5356
135
Reclamation Consumables
Conventional Hardfacing Alloys
BUFFERING
Buffer layers are used as intermediate deposits between
the base material and the actual hardfacing weldmetal
so that the following aspects are taken care of:
 Good bonding with the base material
 Hydrogen-induced underbead cracking is

avoided, even on preheated workpieces
 Stress consequences are minimized

In case of hardfacing with very hard and brittle alloys
 Effect of dilution is limited
like the ones containing chromium carbides or with
 Spalling in subsequent hard layers is avoided cobaltbased alloys, there should be a buffering by
an austenitic consumable for one or two layers. The
 Prevention of cracks or relief checks from the compression stresses generated in the subsequent hard
hardfaced layers running into the base material layers during cooling are thus accommodated, reducing
the risk of cracks in the hard weld metal.
The “relief checks” present in many hardfacing deposits

can propagate into the base metal under heavy impact
or flexing. High strength steels are most prone to such
crack propagation. This is prevented by applying a tough
buffer layer.
BUILD-UP LAYERS
In case of heavy wear, the component has to be built-
up to its original dimensions. But hardfacing layers are
limited to 2-3 layers. In that case, a similar type of alloy
can be used to build it up before applying the hardfacing
Generally, austenitic consumables are widely used as deposit. Otherwise, alternate layers of hard and ductile
ductile buffer layers in hardfacing applications. The deposits can be made finishing off with the hard layer.
choice of consumables depends on the base material E.g. hammers, crushers, cold shearing tools, and
and the type of hardfacing alloy given the wear factors. excavator teeth.
The hardfacing layer tends to sink under high load
conditions if the base material is a soft one like mild
steel. This can result in the hardfacing layer spalling off.
A tough and strong buffer layer is applied to prevent this
occurence.
139
DUROID 250 subsequent matching. Other applications are pump
housing, rail ends (medium Mn steel) for railways and
Machinable build-up prior to hardfacing tramways, forging dies, wheels, axles, and couplings.
A smooth running rutile coated general-purpose Suitable for use as a supporting buffer between a
hardfacing electrode, depositing a tough air-hardening top layer of harder weld metal and a soft mild steel
alloy weld metal, suitable for resisting moderate friction, base. Recommended for hardfacing components and
abrasion and impact. machine parts, which must be easily machinable after
hardfacing.
ALLOY BASE: Fe, Cr, Mn
PROPERTIES
SPECIAL FEATURES
Hardness : 24-27 HRC
 Smooth arc with low spatter.
 Normally machinable weld metal. CURRENT RANGE : (AC 50, DC±)
 Deposits a weld with self-lifting slag. Size Length Current Range

(mm) (mm) (Amp)
APPLICATIONS
3.15 450 90-120
Track links, rollers and sprockets, ropeway pulleys, 4.00 450 130-170
trunion wearing plates, gears, shafts and general 5.00 450 155-200
reclamation of all worn out carbon steel parts requiring
DUROID 350 APPLICATIONS

Roller, tractor idler wheels, brake shoes, crane wheels,
Machinable buffer for impact and moderate wobblers, gears, shafts, forging dies, ploughshares,
abrasion conveyor parts, track rollers, drive sprockets, tie
A smooth running rutile coated hardfacing electrode tamping bars and picks, cams, cold punching dies, etc.
depositing a tough air hardening type weld metal for where resistance to abrasion combined with toughness
resisting moderate abrasion and impact. The deposit is is needed.
machinable with suitable carbide tipped tools. PROPERTIES
ALLOY BASE: Fe, Cr, Mn Hardness : 33-36 HRC
SPECIAL FEATURES CURRENT RANGE : (AC 50, DC±)
 Good for build-up and buffering. Size Length Current Range
 Excellent weld bead appearance. (mm) (mm) (Amp)
 Deposits a weld with fine bead appearance and 3.15 450 90-120
easy de-slagging properties. 4.00 450 120-170
5.00 450 160-240
DUROID 650 APPLICATIONS

Bulldozer blades, excavator teeth, metal cutting &
Abrasion resistant hardfacing forming tools, hot & cold punching dies, bucket lips,
This rutile-coated electrode gives an air-hardening type chutes, conveyors, shears & croppers, oil expellers,
weld deposit, which is resistant to severe abrasion and pulping knives, ploughshares, road graders, crusher
moderate impact between metal to mineral wearing hammers, caterpillar treads, cane & bamboo cutting
stresses. It provides moderate resistance to corrosion knives, etc. Recommended for applications involving
and scaling. metal to mineral wear.
ALLOY BASE: Fe, Cr, Mn PROPERTIES
SPECIAL FEATURES
 Smooth arc with low spatter. CURRENT RANGE : (AC 70, DC±)
 It is very easy to use in all positions. · Excellent weld Size Length Current Range
bead appearance. (mm) (mm) (Amp)
3.15 450 90-120

4.00 450 120-170
5.00 450 160-240
140
DUROID 650B  Smooth arc with low spatter.
 It is very easy to use in all positions. · Excellent weld
No-problem abrasion resistance even for thicker bead appearance.
plates
APPLICATIONS
A high alloyed basic hardfacing electrode depositing
a nonmachinable air-hardening weld metal. The weld Coal cutter blades, rock drills, drill bits, oil expeller
deposit is resistant to severe abrasion and moderate worms, cane & bamboo cutting knives, excavator teeth,
impact between metal to mineral wearing stresses. It hot & cold punching dies, bucket lips, dipper teeth,
also resists scaling upto temperatures around 300°C impellers, muller ploughs, chutes, conveyors, shears &
and also moderate corrosion. croppers, pulping knives, ploughshares, road graders,
crusher hammers, caterpillar treads & shoes, etc. This
Apart from applications on mild and medium carbon electrode is specially recommended for applications
steels Duroid 650B, being basic coated, can also be involving metal to mineral wear.
used over high carbon and alloy steel base metals and
on jobs of thicker cross-section. Requirement of pre- PROPERTIES
heat can be lowered or avoided altogether to obtain weld Hardness : 57-59 HRC
deposit free from cracks, porosity and slag inclusions
when normal welding practice for basic coated electrode CURRENT RANGE : (AC 70, DC±)
is followed. Size Length Current Range
(mm) (mm) (Amp)
ALLOY BASE: Fe, Cr, Mn, Mo, V
3.15 450 100-140
SPECIAL FEATURES
4.00 450 120-180
 Can be used on thicker sections without the need of 5.00 450 160-250
buffering.
ESAB 600B  The deposit, hard as it is, can only be finished by

grinding.
Self-buffering abrasion resistant deposit APPLICATIONS
ESAB 600B is a basic coated electrode meant for Used for hardfacing of dredger buckets, draught bucket,
depositing hard surface having high resistance to working edges and surfaces of earth-moving equipment
wear caused by scouring action or rolling friction. It is used in rocky soils, chain link, agricultural implements,
insensitive to cracking tendency so the deposit does not vibrating shafts, steel sleeves, hammer mills, press
require any additional buffering. The weld metal consists tools, dies, punches and shears, tip of excavator, mill
of uniformly distributed hard carbides in a martensitic hammers for pulverizing coal & disintegrating chrome
matrix which make this electrode ideally suited for ore, iron ore, bucket teeth, shear blades, chutes and
hardfacing parts, subjected to severe service conditions conveyors etc.
involving a combination of abrasion, moderate impact,
and friction. PROPERTIES
Transverse relief cracks are welcome in the weld Hardness : 58-61 HRC
metal. CURRENT RANGE : (AC 70, DC±)
ALLOY BASE: Fe, Mn, C, Cr Size Length Current Range
(mm) (mm) (Amp)
SPECIAL FEATURES
 Excellent weld bead appearance. 3.15 450 85-120
 Slag is easily detachable. 4.00 450 90-160
5.00 450 150-240
DUROMANGAN It can also be used to give impact protection on carbon

steels.
Work hardening for extreme impact and abrasion ALLOY BASE: Fe, Mn, Ni, Cr
A basic coated electrode depositing an austenitic
manganese steel weld metal. The deposit is highly SPECIAL FEATURES
resistant to heavy impact and abrasion. The deposit is  Build-up is free from cracks (with proper welding
work hardenable. The electrode is recommended for procedure).
surfacing of worn-out austenitic manganese steel parts.
(Contd...)
141
 Superior arc stability than available grades of Mn  Welding should be done in stringer beads directing
Steel electrodes. the arc towards the weld pool keeping the heat input
 It is very easy to use in all positions. to the base metal minimum. Skip welding/back step
welding can also be adopted.
APPLICATIONS
 The weld bead can be peened with ball pen hammer
Austenitic manganese steel components, crusher jaws, immediately after welding.
crusher hammers, crusher mantles, dredger bucket
 Quenching has no adverse effect on welding and
teeth, cement grinder rings, manganese steel railway
should be adopted whenever possible after slag
points & crossings, manganese steel components used
removal and peening. If possible the Mn steel job
in the mining industry.
can be submerged in water during welding.
PROPERTIES
Hardness : As deposited : 24-26 HRC CURRENT RANGE : (AC 70, DC±)
Work hardened : 43-45 H RC Size Length Current Range

(mm) (mm) (Amp)
WELDING PROCEDURE
3.15 450 80-120
 The surface to be welded should be without prior 4.00 450 130-170
work hardening. 5.00 450 160-220
 14% Mn steel should never be preheated for
welding.
142
Low Heat hardfacing Alloys
HARDFACING non-metallic particles. Abrasion may be

classified into three types:
Hardfacing involves protecting parts exposed to different a) Gouging abrasion: This class of
types of wear in order to obtain a certain specific wear abrasion involves the removal of
resistance. sizable particles from a metallic surface
Hardfacing is primarily used to restore worn out parts by the action of a coarse material.
back to usable condition in order to extend their The high pressure and impact cause
service life but it can be successfully employed in new the particles to cut into the surface
component manufacture as well. This technique will help and produce large gouge marks and
in manufacturing a component from cheaper material scratches. Eg. shovel diggers, chute
with a wear resistant overlay providing the surface impact areas, pulveriser mills.
properties. b) Low stress abrasion: This form of wear
A higher hardness level does not necessarily results from the sliding action of free
imply improved wear resistance or longer life. The moving hard particles along a surface.
effectiveness of any hardfacing alloy depends of its Material is removed by scratching or
suitability in the operating conditions. micro-machining process. Eg. chutes,
mineral conveyors.
So the appropriate hardfacing alloy has to be selected
considering the following aspects: c) High stress abrasion: It occurs where
abrasive particles are forced between
 the wear factors
two metal parts and crushed under
 the base material of the component heavy loads. The wear involves
surface damage accompanied by
 the surface finish required
plastic deformation. Eg. rock drills,
 the process to be used scraper blades, ball mills.
WEAR FACTORS Erosion This wear is similar to abrasion but the
Wear factors are the action of different agents on particles are carried by a fluid stream like
the metallic surface leading to degeneration and water, steam, etc., generally at a higher
disintegration of the metal. A number of wear factors velocity compared to low-stress abrasion.
exist, which act individually or in combination. The weld Eg. slurry transport systems, shot blasting
metals have to be selected properly to counter these equipment.
factors effectively. Cavitation When a liquid is subjected to rapid changes
The major types of wear factors are as follows: of pressure, vapour or gas bubbles form in
the lower pressure regions of the liquid.
Friction Wear from metal parts that roll or slide Entering high pressure areas at any metal/
against each other. It accounts for 15% of liquid interface, these bubbles collapse and
the total spectrum of industrial wear. This the immense force causes cyclic stress
type of wear is likely to be most severe and fatigue on the metal surface. E.g. ship
when parts rub together under load with propellers, pump impellers.
little or no lubrication. Generally, contact
between surface materials of the same Heat When metals are exposed to high
hardness will result in excessive wear. E.g. temperature for long periods, they lose
shafts against bearing surfaces, chain links their durability mainly due to thermal fatigue
against a roll, sprockets, steel mill rolls. cracking. Moreover, the metals tend to
lose their strength and hardness at higher
Impact The sudden action of a very large force temperatures. These factors add up to
for a very short time period gives rise to wear. Eg. hot forging dies, extrusion dies,
wear after some time. The mechanism stamping dies, sinter crushing equipment.
is attributed to fatigue failure that has an
incubation period prior to the appearance of Corrosion It involves reaction between a metallic
surface damage. E.g. crusher rolls, impact surface and a corrosive environment
hammers, railway points and crossings. whence the former is dissolved away
leading to wear. In the presence of
Abrasion About 50% of all industrial wear is abrasion any mechanical force, the corrosion
in different forms. The wear takes place products may be removed leading to
when metal is removed from a surface virgin surface coming in contact with the
by the cutting or gouging action of hard
(Contd...)
143
corrosive environment again causing checks”, which are formed across the bead as the bead
continued wear. E.g. valves, seating rings, releases the stress generated while the hard weld metal
screw conveyors. cools. These relief checks are not harmful to the deposit
but may propagate into the base metal if the component
Oxidation In an oxidizing atmosphere, possibly
is subjected to heavy impact or flexing.
aided by high temperatures, the metal
surface builds up an oxide layer, which is So, the issues of acceptability of relief checks and
mostly brittle in nature. This may break finishing requirements should be addressed to when the
due to expansion and the entire oxidation hardfacing deposit is decided.
operation is repeated. E.g. blast furnace WELDING PROCESSES
parts, exhaust valves of internal combustion
Shielded Metal Arc Welding : Covers the widest range
engines, hot working shears.
of weld metals
BASE MATERIAL is a versatile process for
The two main groups of base materials for hardfacing on - site repairs and out-
are: of-position work
 Carbon or low-alloy steels: These steels require is inexpensive
preheating, post-weld heat treatment, slow cooling Flux - Cored Arc Welding : the same range of alloys
for hardfacing according to the chemical composition available as in case of
and the section thickness. The general guidelines coated electrodes
for preheating are given at the end of this section.
on-site use is possible
 Austenitic manganese steels: These steels should
self-shielded wires do
be welded without any preheating or post-weld heat
not require any additional
treatment at all. The interpass temperature should
shielding gas
be kept as low as possible.
high deposition rate
SURFACE FINISH
Submerged Arc Welding : high deposition rate
The surface finish requirements must be kept in mind
no spatter loss
while selecting the hardfacing alloy as they cover the
entire range from easily machinable to non-machinable. product range limited
Additionally, many of these deposits will contain “relief positional welding not
possible
144
RECOMMENDED PREHEATING TEMPERATURES IN OC
This chart is given as an indicative guide
Base Plate Steel Low alloy Tool steel Cr-steel Cr-steel Stainless 14% Mn
Material thickness 5-12% Cr >12% Cr steel steel
Filler (mm) <90 HRB 95 HRB- 30-43 HRC 32-51 HRC 95 HRB- -96 HRB 25-51
material 30 HRC 30 HRC HRC
Low-alloy Steel 20 N 100 150 150 100 N N
20-60 N 150 200 250 200 N N
- 30 HRC
95 HRB 60 100 180 250 300 200 N N
Tool Steel 20 N 100 180 200 100 N N
20-60 N 125 250 250 200 L N

32 - 47 HRC 60 125 180 300 350 250 N L
12% Cr Steel 20 N 150 200 200 150 N X
20-60 100 200 275 300 200 150 X
32 - 51 HRC 60 200 250 350 375 250 200 X
Stainless Steel 20 N N N N N N N
20-60 N 100 125 150 200 N N

95 HRS 60 N 150 200 250 200 100 N
Mn Steel 20 N N N X X N N
20-60 N N *100 X X N N
20 HRC 60 N N *100 X X N N
Co. based Gr.6 20 100 200 250 200 200 100 X
20-60 300 400 *450 400 350 400 X
40 HRC 60 400 400 *500 *500 400 400 X
Carbide type 20 N NIL NL NL NL NL NL
20-60 N 100 200 *200 *200 NL NL
55 HRC 60 NIL 200 250 *200 *200 NL NL
N = Not necessary
L = Preheating when large areas are surfaced
X = This combination is not used
145
ASTRÄ HTB APPLICATIONS
Joining and surfacing of hydel turbine blades, valve
Resistance to corrosion, cavitation and erosion seats, pump casings, gates, key-ways, machine
Astra HTB is the only machinable alloy that resists components exposed to corrosive atmosphere,
corrosion, cavitation along with erosion by suspended matching parts for which shape retention in service is of
particles on the strength of the unique recipe of this paramount importance.
electrode. The alloy also shows great resistance to PROPERTIES
deform in service and hence maintains shape and
angularity of the original machined component at room UTS : 85-90 kg/mm2
temperature and also upto 700°C. Elongation : 18-24%
Astra HTB endures in high temperature service as Hardness : 42-45 HRC
well. It offers best combination of machinability, friction
CURRENT RANGE : (AC 70, DC±)
and fatigue resistance, and shape retention at high

temperature. Size Length Current Range
(mm) (mm) (Amp)
ALLOY BASE: Fe, Cr, Mo, Mn, Ni, C
SPECIAL FEATURES 3.15 350 80-120
4.00 350 110-170
 Smooth running characteristics. 5.00 350 160-220
 Oxidation resistance retained upto 1100OC.
ESAB 116 Ni It is suitable for build-up and repair of new, worn out
or cracked steel structures, components, and heavy
Hot forge die repair high strength joining equipment. Repair of forge dies, moulds and tools,
A basic coated electrode suitable for build-up and repair high strength joining of carbon-steel earth moving
of open and closed hot forge dies, moulds and tools. equipments, truck frames, penstocks.
The deposit is insensitive to hot cracking. PROPERTIES
The electrode has very good strength and hardness upto UTS : 62-70 kg/mm2
400°C. It can also be used for high strength joining. Elongation : 32-36%
ALLOY BASE: Fe, Mn, Ni Hardness : 37-41 HRC
SPECIAL FEATURES
 Resists annealing.
 Excellent weld bead appearance. Size Length Current Range
 Resists metal-to-metal wear and deformation at high (mm) (mm) (Amp)
temperatures.
4.00 450 120-175
APPLICATIONS 5.00 450 150-230
Recommended for joining of high tensile steels of 6.30 450 200-260
8.00 450 240-300
strength of the order of 80 kg / mm2.
OK 83.28 APPLICATIONS
Parts of rolling mills, grooved rolls and clutches, shafts,
Joining and build-up on rails cog wheels, links and rollers for tractors, bearing
A basic coated electrode suitable for hardfacing in journals. Joining and build-up of machinable carbon-
metal-to-metal wear applications. It has got very good manganese steel railway tracks. This electrode can also
resistance to impact and therefore can be used as a be used for joining hardenable steels.
build-up and support layer for subsequent harder PROPERTIES
deposits.
It is a special electrode, having good machinability, for
special build-up on carbon-manganese steel rail tracks. CURRENT RANGE : (AC 70, DC±)
ALLOY BASE: Fe, Cr, Si, Mn Size Length Current Range
(mm) (mm) (Amp)
SPECIAL FEATURES
2.50 350 60-90
 Superb resistance to metal to metal friction.
3.20 450 100-140
 Extreme impact toughness for heavy build-up. 4.00 450 130-190
5.00 450 180-260
146
OK 83.40  Smoothest running electrode of its class.
 Low tendency to moisture absorption.
Infinite fissure-free build-up for impact loading  Marginal work hardening.
A smooth running touch welding low heat input electrode
depositing a tough air hardening machinable multi- APPLICATIONS
alloyed weld metal for low stress abrasion and good Hammers, wobblers, railway equalizer beams, crane
impact. wheels, excavators, sprockets, rollers, pump shafts, gear
The deposit is free from surface micro-cracks even teeth, concrete mixer blades, rims, carbon-alloyed rails,
for higher build-up. It has high endurance limit and is dies, striking tools and other machine parts subjected to
suitable for compressive and fatigue loading. heavy shock loading and pounding in service.
Special additives in electrode coating make it smooth It is the right consumable to use for providing buffer
running and easily maneuverable. Superior bead finish layers where impact and abrasion occur together.
is obtained independent of welder skill. PROPERTIES
The flux is devoid of hygroscopic elements, making it Hardness : 28-35 HRC
ideal for site conditions.
ALLOY BASE: Fe, Mn, Cr, Ni
SPECIAL FEATURES (mm) (mm) (Amp)
 Micro-crack free surface even for higher build-up.
3.15 450 90-130
 Very good resistance to metal-to-metal wear and 4.00 450 120-170
fatigue. 5.00 450 150-220
OK 84.76 SPECIAL FEATURES:

 Spray type arc for better distribution of the globules
Sugar mill roller dry and wet arcing  Good bonding with the rollers, even in wet condi-
OK 84.76 is a basic coated high efficiency high chromium tion
carbide type electrode for roughening the wet mill rollers HARDNESS: 57 – 64 HRC
used in the sugarcane crushing. It provides an electric
arc of spray type, depositing weld metal in the form of WELDING PROCEDURE:
fine globules in the grooves of the mill roll thus increasing  Hold the electrode at right angles to the flans of the
its gripping and dragging power. profile.
Enormous rollers are used in the sugarcane crushing  Use "cold welding" technique; avoid excessive heat
process, which are subjected to excessive wear during in the weld area.
the season. These rollers have to be continuously  Use DC positive, for better results.
roughened, even when the crushing is in full swing. DEPOSITION DATA
These are smothered in crushed, sludgy cane and
Deposition rate : 2.2 kg/hr
the surface is wet. OK 84.76 accommodate these
conditions and deposit a dispersion of small, hard and Deposition Efficiency : 69%
wear-resistant globules that fastens to the sidewalls of Metal Recovery : 205%
the ridges of the roller. WELDING CURRENT: DC ±, AC 70
It can be observed that the roughness created on Size Length Current Range
the surface of the mill roll increases its productivity (mm) (mm) (Amps)
considerably, permitting better utilization of the grounded 3.15 450 110-130
material, which in turn increases the quantity of the 4.00 450 160-210
sugarcane to be processed. 5.00 450 160-200
147
Highly recommended for earthmoving, construction,
Maximum abrasion resistance cement and agriculture industries.
OK 84.78 gives an alloy rich deposit, which offers best Road rippers, earth moving parts, excavator blades,
resistance to high-pressure abrasion by gritty particles. crushing mills, edge runners, chutes, mixer blades,
The stainless bead is temper resistant upto 600°C. The screw conveyors, asphalt phasing screws, coal mill
deposit resists corrosion and oxidation even at elevated exhauster fan blades, plough shares, tampers, scrapers,
temperature. feeding screws, grader blades, pug mill knife etc.
Relief cracks, transverse to the weld bead, are PROPERTIES
desirable. Hardness : 57-60 HRC
ALLOY BASE: Fe,C,Cr
SPECIAL FEATURES

 Weld bead is convex and dilution is negligible. (mm) (mm) (Amp)
 Weld metal is having good corrosion resistance and
3.15 450 110-160
can withstand high temperatures. 4.00 450 120-170
 Smooth arc. 5.00 450 150-220
TERROWELD EWR APPLICATIONS

For critical machine part hardfacing which does not
Ultimate resistance to any type of wear require machining.
Terroweld EWR deposits a low dilution, high abrasion For complex wear involving simultaneous abrasion and
resistant alloy that is stainless and does not tarnish corrosion.
even in presence of aggressive chemicals. For high life at elevated temperatures.
The deposit is ripple-free and uniform. The electrode
performs well even in out-of-position surfacing. PROPERTIES
Oxidation resistance of the deposit is maintained upto Hardness : 63-65 HRC
a temperature of 1100OC. Hardness retention at high
temperature is also remarkable.
ALLOY BASE: Fe, C, Cr, Mn, V, Ti
 Stainless bead with high volume of complex
carbide. 3.15 350 100-150
4.00 350 120-160
 Temper resistant weld metal. 5.00 350 150-200
 State-of-art bead finish.
ESAB 550 SPECIAL FEATURES

 Weld metal is resistant to scaling upto 600°C.
Super hot hardness and edge retention  The weld deposit gives extremely high secondary
A basic coated hardfacing electrode giving a weld deposit hardening.
suitable for rebuilding of hot working tools, forging tools  An excellent edge-retention property for repairing
etc. Intended for hardfacing of hot trimming blades, hot cutting and shearing tools.
bar shears etc. Resistance to scaling and tempering is
upto 600°C. APPLICATIONS
The weld-metal gives extremely good spalling Highest metal-to-metal wear resistance in upto 500°C
resistance, hot hardness due to grain boundary pinning along with good impact resistance. To be used where
by fine carbides. cutting, shaving, and piercing proprieties are required to
be maintained.
ALLOY BASE: Fe, Cr, Mn, W, V, Mo, Co
(Contd...)
148
Typical applications are shear blades, roll face repairs, CURRENT RANGE : (AC 70, DC±)
tools for hot trimming and cold punching, lifting tongs for Size Length Current Range
billets, high-speed steel dies and tools. (mm) (mm) (Amp)
PROPERTIES 3.15 350 80-120
Hardness : As deposited : 49-52 HRC 4.00 350 120-170
5.00 350 170-230
After tempering at
600°C for 1 hr. : 53-56 HRC
ASTRÄ MN Auto slag detachment, free from slag inclusion.

Low heat input even at high current capacity.
Ductile crack-free deposit for Mn steel build-up APPLICATIONS
joining
Crushers, earthmoving equipment, hammers, shovel
High efficiency electrode with special coating, to resist track pads, wear plates, building up manganese steel
massive impact by mineral or metal along with moderate components, buffering before carbide hardfacing
to good resistance to mineral abrasion. deposit.
Despite the common tendency of cracking in manganese
steel, this high purity bead remains ductile and crack- PROPERTIES
free even after die penetration tests. Hardness : As deposited : 22-23 HRC
The alloy also shows reluctance to necking in tensile Work hardened : 42-44 HRC
specimen. In abrasion area also it is superior to all the CURRENT RANGE : (AC 70, DC±)
above except high-density pre-formed carbides. Size Length Current Range
ALLOY BASE: Fe, Mn, Ni (mm) (mm) (Amp)
SPECIAL FEATURES 3.15 450 110-165
Ripple free deposit. 4.00 450 140-200
5.00 450 180-250
DUROBELL APPLICATIONS
Repair and reclamation of seat area of blast furnace
Blast furnace bell and BLT chute reclamation bells & hoppers, BLT chutes,tong-pins, hot shears,
Durobell is a hardfacing electrode depositing a furnace rollers, knives, valve seats, idler rollers of hot
molybdenum-nickel enriched alloy steel that provides strip mills etc.
excellent resistance to both impact and abrasion. The PROPERTIES
weld deposit exhibits secondary hardening at high
temperature that leads to retention of hardness at 500°C Hardness : As deposited : 53-55 HRC
– 550°C. The alloy is amenable to heavy build-up and At 500°C : 46-50 HRC
the deposit is crack-free. The weld bead is machinable
with tungsten carbide tools. CURRENT RANGE : (AC 70, DC±)
ALLOY BASE: Fe, C, Ni, Mo Size Length Current Range
 Machinability with abrasion resistance. 3.15 450 90-120
 Smooth arc with low spatter. 4.00 450 115-175
5.00 450 160-225
 Excellent weld bead appearance.
149
TERROWELD MN PROPERTIES
Hardness : As deposited : 22-24 HRC
Low heat build-up on manganese steel Work hardened : 42-45 HRC
This is a low heat input electrode suitable for surfacing, WELDING PROCEDURE
building up and joining of austenitic manganese
steels of plain & alloy types. The austenitic deposit  14% Mn steel should never be preheated for
is more resistant to cracking, deformation and heat welding.
embrittlement. The deposit is tough to withstand metal  Welding should be done in stringer beads directing
to metal impact. It resists wear under rolling abrasion at the towards the weld pool.
high contact pressures.  Heat input to the base metal should be kept minimum,
ALLOY BASE: Fe, C, Mn, Ni if required skip welding/back step welding can be
SPECIAL FEATURES adopted.
 Graphite free coating avoids carbon pick-up.  The weld bead must be peened with ball pen hammer
immediately after welding.
 Deposit gives high strength, combined with excellent
resistance against impact.  Quenching has no adverse effect on welding and
 Smooth are, fine ripples and a fluid but controlled removal and peening. If possible the Mn steel job
slag, which is easily detachable. can be submerged in water during welding.
APPLICATIONS
Manganese steel shovel bucket teeth & lips, pulverizing CURRENT RANGE : (AC 70, DC±)
hammers, beaters, grinding ring & rollers, gyratory Size Length Current Range
crusher mantle and liners, cone and ring, jaw crusher (mm) (mm) (Amp)
plates etc.
3.15 450 80-100
4.00 450 110-160
5.00 450 180-225
TERROWELD SHR SPECIAL FEATURES

 Temper resistance at high temperature upto 600°C.
Rare earth fortification for high temperature  Oxidation resistance till 1000°C.
abrasion
 High deposition efficiency.
A low heat input electrode depositing a weld deposit
alloyed with metals and rare earths, ideal for applications APPLICATIONS
involving excessive wear and abrasion at light to Blast furnace parts, railway tampers, pump casing &
moderate impact loads. impellers, ore breaker teeth, rolling mill guides, furnace
Presence of special metals offer excellent resistance to parts, sinter plant disintegrators, screw conveyors cold
oxidation at high temperatures, whereas the rare earth forming dies, chain saw, coal burner nozzles, mechanical
alloy additions helps the deposit to retain its hardness stackers, steam valve flanges etc.
upto 600°C. PROPERTIES
High volume of fine dispersed carbide is ideal to sustain Hardness : As deposited : 56-58 HRC
life in service condition subjected to wear by fine
At 600OC : 46-48 HRC
particles.
The deposit is non-machinable and transverse relief CURRENT RANGE : (AC 70, DC±)
cracks are accepted. Size Length Current Range
ALLOY BASE: Fe, C, Cr, Mo, V, W, Nb, Ta (mm) (mm) (Amp)
3.15 450 110-130

4.00 450 150-185
150
TERROWELD 35 APPLICATIONS
Hardfacing of rollers, tractor idler wheels, brake shoes,
Low heat deposit for impact and pressure mine car wheels, drive sprockets, conveyor parts, gear
A hardfacing electrode for operation at low heat teeth, briquette press, crane wheels, concrete mixer
input depositing a tough air hardening alloy, giving a blades, mill pinions, knife edges etc.
combination of moderate abrasion and good impact PROPERTIES
resistance as encountered in rolling, reciprocating and
sliding systems. Hardness : 33-36 HRC
ALLOY BASE: Fe, Cr, Mn CURRENT RANGE : (AC 50, DC±)
SPECIAL FEATURES Size Length Current Range
(mm) (mm) (Amp)
 Low heat formulation.
 Tough machinable deposit. 3.15 450 75-110
4.00 450 110-160
5.00 450 140-185
TERROWELD 65  Multipass build-up is possible.

 Performs equally well in all-position welding.
Multipass electrode for abrasion and moderate APPLICATIONS
impact
Scraper blades, cane cutting knives, bucket lips, chutes,
A low heat input hardfacing electrode, specially designed guides, plough shear, earn, rollers, gate valve seats,
for repairing of worn-out components to withstand high road grades, conveyor screws, drills, fibrizer hammers
metal to metal and mineral abrasion with moderate etc.
impact. The weld deposit is a tough air hardening type
complex alloy. Two-layer deposit exhibits an average PROPERTIES
hardness of around 57 HRC. Depositing larger number Hardness : 55-58 HRC
of layers is also permissible.
Deposit on mild/medium carbon steel is normally crack- CURRENT RANGE : (AC 70, DC±)
free even after attaining full hardness.
ALLOY BASE: Fe, Mn, Cr, V, Mo (mm) (mm) (Amp)
SPECIAL FEATURES
3.15 450 80-110
 Weldmetal is crackfree even at 58 HRC. 4.00 450 110-160
 Good combination property for impact and 5.00 450 140-240
abrasion.
 Exhaust fans
Complex high pressure abrasion upto 800°C  Ash ploughs
OK 84.80 is a high-recovery electrode which deposits a  Conveyor screws
high density of wear-resistant carbides in an austenitic
matrix, resistant to extreme abrasion up to 800°C.  Sinter plant components
While this electrode is best to solve most critical wear
CURRENT RANGE : (DC+, AC 65V)
problem at high temperature, at room temperature also
it performs batter than any chrome-carbide electrodes. Size Length Current Range
The weld metal is resistant to oxidation and corrosion (mm) (mm) (Amp)
upto 1100° C. 3.25 450 90-120
ALLOY BASE: Fe,C,Si,Mn,Cr,Mo,Nb,W,V 4.00 450 110-220
5.00 450 190-290
151
OK 84.84  Distribution of light micro carbides for resistance to
abrasion by fine particles.
64 HRC in a single layer for extreme abrasion APPLICATIONS
OK 84.84 has been developed with unique alloying Side ribs of oil drill bit and tricone rock roller bit. New line
generating a microstructure so far unknown to concrete mixture paddies, dredger bucket tooth area.
metallurgists all over the world. This carbide system Concrete mixer paddies, dredger bucket tooth area.
assumes a high packing density leaving virtually no
matrix unsheltered. Dilution of carbide in base metal is PROPERTIES
minimal as expected from the super convex bead shape. Hardness : 62-64 HRC on first layer
This results in full harness attainment in one layer itself
CURRENT RANGE : (DC+, AC 70)
and uniform hardness throughout the bead..
ALLOY BASE : Fe, Si, C, Cr, Ti, B Size Length Current Range
(mm) (mm) (Amp)
SPECIAL FEATURES
 Hardness of 64 HRC in the first layer. 3.20 450 100-150
4.00 450 110-200
 Full and uniform hardness in one layer only.
TERROWELD CRC  Flat bead can be produced whenever necessary.

 Easy striking and re-striking properties.
Resistance to high-stress particle abrasion at low APPLICATIONS
heat input
The electrode can be successfully applied in earth moving
A low heat input hardfacing electrode depositing a equipment, coal handling, agriculture implements,
complex carbide type weld metal. Deposit is highly mining equipment, cement and refractory industries,
resistant to abrasion & moderate impact coupled with iron and steel industries and railroads.
good oxidation resistance at elevated temperatures. It
has easy striking and re-striking properties, with smooth PROPERTIES
and stable arc giving low spatter. Relief cracks are Hardness : 58-62 HRC
desirable on the deposit.
ALLOY BASE : Fe, Cr, Mn, C CURRENT RANGE : (DC±, AC 70)
(mm) (mm) (Amp)
 Extreme resistance to abrasion, oxidation and mod-
erate impact. 3.15 450 120-140
 Smooth arc, fine ripples and a fluid but controlled 4.00 350 140-185
slag which is easily detachable. 4.00 450 150-185
5.00 350 165-250
5.00 450 170-250
The electrode is suitable for hardfacing, shafts, racks
Low heat input electrode for abrasion and corrosion and pinions, links and pins, valve seats of cast steel,
resistant mixer arms, feed gears, knives, loading buckets and
A hard surfacing electrode depositing carbides in a track rollers.
fully martensitic matrix. The deposit is highly resistant PROPERTIES
to abrasion and corrosion. It has comparatively easy
striking and re-striking properties with smooth and stable Hardness : 54-60 HRC
arc and low spatter. CURRENT RANGE : (DC(+), AC OCV 65V)
ALLOY BASE : C, Si, Mn, Cr
 Resistant to abrasion and corrosion.
3.20 450 110-150
 Positional welding possible. 4.00 450 145-200
 Supplied in vacuum packed wrappers. 5.00 450 190-270
152
Cobalarc
COBALARC  Cobalarc provides economy as the total loss involves

only .butt end loss and very negligible slag loss.
Cobalarc - the future of hardfacing. This range of tubular Moreover, the butt end does not contain any carbide
electrodes gives a host of advantages over conventional inside - it is only the hollow tube that is lost, so the
coated electrodes in respect of hardfacing applications actual loss is even lower.
owing to its unique features.  The slag formation is very small in Cobalarc. So
 The prime weapons that provide the hardness in the welder can apply the next run without wasting
hardfacing deposits are the metallic and nonmetallic any time for deslagging. This gives an immense
carbides. In coated electrodes, the carbides are advantage of speed and productivity. So in 1 hour
formed at the time of welding. Carbides, preformed, of arcing, Cobalarc gives 2-2.5 times the weight of
cannot be used in these electrodes because the deposit than coated hardfacing electrodes.
high hardness renders them difficult to produce.  A near absence of slag does not mean that
But, Cobalarc electrodes have the advantage that Cobalarc deposits are exposed to the atmosphere
the preformed carbides are put inside a hollow mild for oxidation. The outer coating contains ingredients
steel tube. that burn in the welding arc and generate copious
 In hardfacing controlling the heat input is amount of fumes, which provides the shielding to the
important because greater dilution will lower the weld pool.
hardness of the deposit. In this respect, Cobalarc  This outer coating has one more function. Since it
gives a major headway because only a thin walled contains non-hygroscopic stabilizers the mild steel
tube has to be melted instead of a solid wire. So tube is free from rusting giving these electrodes an
the heat requirement will be considerably less and indefinite shelf life. The rigid tube also protects the
automatically the heat input will really be low. preformed carbides from degeneration over time.
 The low heat input also reduces the heat-affected
zone in the base metal.
153
COBALARC 1M  Non-hygroscopic coating needs
precaution – infinite shelf life.
no storage
Preformed carbides to resist high stress abrasion

APPLICATIONS
Cobalarc 1 M is the ultimate in welding technology.
I.D. fan blades, impeller casings, dredger bucket lips,
It has autogenous fume shielding over preformed crusher jaws, bulldozer cutting edges, muller tyres,
carbides in a tubular form, which gives the user genuine sizing screens, pulveriser and crusher hammers, ball
low heat input and infinite shelf life by dint of its non- mill liner plates, scraper blades, crane grab shovel,
hygroscopic coating. dragline bucket lips, points and cutting edges, teeth
It deposits fine chromium carbides in tough austenitic augers, conveyor chains, rolling mill guides, agriculture
matrix and gives better abrasion resistance on mild implements. The electrode is suitable for 12-14%
and low alloy steel bases where impact requirement is manganese steel parts and also for carbon steel
limited. This will ensure excellent wear resistance on parts when resistance to abrasion is required. Also for
12-14% manganese steel components. applications which call for oxidation resistance.
SPOT COLOUR: YELLOW
PROPERTIES
ALLOY BASE: Fe, C, Cr, Si
SPECIAL FEATURES
 Exceptional resistance to severe abrasion and CURRENT RANGE : (AC 70, DC±)
moderate impact. Size Length Current Range
 Oxidation resistance at elevated temperatures. (mm) (mm) (Amp)
 Unmatched deposition rates - high integrity 5.0 400 90-130
deposits. 6.3 450 120-140
 Compared to solid cored electrodes, the current 8.0 450 140-170
requirement is low so the dilution by parent metal is 10.0 450 180-200
contained to a minimum.
COBALARC 9  Compared to solid cored electrodes, the current

requirement is low so the dilution by parent metal is
Preformed carbides to resist abrasion at high contained to a minimum.
temperatures  Non-hygroscopic coating needs no storage
Cobalarc 9 is the ultimate in welding technology. precaution – infinite shelf life.
It has autogenous fume shielding over preformed APPLICATIONS
carbides in a tubular form, which gives the user genuine Coal burner nozzles, clinker conveyor chains, railway
low heat input and infinite shelf life by dint of its non- tampers, sizing screens, augers, agricultural implements,
hygroscopic coating. rolling mill guides, heat resistant steel castings, pump
The weld metal consists of complex high temperature casings, I.D. fans, tie rods, pug mill and augers, brick
carbides, with high-stress abrasion resistance press screws, etc. where high stress abrasion is the
withstanding moderate to heavy impact even at high major factor of wear at high temperatures.
temperature. The deposit is easily grindable, with good
impact property. PROPERTIES
SPOT COLOUR: GREEN Hardness : 57-62 HRC
ALLOY BASE: Fe, C, Cr, Si, Mo, Mn, V CURRENT RANGE : (AC 70, DC±)
 Exceptional resistance to severe abrasion and (mm) (mm) (Amp)
moderate to heavy impact at elevated temperature.
5.0 400 90-130
 Unmatched deposition rates - high integrity 6.3 450 120-140
deposits. 8.0 450 140-170
10.0 450 180-200
154
COBALARC 4  Unmatched deposition rates - high integrity
deposits.
Preformed tungsten carbides for high pressure  Compared to solid cored electrodes, the current
abrasion requirement is low so the dilution by parent metal is
Cobalarc 4 is the ultimate in welding technology. contained to a minimum.
It has autogenous fume shielding over preformed  Non-hygroscopic coating needs no storage
carbides in a tubular form, which gives the user genuine precaution – infinite shelf life.
low heat input and infinite shelf life by dint of its non- APPLICATIONS
hygroscopic coating.
Rock drill bits, oil well drills, churn drills, sand gravel
The electrode deposits fine tungsten carbide embedded chutes, coal cutter bits and picks, bulldozer end plates,
in a hard and tough martensitic-austenitic matrix, which grader end bits, feed screens, scraper for sand and
is suitable for extreme abrasion with low to moderate refractory materials, fan and pump impellers, pug mill
impact. It resists all forms of abrasion and wear. augers and knives, choppers, post hole auger teeth,
Deposition efficiency is very high when compared with feed screws, mixer blades/paddles etc.
coated electrode.
SPOT COLOUR: PINK PROPERTIES
ALLOY BASE: Fe, W, C, Co Hardness : 57-63 HRC
 Exceptional resistance to severe abrasion and Size Length Current Range
moderate to heavy impact at low to medium (mm) (mm) (Amp)
temperatures.
5.0 400 90-120
 Low spatter level.
6.3 450 120-140
COBALARC MX  Low spatter level.

 Unmatched deposition rates - high integrity
Preformed stabilised carbides for high temperature deposits.
complex wear  Compared to solid cored electrodes, the current
Cobalarc MX is the ultimate in welding technology. requirement is low so the dilution by parent metal is
It has autogenous fume shielding over preformed contained to a minimum.
carbides in a tubular form, which gives the user genuine  Non-hygroscopic coating needs no storage
low heat input and infinite shelf life by dint of its non- precaution – infinite shelf life.
hygroscopic coating.
In this case, preformed carbides in the tube route have APPLICATIONS
been adopted to derive supersaturated composite alloy Exhaust fans handling high temperature flue gases with
with high volume fraction of extreme abrasion resistant ash, catalyst particles, ash ploughs, conveyer screws,
alloys along with complex stabilized carbides. While sinter plant components, copper ladles and other non-
the electrode is best to solve critical wear problems at ferrous industry applications, zinc industry blast furnace
high temperature, it also performs better than chrome- bells, Paulworth chutes, etc.
carbide electrodes even at room temperature. The
PROPERTIES
deposit is absolutely unparalleled in its resistance to
fine particle abrasion. Hardness : 66-70 HRC
Oxidation and corrosion resistance upto 1200°C.
SPOT COLOUR: BLUE
ALLOY BASE: Fe, C, Cr, Mo, Nb, V, W, Ti
(mm) (mm) (Amp)
SPECIAL FEATURES
 Exceptional resistance to severe fine and coarse 5.00 400 90-100
6.30 400 120-140
particle abrasion at ambient to temperatures around
8.00 450 130-170
800°C.
155
Cast Iron Electrodes
WELDING CAST IRON PREPARATION FOR WELDING

The following steps should be kept in mind before
Cast iron is an alloy of iron with a carbon content of 2-5%, commencing the welding of cast iron:
silicon content of 1-3% and upto 1 % manganese.  Joint angles should be wider than for mild steel.
The major types of cast iron are:  All sharp edges should be rounded off.
 grey cast iron  Preferably use U-grooves.
 nodular cast iron  For repairing cracks, either gouge/grind the entire
 malleable cast iron crack or drill small holes at each end of the crack.
 white cast iron  The welding should start from the centre of the crack
Cast iron has very low ductility, low strength and is very and proceed in both directions.
brittle. It is generally alloyed or heat-treated for improving  The absorbed oil and liquid should be removed
these properties.
before welding. If that is not possible, use an

The high carbon content adversely affects the weldability electrode giving a spray transfer for an anchoring
of cast iron. Out of the grades mentioned above, white buffer layer.
cast iron is considered unweldable for all practical  In critical welds, buttering by a ductile layer helps in
purposes. The other types can be welded successfully absorption of the contractional stresses, thus saving
with the consumables available. the crack-susceptible HAZ.
156
TERROWELD CLH APPLICATIONS
Pump housing, machine casing, rotor bodies, cast
Buffer for oil soaked & dirty cast iron frames & cover, gear box, flywheel, oil soaked castings,
A cast iron welding electrode for operation at low heat ash pipes, oxidized cast iron furnace equipment, discs,
input depositing a non-machinable weld. The electrode etc.
is recommended for buttering of oily, greasy, and dirty
cast iron to avoid contamination in the final welding. It PROPERTIES
is suitable for non-critical welding in cast iron with high UTS : 55-60 kg/mm2
preheat.
WELDING PROCEDURE
It is also suitable for welding in deep holes and tight cor-
 Preheat the job uniformly to 250°-350°C.
ners for all types of sections giving good colour match-
ing as the deposit oxidizes in a similar fashion.  Stringer bead to be used.
ALLOY BASE: Fe, Mn, Si
 Spray type deposit insensitive to contamination. Size Length Current Range
(mm) (mm) (Amp)
 Good colour match.
 Can be used in final layer to give hardness and wear 3.15 450 100-130
resistance. 4.00 450 130-170
5.00 450 160-200
FERROLOID 1 APPLICATIONS
Repairing of cracks and for depositing buffer layer
Excellent colour match with all cast irons prior to building up with nickel-copper types of weld
Ferroloid 1 is a monel-cored electrode depositing metal, rebuilding of broken, cracked, worn-out cast iron
a weldmetal, which bonds easily and matches in castings, gear teeth, pump impellers, pump casing etc.
colour with cast iron. Weld deposit is soft, ductile and Pipes, especially with heavy wall thickness, can be
machinable. It is very effective for defect correction in welded in circumferential positions without cracks.
foundries. It is excellent for joining cast iron to steel.
PROPERTIES
ALLOY BASE: Ni, Cu, Fe
UTS : 35-40 kg/mm2
SPECIAL FEATURES
 Smooth and stable arc with low spatter. · Excellent CURRENT RANGE : (AC 50, DC±)
colour match. Size Length Current Range
 Good machinability. (mm) (mm) (Amp)
4.00 350 100-130
5.00 350 130-160
Joining of cast iron components, welding of cast iron
Strength joints in grey and nodular cast iron to steel, rectification and build-up of defective castings
A nickel-alloyed machinable electrode for welding and giving good colour matching. Repairing of complicated
repairing of all cast irons. The electrode deposits a high and cracksensitive castings involving hydrostatic
strength weld metal combined with good toughness of pressure and dissimilar thickness, heavy sections
the weld joint, thus making it suitable for joining cast iron and joints under restraint such as pumps, differential
to mild steel. housing, cast iron dies etc.
ALLOY BASE: Ni, Fe, Si PROPERTIES
SPECIAL FEATURES UTS : 37-43 kg/mm2
 Strength joints with low heat. WELDING PROCEDURE
 Good machinability.  Clean the weld area of all scales, grease and dirt.
 Slag easily detachable.  The smallest possible electrode diameter and the
lowest possible current should be used.
(Contd...)
157
 Skip welding sequence may be used. CURRENT RANGE : (AC 50, DC±)
 When welding thick sections and malleable irons, Size Length Current Range
preheating to about 250-300°C is advisable to (mm) (mm) (Amp)
minimize the shrinkage stresses and cracking.
3.15 350 65-95
 On completion the casting should be allowed to cool 4.00 350 85-115
slowly. 5.00 350 140-160
Reclamation of castings and machine parts, filling-in of
Nickel based ductile electrode for cast iron blow holes in castings, joining cast iron to steel etc.
A Nickel-cored electrode depositing an almost pure
PROPERTIES
nickel weld metal suitable for joining and repairing gray
cast irons as well as for joining cast iron to steel, giving UTS : 28-31 kglmm2
an easily machinable deposit.
ALLOY BASE: Ni,Si CURRENT RANGE & PACKING DATA
(mm) (mm) (Amp)
 Smooth and stable arc with low spatter. · Excellent
weld bead appearance. 3.15 350 65-95
5.00 350 90-140
OK 92.18 PROPERTIES
UTS : 36-38 kg/mm2
State-of-the-art fail-safe cast iron electrode
WELDING PROCEDURE
OK 92.18 is the latest generation low heat electrode for
most fail-safe welding of cast iron. It deposits an ex-  Welding area should be cleaned of scales, grease,
tremely soft and ductile weld metal. The weld metal has oil impurities and dirt.
very high crack-resistance and easy machinability. The  Cracks should be absolutely removed by gouging or
welding arc is smooth, stable and with a controlled pen- cutting with OK 21.03.
etration to ensure reduced base metal dilution.  Welding should be done in stringer beads/skip
ALLOY BASE: Ni,Si, Fe, welding/backstep welding.
SPECIAL FEATURES  When welding thick sections, preheating upto
 Superb slag detachability. 150-200°C will keep the weld more ductile.
 Excellent weld bead appearance.  Reinforcing studs should be used when the volume
of weld metal required is more.
 Preheat is seldom necessary.
 Light peening of the weld metal is advisable at hot
 Barium Free stage to minimize shrinkage stresses.
APPLICATIONS
Ductile repairs and build-up of cast iron components, CURRENT RANGE : (AC 50, DC±)
salvaging of casting defects like blowholes, pit marks Size Length Current Range
& scratches, reclaiming gears and pulleys, water pump (mm) (mm) (Amp)
housings, cylinder blocks, lathe beds. Buttering cast
3.20 350 90-140
iron sections before joining with iron-nickel alloy con-
4.00 350 110-170
sumables.
158
OK 92.58 and pulleys, sliding tables for machine tools, cylinder
blocks.
Strength welding for all cast irons
PROPERTIES
OK 92.58 is a new generation alloy electrode for welding
and repairing of malleable and grey cast irons, and UTS : 44-47 kg/mm2
difficult-to-weld cast irons viz. S.G. iron. WELDING PROCEDURE
The weldmetal is machinable, possesses high strength  Clean the weld area of all scales, grease and dirt.
coupled with good toughness, thus making it suitable
 The smallest possible electrode diameter and the
for joining cast iron to steels and filling-up cavities in
lowest possible current should be used.
castings.
 Skip welding sequence may be used to limit the
ALLOY BASE: Ni, Fe, Mn, Si
heating of the base metal.
SPECIAL FEATURES
 Although mostly preheating is not required, when
 Smooth bead consists of fine ripples. welding thick sections and malleable irons, preheat-
 Excellent slag peel-off. ing to about 250-300°C is advisable to minimize the
 Barium Free shrinkage stresses and cracking.
APPLICATIONS  Just after welding the joint can be lightly peened and
Joining of cast iron components, welding of cast iron should be allowed to cool slowly.
to steels, rectification and build-up of defective castings CURRENT RANGE : (AC 50, DC±)
giving good colour match. Repairing of complicated and
cracksensitive castings involving hydrostatic pressure
(mm) (mm) (Amp)
and dissimilar thickness, heavy sections and joints
under restraint such as pumps, differential housings, 3.20 350 60-120
cast iron dies, etc. Other applications are cast iron gears 4.00 350 90-150
OK 92.60 PROPERTIES
UTS : 56-61 kg/mm2
The last word in cast iron welding
WELDING PROCEDURE
OK 92.60 is latest development in cast iron welding.
With a specially designed slag it can weld extremely  Clean the weld area of all scales, rust, grease and
difficult to weld cast irons, in all positions. The refining dirt.
action of the slag prevents hot shortness in high sulphur  Use the smallest possible electrode diameter.
cast iron, giving a sound radiographic joint.  OK 92.60 has high current capacity, so for big jobs
The weld deposit produced has exceptional strength use sufficient current for proper base metal fusion
over those created by run-of-the-mill cast iron electrodes. and bonding.
For repairing thick joints in cast iron it provides fail-proof  One may use skip welding sequp.nce to limit the
performance and prolonged service life. heating of the base metal.
It can also be used for radiographic quality joints between  Although preheating is not required in most cases,
cast iron and stainless steel/mild steel/manganese steel/ when welding complicated castings preheat to about
Inconel alloys. 250-300OC to minimize the shrinkage stresses gen-
ALLOY BASE: Ni, Fe, Mn erated in the base metal.
SPECIAL FEATURES  Just after welding peen the joint lightly with ball pen
 High quality joints in any critical cast iron repairs. hammer and cool slowly.
 Nitrogenous slag gives clean inclusion-free joint.
 Barium Free.
APPLICATION
(mm) (mm) (Amp)
OK 92.60 is applicable for any cast iron application -
joining buffering and surfacing. Applications involving 3.25 350 75-150
high joint strength and fatigue in service condition should 4.00 350 90-175
be welded only with this grade.
159
ESAB 802 KG ingot moulds etc. Rectification and build-up of defective
castings in cast iron foundry giving good colour matching
Economical strength welding of cast iron and also for welding of cast iron to steel.
A nickel-iron alloy, low heat input electrode designed PROPERTIES
to weld all weldable cast irons. Weld metal is fully UTS : 38-40 kg/mm2
machinable with good strength that helps in the
rectification of defects in heavy casting and for welding CURRENT RANGE : (AC 50, DC±)
of cast iron to mild steel. Suitable for nodular cast iron
repairs. Size Length Current Range
(mm) (mm) (Amp)
ALLOY BASE: Ni, Fe, Si
2.50 350 40-65
SPECIAL FEATURES
3.15 350 50-90
 Versatility in usage. 4.00 350 80-125
 Good colour match. 5.00 350 110-165

APPLICATIONS
Repairing and joining of cast iron components and parts,
repairing of engine heads, casings, impellers, rope drums,
160
Steel and Dissimilar Joining Alloys
WELDING DISSIMILAR STEELS WELDING “DIFFICULT TO WELD STEELS”

The following types of steel are regarded as ‘difficult to
Joining stainless steel to low alloy or carbon steel weld’ for their high hardenability :
The most common and important instance of dissimilar  high carbon steels
metal joining is that of welding stainless steel to carbon-  high strength steels
manganese steel or to low alloy steel. The most common
application is attachments or transitions.  spring steels
The welding is almost always carried out with over-  tool steels
alloyed stainless consumables i.e. having higher alloy  wear-resistant steels
content than the base metal. Two different methods Steels of unknown composition are also treated as
are employed for this type of welding. The entire weld having limited weldability so that the weld does not fail
groove can be filled up with the over-alloyed stainless in any respect.
steel or any nickel based consumable. Otherwise, the Welding theory says that all these steels can be
lower alloyed surface can be buttered with an over- welded with matching ferritic consumables with proper
alloyed stainless weld metal and then the groove can be preheating and post-weld heat treatment (PWHT).
filled up with a consumable matching with the stainless But repair welding, by nature, does not always allow
side. The welding can usually be performed without preheating or PWHT. Therefore, the safest way is to weld
preheating. However, if there is any recommendation with austenitic stainless or nickel-based consumables.
for that particular grade of steel, then that has to be The risk of cracking due presence of hydrogen is
followed. neutralized by the greater solubility of hydrogen in
WELDING MANGANESE STEELS austenite and also by the higher ductility of the weld
Manganese steel typically contains 11-14% manganese metal. For welding steels of unknown composition,
and 1.0-1.4% carbon. Some other grades can have the best choice is a ferritic-austenitic duplex type of
other minor alloying elements. This steel has an ability consumable.
to workharden e.g. under high impact and/or high WELDING TOOL STEELS
surface pressure. These steels have to be reconditioned Tool steels have a higher carbon content along with
by repairing cracks or breakages, rebuilding worn out chromium, nickel, molybdenum, vanadium and are
portions and hardfacing to extend service life. generally heat-treated to achieve certain specific
Weldability of manganese steel is governed by the fact properties.
that it tends to become brittle when reheated and slow- The repair welding of tool steels without changing
cooled. Consequently, the interpass temperature should their inherent properties is very difficult. This calls
not exceed 200°C. As a result, during welding of these for use of consumables producing a weld metal with
steels, the following matters should be noted : matching composition, microstructure and properties.
 the heat input should be as low as possible But practically, this is very difficult as it involves scaling
 stringer beads should be used change of dimension and time.
 simultaneous working with several components The welding is simplified by using specific consumables
should be done, as far as practicable developed for tool steels:
 the component can be cooled by putting it in cold Shock resistance, toughness, Straight chrome
water abrasion resistance martensitic deposit
Welding manganese steel involves anyone of the fol- Hot strength, abrasion Fine carbides in
lowing cases: resistance at high temperature martensitic matrix
 joining manganese steel to itself or to unalloyed, low Edge retention at high High speed
alloy steel temperature, impact toughness steel deposit
 rebuilding worn out surfaces The welding is done by preheating the job to 200-500°C
For joining manganese steels and manganese steels to (as per the type of steel) and maintaining it during the
carbon steels, austenitic stainless consumables have to course of the welding. The preheating and PWHT to be
be used to obtain a tough and strong joint. followed can be found in different international standards
like SAE/AISI.
Prior to surfacing also it is advisable to add a buffer
layer of austenitic stainless consumables. On top of
that regular 13% manganese type deposit is put as the
surfacing layer.
161
TERROWELD DMS APPLICATIONS
Joining thin sheets at high speed, welding boiler quality
High speed touch welding electrode for x-ray steels, ship plates, and general repair and maintenance
quality operation of containers, air conditioning units, ducts,
Auto-run Terroweld DMS is characterized by ‘Push-arc’ tanks, bus bodies, for great finish and shiny bead
that speeds up the output even for unskilled welders. The appearance.
low heat electrode is preferred to any similar electrode
due to its very high speed of welding and ability to PROPERTIES
weld thin sheets without burn-through. Terroweld DMS UTS : 47-52 kg/mm2
is suitable for touch welding in all positions, so even Elongation : 24-28%
unskilled welders can give X-ray quality welds.
No slag cleaning is required by the welder since
the nonsynthetic slag detaches itself from the bead Size Length Current Size Length Current
automatically. (mm) (mm) Range (mm) (mm) Range
ALLOY BASE: Fe, Mn, Si (Amp) (Amp)
SPECIAL FEATURES 2.50 350 50-110 3.15 450 80 - 150

3.15 350 70-140 4.00 450 110- 200
 Auto-run characteristic - low welder skill involved.
4.00 350 100-190 5.00 450 160- 220
 Self-lifting slag ensures no slag cleaning for the 5.00 350 150-210
welder. · Runs on low OCV transformers.
ESAB 116 steel, and chemical plant parts where Ni-Cr-Mo steels
are used. It is suitable for build-up and repair of forge
Low heat electrode for very high tensile strength dies. The maintenance of strength upto 538°C renders
joining it usable on steam turbine rotors that operate upto this
A medium-to-heavy coated electrode, Esab 116 gives temperature.
a hydrogen-controlled deposit for welding high-tensile PROPERTIES:
low-alloy steels. The deposit has excellent resistance UTS : 95 – 106 kg/mm2
to creep and has a high corrosion resistance. It is used Elongation : 15 - 18%
regularly for repairs of hot dies.
CURRENT RANGE (AC 70, DC±):
SPECIAL FEATURES
 Resists annealing Size Length Current Range
 Stupendous weld strength (mm) (mm) (Amp)
 Weld deposit is insensitive to hot cracking 2.50 350 60-90
Recommended for joining and repair of machine parts 4.00 450 130-180
fabricated out of high tensile steels. It is also suitable 5.00 450 170-230
for automotive parts, specific grades of armour plate
OK 53.18 ALLOY BASE: Fe

SPECIAL FEATURES
For welding galvanising baths  Pure iron deposit.
OK 53.18 is a special purpose electrode which gives a
deposit that is almost pure iron that makes it the absolute  Stunning resistance to hot zinc corrosion.
choice for welding galvanising baths. The low impurity  Smooth arc, a ripple free bead and a slag that
content, especially silicon, ensures excellent resistance releases itself.
to molten zinc corrosion.
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
The weld metal is fairly strong and ductile. The weld
Special formulation for welding and repairing hot dip
beads are smooth and shiny with easy slag detachability.
galvanising baths. Other applications include filling up
The electrode gives very low spatter for a pleasing
holes and building up worn out shafts and other machine
welding experience.
parts that are not exposed to excessive wear.
(Contd...)
162
PROPERTIES CURRENT RANGE : (AC 50, DC+)
UTS : 44-48 Kg/mm 2
Elongation (l = 4d) : 28-32% (mm) (mm) (Amp)
2.50 350 60-100

3.25 350 80-130
4.00 350 125-180
5.00 350 170-250
TERROWELD DBL APPLICATIONS

Joining and build-up of medium tensile steels, joining
Super ductile joining and buffering dissimilar sections, restrained joints, giving buffer layers
Terroweld DBL deposits a high strength low alloy weld on pipes, flanges, pressure vessels, cross members,
metal recommended for building up and joining of low, gun plates, steel castings, heavy machine components,
medium carbon and low alloy steels. It is also suitable etc.
for giving buffer layers on medium and high carbon Perfect in welding steels like free-cutting steels, where
steels prior to hard surfacing. sulphur and other alloys are added.
The weld deposit is extremely ductile and crack resistant.
Produces excellent result in highly constrained heavy PROPERTIES
machinery joining. UTS : 52-55 kg/mm2
Low heat formulation suitable for joining thin section Elongation : 28-32%
without risk of burn-through.
ALLOY BASE: Fe, Mn, Si, Ni
Size Length Current Size Length Current
SPECIAL FEATURES
(mm) (mm) Range (mm) (mm) Range
 Super-ductile weld. (Amp) (Amp)
 Suitable for high speed welding. 3.15 450 90-135 3.15 350 90-135
 Bonds easily with parent metal. 4.00 450 140-165 4.00 350 140-165
5.00 450 170- 220 5.00 350 170- 220
TERROWELD DLH APPLICATIONS

Joining & build-up of medium tensile steels, restrained
Vacuum packed electrode for constrained sections joints, steel castings, heavy machine components,
This low alloy high strength weld metal is recommended etc., dragline bucket and chains, dipper stick,
for building up and joining heavy sections of low, medium repairing cranks and undercarriage, dozer blades
carbon and low alloy steels in critical components. The repair, chassis of earthmoving equipment like dumper,
weld deposit is ductile and crack resistant. shovel, dragline etc. and repairing pulleys of dragline.
This process along with the special flux enables the PROPERTIES
electrode to be used directly in critical field condition
without welding precautions as electrode redrying, UTS : 54-59 kg/mm2
preheating the workpiece, etc. Elongation : 28-32%
The electrode needs no baking upto 8 hours after CURRENT RANGE : (AC 50, DC±)
opening the VacPac.
ALLOY BASE: Fe, Mn, Ni (mm) (mm) (Amp)
SPECIAL FEATURE 3.15 350 90-135

4.00 350 140-165
 No welding precautions are required. 5.00 350 170-220
163
DUROCHROME APPLICATIONS
Welding of high strength alloy steels, dissimilar joints,
Dissimilar and unknown steel strength joining rebuilding of chemical agitator blades, shafts, rolling
Esab Durochrome is an electrode for welding complex mill spindles, bucket lips, steel mill wobblers, coupling
dissimilar alloys and high strength steels with low heat boxes, mill hammers, bar mill guides, sinter plant parts,
input giving sound joints, free from any cracks and etc.
fissures. The electrode is also suitable for depositing Joining and surfacing of high carbon, low and high alloy
buffer layers prior to hard surfacing on high strength and steels, tool steels, spring steels, manganese steels,
high alloy steels. case hardening steels, etc.
The deposit is corrosion resistant and resists high PROPERTIES
temperature oxidation. It provides excellent metal to
metal frictional resistance. UTS : 77-82 kg/mm2
Elongation : 30-35%
ALLOY BASE: Fe, Cr, Ni, Mn

SPECIAL FEATURES
 Operates at low amperages on both AC & DC.
 Smooth are, fine ripples and easily detachable
(mm) (mm) (Amp)
slag.
 The duplex structure steel weld metal is extremely 2.50 350 40-65
tolerant to dilution. 3.15 350 55-95
4.00 350 85-135
5.00 350 110-165
TERROWELD DS1 APPLICATIONS

Joining and reinforcing of manganese steel components,
Crack free joining and buffering of manganese steel joining of dissimilar steels, buffer layer prior to hard
Terroweld DS1 provides a manganese alloyed chrome surfacing of crusher jaws, bucket teeth, sprockets etc.
- nickel steel deposit having high resistance to hot PROPERTIES
cracking with low heat input. It is ideally suited for joining
manganese steel to carbon steel and for buffer layer UTS : 54-62 kg/mm2
deposition on manganese steel. Being able to withstand Elongation : 38-42%
heavy impact, corrosion and moderate abrasion, this
electrode can be used for build-up layers on high CURRENT RANGE : (AC 70, DC±)
strength high alloy steel.
ALLOY BASE: Fe, Cr, Ni, Mn (mm) (mm) (Amp)
SPECIAL FEATURES
2.50 350 60-90
 Weld metal is resistant to hot cracking. 3.15 350 70-110
5.00 350 110-150
TERROWELD DS2 ALLOY BASE: Fe, Cr, Ni, Mo

SPECIAL FEATURES
High strength dissimilar joining applications
 Superior bonding with all steels.
Terroweld DS2 is a low heat input electrode depositing
 Crack-less joint.
super stainless weld metal recommended for joining of
carbon steels and alloy steels to themselves or to other  Very good strength and impact toughness.
high strength high alloy steels giving a high strength APPLICATIONS
joint. It gives a good combination of impact, heat, and Joining high strength alloy steels, heat and scale re-
corrosion resistant properties. sistant steels. Suitable for stainless cladding on steels,
It can be used to join fatigued and dirty cast steel furnace and combustion chamber parts, hydrogenation
components. plants.
(Contd...)
164
Repair and surfacing of gears, spindles, worn out CURRENT RANGE : (AC 70, DC±)
sprockets, valves, rolls, pinions, hot dies, reinforcing Size Length Current Range
of manganese steel components, salvaging of broken (mm) (mm) (Amp)
rolling mill spindles, hydel turbine blades, trash beams,
etc. 2.50 350 60-90
3.15 350 70-100
PROPERTIES
4.00 350 100-130
UTS : 72-80 kg/mm2 5.00 350 110-140
Elongation : 29-34%
TERROWELD DS3 Joining, surfacing and rebuilding shafts, spindle, gears,

pinions, springs, bull gears and sprockets, pump, gear
Strength joining for dissimilar and unknown steels box casing, rolling stock couplings, universal coupling,
Terroweld DS3 deposits a high ferrite stainless steel chassis frames, shovel booms, wobblers, kiln tyres,
deposit suitable for joining, building up and buffering hammer shafts etc.
applications. The specially designed microstructure of Also used as a buffer layer before hard surfacing of
the weld deposit ensures superior resistance to crack, mining and earth-moving machinery.
corrosion and oxidation. The electrode is suitable for PROPERTIES
joining dissimilar, unknown and difficult to weld steels.
It is suitable for welding thick sections with deep groove UTS : 80-86 kg/mm2
in all positions. Weld deposit is of excellent quality Elongation : 30-34%
ensuring fail-safe performance.
ALLOY BASE: Fe, Cr, Ni, Mn, Si
 Deposit gives high strength, combined with excellent Size Length Current Range
resistance against impact, friction. (mm) (mm) (Amp)
 Heat and corrosion resistant surfacing. 2.50 350 60-90

3.15 350 70-100
 Smooth arc and fine ripples. 4.00 350 100-130
TERROWELD DS4 APPLICATIONS

Welding stainless steels to carbon steels, mild Steel, low
Welding stainless steels to any other steel and alloy steels, cast steels and austenitic manganese steels.
overlays This can be used for high temperature applications for
Terroweld DS4 is a smooth running rapid flowing temperatures upto 1200°C like Kiln Anchor Joining,
electrode giving a deposit that is strong and ductile Immersion tube welding and all other high temperature
for very good resistance to impact. The weld metal is applications. This product is widely used in all Cement
also suitable for stainless overlays, ‘butter layers’ as Industries for these applications.
they are known, on carbon steels prior to joining with PROPERTIES
other stainless steels. It is also used for joining stainless
steels to any other steel. UTS : 55-65 kg/mm2
ALLOY BASE: Fe, Cr, Ni, Mn, Mo Elongation : 28-34%
 Ease of operation. Size Length Current Range
 Easy slag peel off revealing shining bead. (mm) (mm) (Amp)
 Thick bead facilitating smooth surfacing. 2.50 350 40-80
3.15 350 70-100
4.00 350 80-130
5.00 350 110-140
165
TERROWELD DS6 for separate electrodes for joining the points & cross-
ings and hardfacing.
Single electrode for railway points and crossings PROPERTIES
Terroweld DS6 is a heavy-coated basic electrode for UTS : 59-65 kg/mm2
applications, which demand resistance to high abra- Elongation : 18-22%
sion coupled with heavy to moderate impact. It is a very
smooth running electrode having very good slag de- Hardness : As deposited : 22-26 HRC
tachability and bead appearance. Work hardened : 40-44 HRC
The weld deposit consists of fine austenite grains with WELDING PROCEDURE
about 5% carbide precipitated at the grain boundaries.  Welding is recommended to be done by stringer
ALLOY BASE: Fe, Cr, Ni, Mn, Mo beads.
SPECIAL FEATURES  All precautions, as necessary for welding manganese
 Beautiful bead appearance. steel parts, should be taken.

 Exceptional slag detachability.  Peening at hot condition has beneficial effect.
 High recovery deposition.
APPLICATIONS
Suitable for welding and surfacing manganese steels
(mm) (mm) (Amp)
where heavy impact loads accompanied by severe
abrasion and friction is prevalent, such as in railway 3.15 350 100-140
points and crossings. This electrode obviates the need 4.00 350 120-180
TERROWELD S1 distillery equipment. The electrode can also be used as

a preventive overlay on steel.
Stainless steel electrode for heat and corrosion PROPERTIES
Terroweld S1 is an all-purpose stainless steel electrode UTS : 50-57 kg/mm2
having a high corrosion and heat resistance, which can
be operated at very low heat input. It is specially rec- Elongation : 38-44%
ommended for repairing and joining extra low carbon WELDING PROCEDURE
grades of stainless steels, where a combination of cor-  The weld area should be cleaned of all dirt, grease
rosion resistance, heat resistance and scaling resis- and oil.
tance is called for.  Stringer bead welds are preferable, maintaining a
ALLOY BASE: Fe, Cr, Ni short arc.
SPECIAL FEATURES  Use smaller size of electrode wherever practicable.
 Superior welding characteristics.
 Finely rippled bead with minimum spatter.
 All positions. Size Length Current Range
(mm) (mm) (Amp)
APPLICATIONS
Terroweld S1 is recommended for welding all austenitic 2.50 350 45-70
3.15 350 60-100
stainless steels of 18/8 and 19/9 types, particularly the
4.00 350 90-130
ELC grades, and can be used for joining and repairing
5.00 350 110-160
of mixers, valves, sterilizers etc., in dairy, chemical and
TERROWELD S2 without molybdenum, stainless clad steels and carbon

steels.
Stainless steel electrode for pitting corrosion ALLOY BASE: Fe, Cr, Ni, Mo
Terroweld S2 is a low heat input stainless steel electrode
having a high resistance to acid pitting. It is specially
recommended for repairing and joining of extra low
carbon and standard grades of stainless steels with or (Contd...)
166
SPECIAL FEATURES WELDING PROCEDURE
 Suitable for all position welding.  The weld area should be cleaned of all dirt, grease
 Finely rippled bead with minimum spatter and easy and oil.
detachability of slag.  Stringer beads are preferable, maintaining a short
APPLICATIONS arc.
Terroweld S2 is recommended for corrosion resistance  Smaller size of electrode should be used wherever
welds on 18/8 Mo stainless steel, especially 316 & 316L practicable.
types. It is also suitable for protective overlay on 315, CURRENT RANGE : (AC 70, DC±)
318, 329 steels for medium hardness, for high corro- Size Length Current Range
sion resistance, for restrained joints and crack sensitive (mm) (mm) (Amp)
alloys.
2.50 350 45-70
PROPERTIES
3.15 350 60-100
UTS : 62-64 kg/mm2 4.00 350 90-130
Elongation : 34-39% 5.00 350 110-160
TERROWELD S3 This can also be used for joining of SS anchors to Mild

Steel Base material and for welding of immersion tubes
Stainless steel electrode for oxidation resistance and for all other high temperature applications.
Terroweld S3 is an all-purpose high alloy stainless steel PROPERTIES
electrode having high corrosion and heat resistance,
which can be operated at low heat input. This electrode UTS : 56-58 kg/mm2
is specially recommended for repairing and joining of Elongation : 30-35%
heat resistant stainless steel plates and pipes for pro- WELDING PROCEDURE
tection against oxidation and corrosion. It is also suit-  The weld area should be cleaned of all dirt, grease
able for joining dissimilar metals and overlays. and oil.
ALLOY BASE: Fe, Cr, Ni  Stringer bead welds are preferable, maintaining a
SPECIAL FEATURES short arc.
 Suitable for all position welding.  Use smaller size of electrode wherever practicable.
 Finely rippled bead with minimum spatter and easy
detachability of slag. CURRENT RANGE : (AC 70, DC±)
APPLICATIONS Size Length Current Range
Terroweld S3 is recommended for welding all austenitic (mm) (mm) (Amp)
stainless steels for heat & oxidation resistance upto
2.50 350 45-70
1100°C in dairy, chemical & distillery equipment for
3.15 350 60-100
applications like valves, heat exchangers etc. 4.00 350 90-130
5.00 350 110-160
ESAB CSA  Electrode gives high current tolerance and maximum

deposition rate.
Cost effective means to crack resistant welding
 Most economic electrode for dissimilar steel joints.
The most crack-resistant electrode for welding steels
of limited weldability, Esab CSA gives a tough weld APPLICATIONS
metal that is designed to give superior crack resistance Welding and repairing manganese steels, cladding worn
than what is available with normal 18-8-6 varieties. The out parts in bulldozers, rail crossing, dredgers, contact
electrode has high current tolerance and maximum layer etc. Joining austenitic manganese steel to carbon
deposition rate. steel or hardenable steels without preheat and welding
Extremely suitable for crack free root-runs in 14% Mn machine parts to excavating machine components.
steels. PROPERTIES
ALLOY BASE: Fe, Cr, Ni, Mn UTS : 57-62 kg/mm2
SPECIAL FEATURES Hardness : As deposited : 20-22 HRC
 Deposition efficiency: 190% (approx.) Work hardened : 45-49 HRC
(Contd...)
167
WELDING PROCEDURE  If required the Mn steel job may be submerged in
 14% Mn steel should never be preheated for water during welding.
welding.
 Heat input to the base metal should be kept
minimum. Size Length Current Range
(mm) (mm) (Amp)
 The weld bead may be peened with ball pen hammer
just after welding. 3.15 350 100-150
4.00 350 150-200
 Quenching has no adverse effect on welding and
5.00 350 200-250
removal and peening.
OK 68.82
APPLICATIONS
Joining unknown steels, steels of limited weldability, and
Versatile electrode for joining any steel to any steel dissimilar steel joining.
OK 68.82 deposits a high strength oxidation and corrosion Reclamation of shafts, universal coupling, gear teeth,
resistant weld metal suitable for dissimilar steel joining pump casings, rolling mill spindles, buffer layers prior to
and building-up applications. The weld metal, being free hardfacing in mining and earthmoving equipment, coal
from dilution effects and having high strength combined pulverisers, pinions, crusher roller gears etc.
with good elongation, can successfully join thick section
of any unknown steel and steels which are difficult PROPERTIES
to join. UTS : 79-86 kg/mm2
The high scaling temperature of weld metal makes the Elongation : 22-29%
electrode usable for working at high temperatures.
ALLOY BASE: Fe, Cr, Ni, Mn
 Extremely smooth running performance.
2.50 350 50-80
 ‘Fail-safe’ alloying.
3.15 350 75-110
 Bonds with any steel. 4.00 350 100-140
 Self-releasing slag. 5.00 350 130-160
OK 68.53 CURRENT RANGE : (DC+, AC OCV 60 V)

OK 68.53 is a coated electrode for welding austenitic (mm) (mm) (Amp)
ferritic steels of Super Duplex types, e.g. SAF 2507 and
Zeron 100. OK 68.53 has good welding characteristics 2.50 300 55-85
in all positions and the slag is easily detachable. 3.25 350 70-110
4.00 350 110-150
168
OK 69.33 corresponding composition. This type of steel has better
resistance to sulphuric acid. OK 69.33 is recommended
Increased resistance to acid corrosion for Swedish Standard steel SS 2562. Avests 254 SLX
OK 69.33 is a basic-rutile stainless steel electrode which UHB 904L. Sandvik 2RK 65, 2 RN 65. This electrode
deposit weld metal with batter corrosion resistance to can be successfully applied in the pipe line, storage
sulphuric acid than lower alloyed weld metal of AISI 316L tank, pump and other equipments handling sulphuric,
and 317L type. The weld metal of OK 69.33 also has phosphoric, acetic, oxalic, formic and fatty acids.
good resistance to intergranular and pitting corrosion. PROPERTIES
ALLOY BASE: C, Si, Mn, Cr, Ni, Mo, Cu Yield stress : 38-42 Kg/mm2
SPECIAL FEATURES: UTS : 56-60 kg/mm2
 Fully austeristic deposit. Elongation : 35%
Increased resistance to sulphuric, phosphoric, ace- CURRENT RANGE : (DC+, AC>65

tic acid. Size Length Current Range
 All positional, smooth arc and ripple free welding. (mm) (mm) (Amp)
OK 69.33 is designed for welding of stainless steel with 3.20 350 85-130
4.00 350 120-180
ASTRÄ ZF corresponding composition viz. Carpenter 20, SS 2562,

Avesta 254 SLX UHB 904L, Sandvik 2RK65, 2RN65, etc.
Super resistance to sulphuric acid corrosion The weld deposit is resistant to sulphuric, phosphoric,
Asträ ZF is a high performance electrode with excellent acetic, oxalic, formic and other acids like fatty acids. The
corrosion resistance to acids than the standard AISI electrode can be successfully applied in pipeline and
316L or 317L types where the alloy content is lower. storage applications handling the above chemicals.
A rutile based electrode, Asträ ZF is characterized by PROPERTIES
smooth running and a selfpeeling slag. UTS : 56-58 kg/mm2
ALLOY BASE: Fe, Cr, Ni, Cu, Mo Elongation (l=4d) : 33-35%
SPECIAL FEATURES: Ferrite :0
 Nil-ferrite deposit CURRENT RANGE : (DC+, AC 65
 Stunning resistance to sulphuric, phosphoric, acetic Size Length Current Range
acids (mm) (mm) (Amp)
 Smooth arc, a ripple free bead and a slag that
removes itself 2.50 350 90-110
3.15 350 120-140
The electrode is designed for welding stainless steels of 5.00 350 170-250
TERROCHROME APPLICATIONS
Welding of high strength alloy steels, difficult-to-weld steels,
Value-for-money dissimilar steel strength joining dissimilar joints, re-building of chemical agitator blades,
This is a rutile electrode for welding complex dissimilar shafts, rolling mill spindles, bucket lips, coupling boxes,
alloys and high strength steels with low heat input, giving mill hammers, bar mill guides, sinter plant parts etc.
sound joints free from any cracks and fissures. Also PROPERTIES
suitable for depositing buffer layers prior to surfacing on UTS : 79-85 kg/mm2
high strength and high alloy steels. The deposit is corrosion
resistant and resists high temperature oxidation. Elongation (l=4d) : 20-30%
SPECIAL FEATURES: CURRENT RANGE : (DC±, AC 70
 Smooth arc, a ripples and a fluid, controlled, and Size Length Current Range
(mm) (mm) (Amp)
easily detachable slag.
 The duplex stainless steel weld metal is tolerant to 2.50 350 40-65
dilution from hostile base metals. 3.15 350 55-95
4.00 350 85-135
 Excellent crack resistance and high strength 5.00 350 110-165
169
Non-Ferrous Alloys
WELDING NON-FERROUS
ALLOYS
NICKEL AND NICKEL ALLOYS
Nickel and nickel based alloys are used in industrial
applications for:
 corrosion resistance
 heat resistance and high temperature properties
 cryogenic properties
Preheating is not normally required unless there is a risk
of porosity from moisture condensation. PWHT is not
usually needed to restore corrosion resistance.

Inconel type of deposit is used for obtaining high
temperature, high strength joints designed to perform Buttering technique should be used to join copper
at over 200°C such as on creep resistant chrome- alloys to carbon/stainless steel. This is to take care of
molybdenum steels to stainless steels. These types the copper migration to the HAZ and precipitation at
are suitable when welding sections over 25 mm. For the grain boundaries. The buffering, with a pure nickel
welding tool steels requiring toughness under repeated electrode, can be applied on either the copper or the
cyclic stress and oxidation resistance upto 1000°C, steel side. The groove has to be filled up a stainless or
Hastalloy C type of deposit is regularly used. The drop a bronze type of deposit.
in strength and hardness as the temperature goes up is The preheating should be 300-500°C when buttering
very gradual. copper or bronze whereas the preheating temperature
has to be chosen according to the base material if the
COPPER AND COPPER ALLOYS
buttering is done on the steel side.
The main features of copper and its alloys;
 corrosion resistance COBALT ALLOYS
 electrical and thermal conductivity Cobalt alloys are known for excellent wear resistance at
high temperatures and the weld metal is used in cutting
In terms of weldability, the alloys have quite different
and shearing operations at temperatures exceeding
welding characteristics. Copper needs substantial
600°C. These deposits exhibit high shock resistance,
preheat to counteract the high thermal conductivity. But
high hardness at elevated temperatures and scaling
alloys like cupro-nickel can be fusion welded without
resistance and can be used in stamping dies, trimming
any preheat, as the thermal conductivity is similar to low
cutters, trimming punches, etc.
carbon steel.
170
ESAB CN 1G APPLICATIONS
ESAB CN1 G is ideally suited for joining Inconel, Incoloy,
Excellent high temperature and corrosion etc. and their combination with stainless steels.
resistance
PROPERTIES
Esab CN1 G is an electrode designed to deposit weld with
excellent resistance to corrosion and oxidation. It provides UTS : 60-64kg/mm2
superior strength at temperatures above 650°C. YS : 40-44 kg/mm2
ALLOY BASE: Ni, Cr, Fe, Mn, Mo Elongation : 30-40%
SPECIAL FEATURES CURRENT RANGE : (AC 70, DC+)
 Smooth and stable arc with low spatter loss. Size Length Current Range
(mm) (mm) (Amp)
 Excellent resistance to acid corrosion.
Superior strength at higher temperatures.
 3.15 350 80-120
4.00 350 100-160
5.00 350 140-190
ESAB CN 182 fabrication of nickel steels for corrosion resistant tanks

and containers, heat exchangers, furnace components
High temperature resistance ultimate bonding and fittings, and low temperature applications.
Esab CN182 virtually bonds with everything like ferrous It is suitable for welding of nickel, inconel, monel, stain-
metals, stainless steels, nickel steels, chromium steels, less steels, heat-resisting steels and difficult-to-weld
cobalt-based alloys, carbides. It is perfectly suitable steels. This electrode is perfect for joining dissimilar
for re-buffering hardfaced layer and welding dissimilar metals and alloys like carbon steels, stainless steels,
alloys. It can be used for welding 5% and 9% nickel nickel and nickel alloys to each other.
steels, Inconel, Incoloy, etc. PROPERTIES
The weld metal is tough and ductile and can withstand UTS : 60-64 kg/mm2
severe thermal fluctuations.
Elongation : 42-48%
ALLOY BASE: Ni, Cr, Mn, Fe, Nb
Impact (CVN) at -196°C : 45-55 J
SPECIAL FEATURES
 Withstands stresses generated by thermal cycles. CURRENT RANGE : (AC 70, DC+)
 Tolerant to dilution and produces crack resistant Size Length Current Range
welds/clads, even in massive sections. (mm) (mm) (Amp)
 Superior bonding properties. 2.50 350 60-100

4.00 350 100-160
Repair of rotary kiln tyres, heat treatment equipment 5.00 350 140-190
such as trays, tongs, cryogenic equipment, and
ESAB MONEL APPLICATIONS

Ideally suited for welding monel and monel-plated
Corrosion resistant surfacing and joining monel steels and for repairing monel casting defects. Joining
Esab Monel is a nickel-copper electrode for welding monel to carbon steels and for overlaying on steel to
monel and similar alloys to themselves and to steels obtain superior corrosion resistance. Regularly used in
and for corrosion resistant cladding. The electrode chemical, food, dairy, and pharmaceutical industries.
has very low heat input characteristics and deposits PROPERTIES
homogeneous welds of superior quality. UTS : 48-54 kg/mm2
ALLOY BASE: Ni,Cu,Ti Elongation : 42-48%
SPECIAL FEATURES CURRENT RANGE : ( DC+)
 Weld metal is ductile and crack resistant. Size Length Current Range
 Resistance to marine corrosion. (mm) (mm) (Amp)
 Deposits a weld with fine bead appearance and
2.50 350 40-70
easy de-slagging properties.
3.15 350 60-90
4.00 350 90-125
171
Repair and hardfacing of hot pressing tools, hot forging
Strength, hardness and impact properties at high dies, hot shear blades, hot trimming dies, joining of
temperature and corrosive media Nimonic and Inconel alloys, valves, stirrers and pump
OK 92.35 is a nickel based superalloy electrode, which components requiring wear, oxidation and corrosion
offers resistance to most common acids. resistance.
The weld metal obtained is machinable and retains Also recommended for overlaying or joining dissimilar
hardness even after prolonged heating at high temper- superalloys like Hastalloy, Inconel, etc., and for joining
atures. Tensile strength of the weld metal at 800°C is these alloys to mild, low alloyed and stainless steels.
about ten times higher than mild steel which implies that PROPERTIES
resistance to deformation from static and cyclic loading
is much superior. UTS : 54-62 kg/mm2
It has smooth and pleasing welding performance with

low spatter and easy slag detachability.
ALLOY BASE: Ni, Cr, Mo, Fe, W
SPECIAL FEATURES CURRENT RANGE : (AC 70, DC+)
 Super hot strength. Size Length Current Range
(mm) (mm) (Amp)
 Bonds with all ferrous and Ni-base alloys.
 Super resistance to corrosion from oxidizing acids, 3.15 350 110-130
mixed acids, chloride salts. 4.00 350 160-190
5.00 350 190-230
Hardfacing parts subject to wear at elevated
Resistance to high temperature wear temperatures, also in corrosive environment. Surfacing
A cobalt base electrode depositing a Co-Cr-Walloy high of hot rolls, kneading rolls, press screws, band screws,
in carbon. The weld metal has excellent resistance skid buttons, dies, valves, burner nozzles, drawing
to friction, abrasion, impact, corrosion, oxidation valves, seats, steam ends etc.
and abrasion at high temperature. The alloy resists PROPERTIES
spalling due to thermal cycling exceptionally and is
characterized by its spatterless smooth arc and easy Hardness : at 20°C : 52-55 HRC
slag detachability. at 600°C : 40-44 HRC
at 800°C : 30-34 HRC
ALLOY BASE: C, Cr, W, Fe, Co
CURRENT RANGE : (DC+, AC)
SPECIAL FEATURES
 Only solution to complex wear system. (mm) (mm) (Amp)
 Minimal loss of costly weld metal by minimizing
3.20 350 70-110
spatter
4.00 350 110-160
 Shining bead finish.
OK 92.26 hardfaced layer before further hardfacing. It has high

thermal spalling resistance.
Extreme toughness, spalling and oxidation resis-
tance joins dissimilar metal combinations ALLOY BASE: Ni, Cr, Fe, Mn, Nb, Ta, Mo, Cu, Si, C.
An electrode that joins any difficult-to-weld steels, SPECIAL FEATURES
disimilar steels, Nicket, Chromium and Cobalt alloys with  Excellent resistance to corrosion, oxidation and
same or dissimilar metal. OK 92.26 yields a really crack thermal shock.
proof weld metal. It is relatively tolerant to dilution. The
 Smooth and stable arc with low spatter loss.
weld metal has good impact strength down to -200°C,
and good tensile strength up to 800°C. Corrosion and  All positional welding electrodes.
oxidation resistance of the deposit is remarkable. It can  Redrying is not required due to vacuum packed.
also be used for welding low temperature steels such
as 5% and 9% nicket steel. The special formulation of
Contd...
the electrode is also suitable for overlaying previously
172
PROPERTIES CURRENT RANGE : (DC+)
UTS : 64-68kg/mm2 Size Length Current Range
(mm) (mm) (Amp)
YS : 40-42 kg/mm2
Elongation A4, % : 40% 2.50 300 50-80
3.20 350 90-130
4.00 350 120-150
5.00 350 150-200
OK 92.05 solubility of nickel makes it perfectly suitable for joining

copper and copper alloys steels.
Electrode for joining nickel PROPERTIES
OK 92.05 is an electrode that is used extensively for
UTS : 46-53 kg/mm2
joining nickel and nickel and nickel alloys. The weld
deposit other than being highly ductile is resistant Elongation (l=4d) : 25-30%
to most common acids. It has smooth and pleasing
welding performance with low spatter and easy slag CURRENT RANGE : (DC+, AC70)
detachability.
 Corrosion resistance.
3.15 350 60-120
 Bonds with all ferrous and nickel-base metals. 4.00 350 90-170
APPLICATIONS
Joining nickel and nickel alloys, disimilar joining of nickel
with steels and copper as well as copper alloys. The
OK 93.62 WELDING PROCEDURE

 Clean weld area for oil, grease and other impurities.
Excellent wear resistance upto 600OC  Preheat job wherever possible.
The weld metal has excellent resistance to friction,  Hold electrode perpendicular to work piece and weld
abrasion, impact, corrosion & oxidation and abrasion in stringer beads.
at high temperature. The alloy resists spalling due to
thermal cycling is exceptional. And is characterized by  Interpass temperature should not exceed 300°C
its spatterless smooth arc and easy slag detachability.  Cooling should be slow.
APPLICATIONS PROPERTIES
Hardfacing of parts subject to wear at elevated temper- Hardness : at 20°C : 42-49 HRC
atures, also in corrosive environment. Surfacing of hot at 300OC : 42-49 HRC
rolls, kneading rolls, press screws, band screws, skid
at 600°C : 30-35 HRC
buttons, dies, valves, burner nozzles, drawing valves,
valve seats, steam ends etc. CURRENT RANGE : (AC 70, DC+)
(mm) (mm) (Amp)
 Only solution to complex wear system.
 Minimal loss of costly weld metal by minimizing 3.20 350 70-100
spatter. 4.00 350 110-160
 Slag is easily detachable.

 Shining bead finish.
173
OK 93.66 WELDING PROCEDURE
 Clean weld area for oil, grease and other impurities.
High temperature chemical inertness  Preheat job wherever possible.
OK 93.66 deposits a highly crack resistant weld metal  Hold electrode perpendicular to work piece and weld
of Stellite Gr. 6 type. The electrode is characterized by in stringer beads.
its spatter less smooth arc and easy slag detachability.
The weld metal has excellent resistance to friction,  Maintain interpass temperature 300°C or lower.
abrasion, impact, corrosion and oxidation and abrasion  Cooling should be slow.
at high temperature. These features make it suitable PROPERTIES
for combined wear conditions. The alloy resists spalling
Hardness : At 20°C As deposited : 39-42 HRC
due to thermal cycling and has good sliding properties.
Work Hardened : 43-46 HRC
ALLOY BASE: Cr, Co, C, W
At 750°C As deposited : 19-22 HRC
SPECIAL FEATURES
Work Hardened : 38-43 HRC
 Retains about 40 HRC hardness at 750°C.
 Only solution to complex wear system. CURRENT RANGE : (AC 70, DC+)
 Exceptional resistance to corrosion.
APPLICATIONS (mm) (mm) (Amp)
Hardfacing of parts subject to wear at elevated
3.20 350 70-100
temperatures and also in corrosive environment like hot 4.00 350 110-160
forging tools, hot shear blades and dies, cutting edges,
grab tongs, hot punches, knives, chemical valve seats,
steam ends, pump sleeves, wear pads, screw conveyors,
etc. in chemical, petroleum and sugar industries and
also in steel plants.
BRONZOID 1 APPLICATIONS
Welding and surfacing of copper brass and bronze,
Excellent welding of copper alloys cracked engine jackets, cylinder heads, electrical fit-
Bronzoid 1 is an electrode that provides an alloy suit- tings, propeller blades, pump parts, bearing bushing,
able for welding brass, bronze, deoxidized copper, cast shaft, castings, stampings and valves. Filling cavities in
iron, steels and dissimilar metals. copper alloy castings, joining copper and bronze to cast
It has easy slag detachability and produces homoge- iron overlays and steel.
neous and sound weld metal free from porosity and PROPERTIES
cracks. Excellent colour match on bronze. UTS : 28-36 kglmm2
ALLOY BASE: Cu, Sn, P Elongation : 18-26%
SPECIAL FEATURES
 Smooth and stable arc with almost no spatter loss. CURRENT RANGE : ( DC+)
 The deposit can be machined to a smooth finish with Size Length Current Range
low coefficient of friction. (mm) (mm) (Amp)
 Resistance to marine and steam corrosion. 3.15 450 60-120
4.00 450 90-170
5.00 450 125-230
174
Cutting and Gouging Electrodes
CUTTING AND GOUGING For gouging normally AC or DC- should be used,

whereas for cutting and piercing DC+ is recommended.
The cutting, gouging and piercing by means of shielded The arc is struck holding the electrode at 90° to the
metal arc welding principles is a flexible and economic workpiece. Once the arc is ignited, the electrode has
method of removing metal. The process does not require to be pointed in the appropriate direction at 5-10° to the
any compressed air, gas or any type of special electrode job surface and pushed in the forward direction. A to-
holder as standard equipment can be used. and-fro motion has to be maintained to carry on with the
The coating on cutting and gouging electrodes develops cutting or gouging action. For piercing, the arc has to be
a strong gas jet, which blows away the molten material. struck in a vertical position and the electrode pushed
These electrodes are excellent for preparation prior to down to penetrate through the material. The electrode is
repair of cast iron. The jet drives out and burns away manipulated with a sawing motion to enlarge the bore.
impurities and/or graphite on the surface and thus
reduces the risk of cracking and porosity when welding
later. Gouging of manganese steel can also be suitably
done.
175
TERROCUT APPLICATIONS
Cutting of mild steels, low carbon steels, manganese
Precision cutting electrode steels, cast iron, copper, manganese, aluminium, nickel
Specially designed electrode producing a highly forceful and their alloys, casting risers, gates, dressing for filling
and concentrated arc, which can be efficiently used for up, etc. Absolutely suitable for burning rivets, disman-
cutting and piercing holes in carbon steels, cast irons tling work at site and for cutting out unwanted metal in
and manganese steels. castings.
Terrocut does not heat up the material excessively due CURRENT RANGE : (AC 70, DC±)
to ionizing additives in coating design. This results in
lower heat affected zone. (mm) (mm) (Amp)
SPECIAL FEATURES
3.15 300 160-250
 High cellulose roaring arc. 4.00 350 220-300
 Low heat affected zone. 5.00 350 260-350
Cutting, chamfering, gouging, and piercing of steel, cast
Single electrode for gauging,percision cutting and iron, copper and its alloys, aluminium and its alloys,
chamfering manganese, stainless steel, zinc, nickel and its alloys.
OK 21.03 has a specially developed coating which Used for beveling, for joint preparation, gouging of
produces a strong gas jet that blows away the molten cracks and back gouging of root runs especially when
material so that the electrode is absolutely suitable for welding of steel structures, storage tanks, etc. and for
gouging, cutting, chamfering, piercing, drilling holes. removal of unnecessary metal in castings.
It can be used in all positions except in vertical up. PROCEDURE
Grooves are even and smooth and subsequent welding  Strike arc perpendicular to work piece.
can follow without further preparation since the volume
of slag is almost nil.  Tilt the electrode at 10-15° and push forward.
With this electrode, the cutting and gouging activity can  Move the electrode sequentially up and down to melt
be taken up without the necessity of any gas or special and remove metal.
electrode holder.
SPECIAL FEATURES
 Roaring arc force. (mm) (mm) (Amp)
 Thinner coating than other gouging electrodes -
better positional properties. 3.15 350 160-180
4.00 350 220-270
 Excellent performance even under water. 5.00 350 240-320
 Sharp and clean kerfs.
176
Flux Cored Wires
OK TUBROD 14.17 APPLICATIONS

Field equipment maintenance and repair, joining of MS
All position self-shielded basic fluxcored wire and carbon manganese steels and cast and forged
OK Tubrod 14.17 is a self-shielded flux cored wire for steel components as well as site welding of general and
the single and multi-pass welding of mild and medium/ structural steel work.
high tensile steels in all positions including vertical up Also suitable for buffering in difficult positions at high
and overhead. The deposit is suitable as a buffer under- deposition rate prior to hardfacing.
neath higher hardness deposits. PROPERTIES
It is ideally suited for on site welding and can run in or- UTS : 58-62 kg/mm2
dinary MIG machines as well as constant current flux
cored arc welding wire feeders. Elongation : 22-27%
ALLOY BASE: Fe, C, Mn CURRENT RANGE : (DC-)
SPECIAL FEATURES Size Welding Current Voltage
 No shielding gas is required. (mm) position (Amps) (Volts)
 Equally suitable for flat and drooping characteristic 1.2 F.H.V.O 100-280 24-26
power sources. 1.6 F.H.V.O 110-350 22-28
2.0 F.H.V.O 220-400 25-29
OK TUBROD 14.18 APPLICATIONS

Field equipment maintenance and repair as well as site
Flux-cored wire for on-site buffering and build-up welding of general and structural steel work.
OK Tubrod 14.18 is a self-shielded flux cored wire for It is suitable for build-up and buffering prior to hardfac-
single and multi-pass welding of mild and medium ten- ing with very high hardness alloys.
sile steels not exceeding 51 kg/mm2 in the flat and hori-
zontal-vertical positions. It is capable of high deposition PROPERTIES
rates, which is ideal for welding on site where notch UTS : 54-62 kg/mm2
toughness requirements are not binding. Elongation : 21-26%
ALLOY BASE: Fe, C, Mn
SPECIAL FEATURES CURRENT RANGE : (DC+)
 Self-shielded wire - does not require costly shielding Size Welding Current Voltage
gas. (mm) position (Amps) (Volts)
 Excellent ductility. 1.6 F.H 200-400 30-36

2.4 F.H 350-450 27-32
OK TUBRODUR 14.70 SPECIAL FEATURES

 Superior resistance to abrasion and corrosion.
Carbide rich flux-cored wire for super abrasion re-  Grinding finish only.
sistance
 No need of shielding gas.
OK Tubrodur 14.70 is a self-shielded flux-cored wire
for resistance to extreme abrasive wear by fine grained APPLICATIONS
gritty particles like earth, ore, clay, sand, etc. As it is It is used widely in hardfacing of bucket lips, auger points,
rich in chromium-based carbides, the weld deposit scraper blades, and a multiplicity of mining components
also provides good resistance to corrosion. It also has and earthmoving machinery where exceptional abrasion
the added benefit of excellent wear resistance at high resistance is necessary.
temperatures.
The deposit should be made between two to three PROPERTIES
layers. Hardness : 50-60 HRC
ALLOY BASE: Fe, C, Cr, Mo, V (Contd...)
177
CURRENT RANGE :
Diameter Welding Current Voltage
(mm) position (Amps) (Volts)
1.6 F.H 200-400 30-36

2.4/2.8 F.H 350-450 30-36
OK TUBRODUR 14.71 APPLICATIONS

It is used widely for joining dissimilar steels, welding
Flux-cored wire for crack-free dissimilar steel of buckets, tooth points, and buffering of earth-moving
welding machine components beneath hardfaced layers and for
OK Tubrodur 14.71 is a stainless steel self-shielded joining manganese steel to other steels.
fluxcored wire for joining of dissimilar steels as well as PROPERTIES
joining and cladding of 14% manganese steel. The weld UTS : 65-72 kg/mm2
metal, which is austenitic in nature, is ideal for buffering
applications on manganese steels and hardenable Elongation : 32-35%
steels for better impact toughness. Hardness : 20-22 HRC
ALLOY BASE: Fe, C, Cr, Mn, Ni CURRENT RANGE :
SPECIAL FEATURES Diameter Welding Current Voltage
 Stainless steel wire - no risk of rusting.
 Tremendous impact toughness. 1.6 F.H 150-300 30-37
2.4/2.8 F.H 300-450 30-37

Used widely for cost effective surfacing of wheel runners,
Flux-cored wire for good wear resistance track links, wheels and rollers for conveyor belts, wheels
OK Tubrodur 15.40 is a gas shielded flux-cored wire for mine trucks, rolls and shafts. It can also be used for
which deposits weld metal rich in alloys which helps it buffering in case of heavy compressive and pounding
give excellent performance for metal-to-metal wear and loading.
impact loading conditions. The weld metal is perfectly PROPERTIES
machinable with standard cutting tools. Hardness : 32-40 HRC
ALLOY BASE: Fe, C, Cr, Mn, Si
CURRENT RANGE :
SPECIAL FEATURES
 Impact resistance is exceptional. (mm) position (Amps) (Volts)
 Rutile based flux gives excellent running
1.6 F.H 150-300 29-35
performance.
2.4 F.H 300-400 30-37
OK TUBRODUR 15.41  Weld deposit is machinable with absolutely no

difficulty.
Flux-cored wire for excellent metal-to-metal APPLICATIONS
resistance OK Tubrodur 15.41 wire is used for on-site rebuilding
This is a tubular self shielded flux cored wire with a basic of worn out parts of carbon-manganese rails, point
type of flux which deposits a weld metal that is endowed frogs, rollers, shafts, and also intermediate build-up for
with alloying elements for providing excellent resistance harder final deposit giving the entire hardfaced layer a
for metal-to-metal wear and good impact resistance. considerable resistance to impact.
The weld metal is machinable. PROPERTIES
ALLOY BASE: Fe, C, Mn, Cr, AI Hardness : 28-36 HRC
SPECIAL FEATURES
CURRENT RANGE :
 Resistance to impact loads. Diameter Welding Current Voltage
 Basic flux ensures better recovery of alloys. (mm) position (Amps) (Volts)
1.6 F.H 150-300 29-35

2.4 F.H 280-460 30-37
178
It is used widely for cost effective surfacing of earthmoving
Flux-cored wire imparting abrasion resistance equipment, agricultural implements and other material
OK Tubrodur 15.52 is an open-arc/gas-shielded/self- handling applications like augers, mixer blades and
shielded flux-cored wire, which deposits a martensitic vessels, scraper blades, cement mill crushers, and
weld metal containing some grain boundary carbides. quarrying components. It is specifically designed for
It works excellent for combined wear of low-pressure hardfacing of feed screws and ring grooves on diesel
abrasion and impact. The weld metal can only be motor pistons.
machined by grinding. PROPERTIES
This can also be used safely for multilayer build-ups. Hardness : 56-60 HRC
ALLOY BASE: Fe, C, Cr, Mn, Mo, Si
CURRENT RANGE : (DC+)
SPECIAL FEATURES
 Flexibility of operation - can be used with or without (mm) position (Amps) (Volts)
shielding gas.
1.6 F.H 150-300 22-28
 High hardness ensures resistance to abrasive 2.4 F.H 280-460 23-30
wear.
OK TUBRODUR 15.60  Extreme crack resistance from the austenitic type of

deposit.
Tough and work hardening flux-cored wire deposit  High deposition rate upto 5.5 kg/hour.
OK Tubrodur 15.60 is a self-shielded flux cored wire for APPLICATIONS
producing austenitic work hardening deposit with very Rebuilding 12-14% manganese steel, which is normally
good combination of impact and wear resistance. The found in crusher jaws, swing hammers, and innumerable
deposit is absolutely crack-free and can be used for parts and components of earth moving, mining and
hassle-free joining of restrained and heavy sections of quarrying equipment.
manganese steel. It can also be utilized for extremely
fast overlays and is specially suitable for heavy or big PROPERTIES
jobs on which lot of metal has to be deposited. Hardness : As welded : 20-25 HRC
The interpass temperature, while welding, should not Work hardened : 44-48 HRC
exceed 200°C.
ALLOY BASE: Fe, C, Mn, Ni, Si
SPECIAL FEATURES (mm) position (Amps) (Volts)
 Self-shielded - liberty from gas costs.
1.6 F.H 150-300 22-28
OK TUBRODUR 15.73 reheating to 100°C does not improve the machinability

significantly.
Flux-cored wire for can cast roll rebuilding ALLOY BASE
OK Tubrodur 15.73 is a versatile hardfacing flux-cored Fe, C, Mn, Cr, Ni, Mo, Nb, V
wire producing a highly alloyed steel deposit, which is SPECIAL FEATURES
especially suitable for applications involving wear at
elevated temperatures. This special alloy is resistant to  Roll reclamation - concast and other hot rolls.
fatigue and impact at those temperatures owing to its  Non-scaling and non-sticking characteristics.
hot hardness properties. APPLICATIONS
1.6 and 2.4 mm wires are to be used with a shielding Hardfacing of different kinds of shafts, valve seats,
gas - either CO2 or Ar + 20%CO2 mixture. 3.0 and 4.0 concast rolls and any other part subjected to wear and
mm wires are for the submerged arc process and should corrosion at higher temperatures.
be used with OK Flux 10.61.
PROPERTIES
Machinable with only cemented carbide tools before
cooling below about 100°C. On cooling to room
temperature the machinability is considerably poor and (Contd...)
179
WELDING PROCEDURE FOR SUBMERGED ARC  When multi-pass welding is being done, the inter-
WELDING pass temperature should preferably not fall below
 OK Tubrodur 15.73 should be deposited on DC (±). 300°C.
Negative polarity gives a higher deposition rate and CURRENT RANGE : (DC±)
less fusion of the base material and is recommend-
ed when the minimum possible dilution of the weld (mm) position (Amps) (Volts)
metal is desired.
 Except at the start, preheat is not required while 1.6 F.H 150-300 24-30
hardfacing solid carbon steel shafts having diameter 2.4 F.H 280-460 24-32
3.0 F 300-450 25-33
upto about 200 mm.
4.0 F 400-600 30-36

This continuous flux-cored wire is used for items sub-
Flux-cored wire for high pressure particle abrasion jected to a high degree of abrasive wear by fine grained
A self-shielded flux-cored wire, OK Tubrodur 15.80, materials under pressure like augers, mixer blades,
deposits a martensitic weld metal containing a high scraper blades and cement mill crushers as well as
volume of patented light carbides. This wire has been many earth moving and quarrying components.
developed for maximum resistance to abrasive wear PROPERTIES
under load arising out of fine and lumpy particles along
with moderate impact. The deposit is normally crack- Hardness : 56-60 HRC
free and maintains very good hot hardness.
The weld metal can only be machined by grinding and
for best results restrict to one or two layers. Diameter Welding Current Voltage
ALLOY BASE: Fe, C, Cr, Mn, Ti, Mo
SPECIAL FEATURES 1.6 F.H 150-300 22-32
 Special patented design for cement mill crushers.
 Basic type flux gives inclusion free deposit.

It can be used for regular hardfacing of parts subjected
Cored wire for all wear factors to complex and combined wear patterns at elevated
OK Tubrodur 15.86 is a gas-shielded metal-cored wire temperatures and also in corrosive environments.
that deposits an alloy weld metal which can provide Typical applications are hot forging tools, hot shear
excellent resistance to all wear factors and patterns. blades & dies, hot punches, valve seats, steam
Thus it can be used for wide spectrum of surfacing ends etc.
applications. The wire gives maximum resistance to PROPERTIES
erosion, abrasion, high temperature, corrosion, impact
and friction. The deposit is crack-free and perfectly Hardness : At room temperature : 40-43 HRC
machinable. At 750°C : 20-23 HRC
ALLOY BASE: Fe, C, Cr, W, Co, Ni, Si, Mn CURRENT RANGE : (DC+)
SPECIAL FEATURES Diameter Welding Current Voltage
 Only continuous welding solution to complex wear (mm) position (Amps) (Volts)
system.
1.2 F.H 120-240 22-32
 Gas shielding ensures a good and clean deposit.
180
Gas Brazing Alloys
BRAZING For some of the brazing methods a special atmosphere

is used instead of flux, which is selected based on the
Brazing is a welding process, which produces coales- metals being joined. When atmospheres are used flux
cence of materials by heating them to a suitable tem- may not be required. The atmosphere is the product of
perature and by using a filler metal having melting point the combustion of the flame. The neutral or reducing
above 450°C. The filler metal is distributed between flame is usually used. A slightly oxidising flame may be
closely fitted surfaces of the joint by capillary action. used for certain other materials. The general guideline
The placement of the filler metal affects the quality of for selection of flames is given below:
the joint. For normal lap joints, the filler metal should be Base Metal Flame type
supplied from one end only and allowed to flow com- Aluminiums Slightly reducing
pletely through the joint by capillary action. Brasses Slightly oxidising
The correct fluxing material must be used. The place- Bronzes Slightly oxidising
ment of the flux also affects the quality of the brazed
joint. Paste flux is the most common from and is usually Copper Neutral
spread over the surfaces to be joined. It is also painted Cupro-nickel Reducing
on the pre-placed brazing filler materials. Inconel Slightly reducing
Cast Iron Neutral
Wrought Iron Neutral
Monel Slightly reducing
181
RUPATAM 2 engineering for joints in motor windings, wires and
cables, braided conductor, system and other conductor
Brazing of copper and copper alloys assemblies where any risk of corrosion by flux must be
SPECIAL FEATURES avoided.
 Strong clean ductile joints in copper and copper FLUX
alloys without flux. No flux for brazing of copper. In other cases use
 Flame should be slightly oxidizing on copper and Rupatam A.
neutral on alloys. PROPERTIES
APPLICATIONS Melting Range 638 - 694OC
Extensive employment of the alloy in electrical Available DIA - (mm) - 1.6, 2.5, 3.15
RUPATAM 14 APPLICATION
Extensive employment of the alloy in electrical
Brazing of brass, bronze, molybdenum and silver engineering for joints in motor windings, wires and
SPECIAL FEATURES cables, braided conductor and other conductor
 Rupatam 14 is used for obtaining strong, clean, and assemblies where any risk of corrosion by flux
high tensile brazed joints in brasses, bronzes. It also constituents must be avoided.
effectively joins silver and molybdenum. FLUX
 It is not recommended for ferrous metals or alloys No flux for brazing of Cu. In other cases use
of high nickel content due to the possibility brittle Rupatam A.
phosphide formation. PROPERTIES
 Flame should be slightly oxidizing on Cu and neutral Melting Range : 643-802oC
on Cu alloys. Available DIA - (mm) - 1.6, 2.5, 3.15
 The deposit obtained has a high tensile strength.
It is an alloy suitable for general purpose work on
Brazing joints having non-uniform clearances engineering metals with excellent capillary flow with
SPECIAL FEATURES better ductility for filling gaps.
 It can be used in operations requiring a slightly FLUX
higher brazing temperature. Rupatam A
 The alloy is a free-flowing one with melting range for PROPERTIES
ensuring a good joint for joints where clearances are Melting Range : 607-702°C
not even uniform.
Available DIA - (mm) - 1.6, 2.0, 2.5, 3.15
Rupatam 43 can be used in brazing steel, copper,
Single brazing alloy for a range of applications brass, gunmetal, tin bronzes, aluminium and magne-
SPECIAL FEATURES sium bronzes, copper nickel alloys and nickel silver of
 This alloy can be used in brazing operation requiring all varieties.
a low temperature giving a quick and complete FLUX
penetration. Rupatam A
 It produces neat joints of very high strength that PROPERTIES
need little or no finishing. Melting Range : 608-617°C
 It is essentially for use on joints that are closely Available DIA - (mm) - 1.6, 2.5, 3.15
fitted.
182
This alloy is ideally suited and used extensively for braz-
Brazing tungsten carbide tips ing carbide tool tips to tool shanks as it wets the tip beau-
SPECIAL FEATURES tifully. It is also suitable for brazing stainless steels.
 This alloy has a wide wetting range, hence the solid FLUX
and the liquid portions do not separate. Rupatam A
 Good corrosion resistance - brazing stainless PROPERTIES
steels. Melting Range : 632-688OC
 Rupatam 50 is ideal for bridging gaps. Available DIA - (mm) - 1.6, 2.5, 3.15
This alloy is ideally suited and used extensively for braz-
Brazing alloy for joints requiring high electrical con-
ductivity ing electrical components requiring high electrical con-
SPECIAL FEATURES ductivity.
 For brazing in applications needing high degree of FLUX : Rupatam A
electrical conductivity. PROPERTIES
 Good colour match on silver. Melting Range :690-735OC
 It is essentially for use on joints that are closely fitted. Available DIA - (mm) - 1.6, 2.5, 3.15
brazing tubular and sheet metal joining of steel, copper,
ESAB SILICON BRONZE galvanized iron. Also used for fusion welding of brass
Economic high strength brazing alloy and bronze. Use an oxidising flame.
SPECIAL FEATURES FLUX
 Economy brazing for ferrous metals, copper and Brazotectic
copper alloys. PROPERTIES
 Exceptional joint strength. Melting Point (approx.) : 875°C
APPLICATION UTS : 42-48 kg/mm2
Esab Silicon Bronze is an alloy that is ideally suited for Available DIA - (mm) - 1.6, 2.0, 2.5, 3.15, 4.0, 5.0
ESAB RUF-KUT TYPICAL PROPERTIES

Rugged overlay alloy with tungsten carbide particles Carbide hardness : 1500 VHN
for maximum abrasion resistance Matrix hardness : 200 VHN
SPECIAL FEATURES PROCEDURE
 Angular carbides, varied in size, resist extensive  The surface should be cleaned and degreased.
stresses and impact.  The surface is to be pre-tinned using the pure matrix
 Good tinning qualities. end.
 High tensile and shear strength – shock absorption.  A very large tip size to be used and the flame adjusted
Esab Ruf-Kut deposits hard tungsten carbide in a tough to neutral for heating the tinned area.
but ductile nickel-silver matrix that results in maximum  The carbide-bearing end is introduced into the flame
abrasion and impact resistance from media like sand, and the alloy is allowed to melt and flow on to the
earth, gravel and other minerals. This gives rise to a substrate. The temperature of bonding is 750-800°C.
superior cutting action. The carbides are angular and  The carbide deposition to be uniformly maintained by
varied in size embedded in the matrix, which resists ex- rotating the rod.
tensive compressive stresses and impact loading.  The work should be continued to heat, slightly ahead
High tensile strength and shear strength provides shock- of the overlay.
absorbing characteristics. Good tinning qualities.  Overheating is to be avoided.
APPLICATIONS  Cooling should be slow and the flux residue has to be
‘Widely used in oil, earth moving, agriculture, dredg- removed.
ing, brick and cement industries to overlay drills, ream- CARBIDE MESH SIZES
ers, stabilizers, core bits, augers, mill hammers, plough
-3.2 mm to +1.5 mm; -5.0 mm to +3.2 mm
shares, dredge bucket lips, crusher rolls, mixer blades
and pipe forming shoes. -6.0 mm to +5.0 mm; -10.0 mm to +6.0 mm
183
TIG Filler Wires
CRYSTALLOY 60 APPLICATIONS
Resurfacing and hardfacing of parts subjected to wear
TIG filler for resistance to combined complex wear at elevated temperatures and in corrosive environment.
Crystalloy 60 is an alloy that exhibits excellent resistance Valves, valve seats, hot forging tools, hot shear blades
to friction, abrasion, impact, corrosion & oxidation and & dies, hot punches, steam ends, pump sleeves, wear
abrasion at high temperature. Resistance to spalling pads, screw conveyors, etc. in chemical, petroleum,
due to thermal cycling is exceptional. The alloy has sugar and steel plants.
good sliding properties. PROPERTIES
Good resistance to abrasion, impact and oxidation, fric- Hardness As deposited Work Hardened
tion makes it suitable for combined wear. At 20°C: 39-42 HRC 43-46 HRC
ALLOY BASE: C,Cr,Co,W,Fe,Ni,Mo,Mn At 750°C: 19-22HRC 38-43 HRC
SPECIAL FEATURES
AVAILABLE DIA. (MM)

 Retains 40 HRC hardness at 750°C 0.8, 1.2, 1.6, 2.4, 3.2
 Only solution to complex wear system
CRYSTALLOY 61 pads, screw conveyors, cutting edges of knives for wood,

paper, plastic and carpets. Refacing and hardfacing of
TIG filler for resistance to heat and corrosion parts subjected to wear at elevated temperatures and in
Crystalloy 61 is an alloy that exhibits excellent resistance corrosive environment.
to impact, corrosion & oxidation and also abrasion at high PROPERTIES
temperature. The alloy has good sliding properties. The Hardness
alloy resists galling and corrosion to splendid levels. At 20°C: 52-57 HRC
Exceptional resistance to impact friction, and oxidation At 600°C: 41-46 HRC
makes it suitable for combined wear.
At 800°C: 32-37 HRC
ALLOY BASE: C,Cr,W,Fe,Co
AVAILABLE DIA. (MM)
SPECIAL FEATURES
1.6, 2.4, 3.2, 4.0
 Gives 25 HRC hardness at 750°C
APPLICATIONS
Valves, valve seats, hot forging tools, hot shear blades
& dies, hot punches, steam ends, pump sleeves, wear
CRYSTALLOY 62 APPLICATIONS
Surfacing hot rolls, kneading rolls, press screws, band
TIG filler for resistance to high temperature wear saws, feeder screws, wood-working tools, valves, valve
Crystalloy 62 is an alloy that exhibits excellent resis- seats, hot forging tools, hot shear blades & dies, hot
tance to friction, abrasion, impact, corrosion, & oxidation punches, steam ends, etc.
at high temperature. The alloy has good sliding proper- PROPERTIES
ties giving rise to exceptional abrasion resistance. Hardness As deposited
Good resistance to abrasion, impact and oxidation, fric- At 20°C: 44-49 HRC
tion makes it suitable for combined wear.
At 600°C: 36-41 HRC
ALLOY BASE: C,Cr,W,Fe,Co
AVAILABLE DIA. (MM)
SPECIAL FEATURES
1.6, 2.4, 3.2, 4.0
 Retains 40 HRC hardness at 600°C
 Machinable by cemented carbide tools
CRYSTALLOY 80
exceptionally in both types of acids: reducing and
TIG filler for corrosion resistant monel coating oxidizing.
Crystalloy 80 gives a ductile and crack resistant weld It joins corrosion resistant Monel alloy used in petroleum
deposit that meets rigid requirements on corrosion and ammonium sulphate industry. This alloy is also used
resistance against seawater. The alloy also works by power plants and any plant that handles seawater.
(Contd...)
184
APPLICATIONS PROPERTIES
Seawater corrosion resistant overlay, joining Monel UTS: 50-56 kg/mm2
metal Elongation: 42-48%
AVAILABLE SIZES
1.2, 1.6, 2.0, 2.4, 3.2 mm
CRYSTALLOY 81 The solubility of nickel makes it perfectly suitable for

joining copper and copper alloys with steels.
Filler wire for joining nickel PROPERTIES:
Crystalloy 81 is used extensively for joining nickel and UTS : 46 - 53 kg/mm2
nickel alloys. The weld deposit other than being highly Elongation (l=4d) : 25 - 30%
ductile is resistant to most common acids.
AVAILABLE SIZES (mm):
ALLOY BASE: Ni,Ti ,Al
1.2, 1.6, 2.4, and 3.2
SPECIAL FEATURES:
 Corrosion resistance
 Bonds with all ferrous and nickel-base metals
APPLICATIONS:
Joining nickel and nickel alloys, dissimilar joining of
nickel with steels and copper as well as copper alloys.
CRYSTALLOY 82 SPECIAL FEATURES

 Superb corrosion and heat resistance.
Filler wire with corrosion and heat resistance  Resistant to carbon pickup.
Crystalloy 82 is used to weld high alloyed heat resisting  Can take care of thermal or any cyclical loads.
and corrosion resisting materials, 9% Ni steels and
similar steel for cryogenic applications. APPLICATIONS
It has also exceptional notch toughness values, and High temperature joining and surfacing, chemical
resists stress corrosion cracking. handling equipment surfacing, welding 9% nickel steels
and other cryogenic or high impact steels.
It never hardens or embrittles even when diluted with
high carbon. PROPERTIES
ALLOY BASE : Ni, Cr, Mn UTS : 66-72 kg/mm2
Elongation : 42-46%
Available DIA - (mm) - 1.2, 1.6, 2.5, 3.2
CRYSTALLOY 85 SPECIAL FEATURES

 Resistance to marine corrosion.
Filler wire for corrosion resistance from acids and  Smooth welding properties.
seawater
APPLICATIONS
Crystalloy 85 is a filler alloy for TIG welding which
shows good resistance to corrosion against seawater, Chemical and sea water handling areas.
chlorides, acids and alkalis. It can be used for joining of PROPERTIES
90-10 and 70-30 cupronickel. The alloy has smooth flow UTS : 33-38 kg/mm2
and good wetting properties with base metal. Elongation : 36-44%
ALLOY BASE: Ni, Cu Available DIA - (mm) - 1.2, 1.6, 2.5, 3.2
CRYSTALLOY 90 ALLOY BASE

Crack free welding of brass, bronze, deoxidized APPLICATIONS
copper Welding and surfacing of copper brass and bronze,
A copper-tin alloy suitable for welding brass, bronze, cracked engine jackets, cylinder heads, electrical
deoxidised copper, cast iron, steels and dissimilar fittings, propeller blades, pump parts, bearing bushing,
metals. It produces homogeneous and sound weld shaft, castings, stampings and valves. Also usable for
metal free from porosity and cracks. It gives an excellent filling cavities in copper alloy castings, joining copper
colour match on bronze. and bronze to cast iron overlays and steel.
SIZES AVAILABLE: 1.6, 2.4, 3.2, 4.0 mm
185
Hot Metal Spray Powders
POWDER SPRAYING The flow of powder and spreading on base metal

depends primarily on two characteristics: Powder
The powder welding process basically uses a simple particle shape and size. The mesh size determines
oxy-acetylene torch where finely divided powder is fed the acceptability of the powder to be used by hot metal
into the flame from a hopper attached to the torch. The spray process. Usual range is between 15-160 microns.
powder melts to give a dense coating and forms a strong The shape of powder is very important for the welder
bond with the base material by surface alloying and as it solely determines the ease of flow of the powder
diffusion. Fluxing elements such as boron and silicon through the nozzle of hot spray gun. The powder shape
are necessary in the powders for good metallurgical is dependent on the method of manufacture of the
bond. This process is typically used for deposits having powders. Gas atomized powder have spherical particles
thickness between 0.2-12 mm, in particular for smaller resulting in a smooth flow through the nozzle and higher
parts or repairs. The process is applicable only in iron- deposition rate. Ground powders have irregular shape
base, nickel-base or copper-base material. and the flow characteristics are poor.
Hot metal powder alloys are mostly nickel-based. Nickel Advantages of powder spray:
when added with boron gives hardness due to formation  Thin layer can be given with hardness upto 65 HRC
of borides. The percentage of boron can be monitored (upto 0.15 mm thickness).
to achieve a particular hardness range. Boron also  Coating is uniform; hardly any post-machining
brings down the melting point of nickel and helps the required.
powder to fuse much below melting point of steel.
For enhanced protection against wear and increased  No heat treatment is required.
corrosion resistance, silicon along with other special  Self-fluxing: no slag cleaning required.
alloys is added. Some cobalt-based powders are also  For machine parts, life obtained is much higher.
available but are not as costeffective as nickel-based The limitations are:
powders. Tungsten carbide is added to a nickel boride
 Not economic for thicker build-up on big jobs.
matrix to combat highpressure abrasion.
 Not applicable for aluminium, magnesium
components.
 For big jobs furnace preheating and melting is
required.
186
CAST COAT 20 ALLOY BASE: Ni, B, Si, Fe
SPECIAL FEATURES
Buffer for coating on cast irons and machinable  Machinable deposit.
build-up on steels
 Good resistance to corrosion and oxidation.
Cast Coat 20 extends the benefit of powder coating to
 Allowable build-up: 20 mm.
cast irons. It has excellent machinability and can be
used for original or worn out components. For higher  Coverage for a 1 mm thick layer: 650 cm2/500 gms.
hardness requirements, it can be used as buffer APPLICATIONS
layer to be coated by harder alloy grades. This Cast This powder is used for casting defect repairs, brazing
Coat technology saves castings from being scraped and joining cast iron components, building up funnels
and abraded. The wettability and fluidity adds to the or moulds in the glass industry, cast iron cylinder
advantage of being used for brazing and joining. The heads, engine blocks, housings, manifolds, and vessels
inertness of the base alloy can be utilized with much
handling acetic acid.
success to counter corrosion and oxidation related
PROPERTIES
problems in the industry.
The powder can also be used as a superbly machinable
build-up and buffer layer on steels for subsequent Melting Point : 1100°C
coating by harder powders or welded alloy deposits.
MULTI WELD 40  Allowable build-up: 10 mm.

 Coverage for a 1 mm thick layer: 650 cm2/500 gms.
Good resistance to impact and corrosion APPLICATIONS
Multi Weld 40 allows reclamation of steel components This powder is used for making hard deposit on gears
which otherwise would have gone to the scrap yard and splines, cams and crankshafts, bearing surfaces,
as no other powder alloy has the fluidity and build-up plungers and neckrings, automobile parts, railroad
capacity along with optimum properties for service. wheel burns, glass moulds, valve gates, sprockets and
It is the only powder with machinability along with wear pistons, gauges, machine components.
resistance. The versatility and dependability of the alloy PROPERTIES
makes it an indispensable powder for all maintenance
departments in different industries. Hardness : As-welded : 40-44 HRC
ALLOY BASE: Ni, B, Si, Fe At 500°C : 36-38 HRC
SPECIAL FEATURES . Melting Point : 1100°C
 Machinable deposit.
 Good resistance to friction, corrosion and impact.
BOROSTRENGTH 60  Non-machinable deposit - can only be ground by

silicon carbide or diamond wheel.
Enhanced protection against abrasion and  Allowable build-up: 1.5 mm.
corrosion  Coverage for a 1 mm thick layer: 470 cm2/500 gms.
BoroStrength 60 offers enhanced protection against APPLICATIONS
friction, abrasion and corrosion for all machine
components. Additionally, BoroStrength takes polish This spray powder is used for making hard deposits
and resists oxidation at elevated temperature. The on components like cams and indexing heads, turbine
characteristic to produce very thin overlays obviates blades, pump shafts, extruder screws, seal rings, rocker
the necessity of machining later. The low coefficient of arms, fan blades and liners, timber cutting blades,
friction ensures simultaneous protection of matching bushings, brick dies, mandrels.
parts if it is used in any such application. PROPERTIES
ALLOY BASE: Ni, B, C, Cr, Fe Hardness : As-welded : 60-62 HRC
SPECIAL FEATURES At 500°C : 50-52 HRC
 Nil wear for metal-to-metal friction. Melting Point : 1100°C
 Excellent resistance to acidic/alkaline corrosion and
oxidation.
187
TUNGSTRENGTH 70  Economic repair in case of chronic abrasion related
jobs.
Ultimate abrasion protection technology  Non-machinable deposit - can only be ground by
A protective coating by TungStrength 70 can effectively silicon carbide or diamond wheel. · Allowable build-
enhance component life and reduce spares inventory up: 1.2 mm.
holding. As it retains its hardness upto 450°C, it can  Coverage for a 1 mm thick layer: 460 cm2/500 gms.
solve regular abrasion problems faced by maintenance APPLICATIONS
engineers. TungStrength 70 exhibits a slag free deposit
and better surface coverage. The composite alloy TungStrength 70 provides a hard deposit for prolonged
system based on tungsten carbide ensures better life on machine parts viz. shear blades, die frames, wire
microstructural properties and ease of bonding with any drawing rolls, pulleys & capstans, wear rings, crusher
ferrous and nickel based material. teeth, guide rolls, conveyors, chains, mixer blades and
paddles.
ALLOY BASE: Ni, B, W, C, Cr, Si, Fe

PROPERTIES
SPECIAL FEATURES
Hardness : As-welded : 62-64 HRC
 Optimum matrix-carbide ratio prevents distortion
during spraying. Retained upto : 450OC
Melting Point : 1100°C
ESAB WEAR PLATES Advantages of using ESAB wear plates

1. Ease in fabrication of components viz. pipes, ducts,
ESAB wear plates are composite plates having a highly chutes, etc.
alloyed wear resistant surfacing on a low carbon steel
2. Ease of welding to carbon steel structures.
base. These plates are manufactured by customized
automatic hardfacing process resulting in a hard, tough 3. Available in cut shapes as per the drawing provided
and highly wear resistant surface. The mild steel base by the customer - No additional cutting operation
makes the plates amenable to easy forming, welding involved
or bolting to the component surfaces. The superiority 4. High concentration of carbides - excellent resistance
of the ESAB range of wear plates is a result of strict to wear factors like abrasion, friction, erosion, impact,
scientific and metallurgical control of all the stages of oxidation
the production process backed up by the technical 5. Tough matrix ensures proper anchorage of the
know-how of ESAB in welding consumables. carbide particles
6. Very small heat - affected zone ensures minimum
metallurgical degradation
Applications in Industry Sectors

Power Wagon tippler, Burner nozzle, Ventury outlet, nozzle chutes, primary and secondary
crushes, coal pipes, bunkers, apron feeders, mill vane wheel segments, boiler flue gas
ducts, ash pipelines, screw conveyors.
Cement DPC chute, Cage mill, ID fan blades, chutes, coal pipes, crushers, earth moving
equipment, Y-ducts, clinker chutes, cyclones.
Steel Sinter screen decks, Coke screen, Sinter fan, BLT hot discharge chutes, downcomer pipes,
burden lines, rapper rolls, Sinter hammer, Grizzle bar.
Mining Excavator bucket, Chute liners, shovel buckets, dragline buckets dumper bodies, dozer
blades, crusher parts, apron feeders, conveyor systems, Crushing liners.
188
Type Item Description Alloy Hardness Applications
base (HRC)
Chrome - C Complex carbides in a tough matrix for C, 58-60 Crusher parts, bucket
resistance to severe abrasion and moderate Cr, HRC lips, conveyor screws
impact loads Mn, Mo
Micro - C Dense micro carbides in a hard martensitic C, 58-64 Mixer blades, scrapers,
matrix resisting severe coarse and fine Mn, HRC mill parts, pipes
particles abrasion. Cr, Mo, Ti
Therm - C High temperature carbides in an austenitic C, 62 - 64 Sinter plant parts, chutes,
matrix to resist complex wear at elevated Cr, HRC boiler flue gas ducts
temperatures. Retains hardness upto Mn, Mo,
800OC. Nb, V
Esab Hard Wear Plate is a quality, quenched and C, -380-440 Bodies, buckets &
HT 4 tempered plate designed for abrasion Cr, BHN cuting edges, wear parts
resistance and impact. This plate can be Mn, Si, of mining machines,
used for all material handling equipment. Mo, B concrete mixing plants
feeders & funnels, cutting
edges wearing parts of
concrete mixing plants
feeders & funnels, cutting
edges
Esab STH Esab STH plates, by virtue of their superior C, -450-480 Screen Duct Liner Pipe
plate manufacturing Process and metallurgy, have Cr, Ni BHN wear plate
proved their excellence in the cut-throat alloy (Micro-
world of abrasion, erosion, heat & corrosion. hardness)
Compare to any stainless steel Esab STH
plates exhibit high life factor. When overlaid
plates, have sticking problem of material
causes slow down in production ESAB STH
plates exhibits higher Productivity factor.
Esab Sinter ESAB Sinter Mn wear plate is an Extremely C, 400 BHN- Hammer, Liners guide,
MN high impact moderate abrasion resistant Mn, Cr, 500 BHN Jaws crusher liners
plate designed to sustain complex wear of Si, P (work
impact & abrasion. Easily weld able metal hardened)
which is Difficult to bend
189
CONVERSION CHART PROPERTIES OF COMMON
METALS
To Convert from To Multiply by
All the given values are correct for these elements
Mass kg Ib 2.205 in their pure form
metric tonne ton 1.102
Name Symbol Melting Sp. Gravity
Force N kgf 0.102 Point (OC)
Ibf 224.8 Aluminium AI 658 2.58
Stress MPa kgf/mm2 0.102 Boron B 2300 2.5
ksi 0.145
kgf/mm2 psi 1421.57 Cadmium Cd 320 8.64

bar Pa 1 x 105
Chromium Cr 1510 6.5
atm 0.987
Cobalt Co 1490 8.6
Energy J ft-Ib 0.7376
Copper Cu 1083 8.9
kg-m 0.102
Velocity mm/sec in/min 2.362 Iron Fe 1525 7.86
m/hr 3.6 Manganese Mn 1220 7.39

Flow rate lit/min cu.ft/hr 2.119 Nickel Ni 1452 8.9
cu.m/hr 0.06 Niobium Nb 1950 8.4
Length mm in 0.039 Silicon Si 1370 2.0-2.4
Temperature F = C x 1.8 + 32
°C = (F-32)/1.8 Silver Ag 960 10.5
Tin Sn 232 7.3
Titanium Ti 1850 4.54
Tungsten W 3000 19.1
Vanadium V 1710 5.5
Zinc Zn 418 7.12
190
COMPARATIVE HARDNESS SCALES
This chart is given as an indicative guide
Vickers Brinell Rockwell Vickers Brinell Rockwell

VHN BHN HRB HRC VHN BHN HRC
80 76.0 360 342 36.6
85 80.7 41.0 370 352 37.7
90 85.5 48.0 380 361 38.8
95 90.2 52.0 390 371 39.9
100 95.0 56.2 400 380 40.8
105 99.8 410 390 41.8
110 105 62.3 420 399 42.7
115 109 430 409 43.6
120 114 66.7 440 418 44.5
125 119 450 428 45.3
130 124 71.2 460 437 46.1
135 128 470 447 46.9
140 133 75.0 480 (456) 47.7
145 138 490 (466) 48.4
150 143 78.7 500 (475) 49.1
155 147 510 (485) 49.8
160 152 81.7 520 (494) 50.5
165 156 530 (504) 51.1
170 162 85.0 540 (513) 51.7
175 166 550 (523) 52.3
180 171 87.1 560 (532) 53.0
185 176 570 (542) 53.6
190 181 89.5 580 (551 ) 54.1
195 185 590 (561 ) 54.7
200 190 91.5 600 (570) 55.2
205 195 92.5 610 (580) 55.7
210 199 93.5 620 (589) 56.3
215 204 94.0 630 (599) 56.8
220 209 95.0 640 (608) 57.3
225 214 96.0 650 (618) 57.8
230 219 96.7 660 58.3
235 223 670 58.8
240 228 98.1 20.3 680 59.2
245 233 21.3 690 59.7
250 238 99.5 22.2 700 60.1
255 242 23.1 720 61.0
260 247 (101 ) 24.0 740 61.8
265 252 24.8 760 62.5
270 257 (102) 25.6 780 63.3
275 261 26.4 800 64.0
280 266 (104) 27.1 820 64.7
285 271 27.8 840 65.3
290 276 (105) 28.5 860 65.9
295 280 29.2 880 66.4
300 285 29.8 900 67.0
310 295 31.0 920 67.5
320 304 32.2
330 314 33.3
340 323 34.4 940 68.0
350 333 35.5
191
Metal Selection Guide
ESAB CONSUMABLES FOR DIFFERENT REPAIR WORK
Hard Facing
Base Gouging Joining Build-up Metal to Mineral Impact
Material Metal Abrasion Abrasion
Mild OK 21.03 Terroweld DBL OK 83.40 OK 83.40 Cobalarc 1 M Cobalarc 9

steel OK Tubrod OK Tubrodur OK Tubrodur
14.17 14.70 15.52
High OK 21.03 OK 68.82 OK 68.82 OK 68.82 Cobalarc 1 M Cobalarc 9

strength OK Tubrodur OK Tubrodur
steel 14.70 15.52
14% Manganese OK 21.03 ESAB CSA Astra MN Astra MN Cobalarc 1 M Cobalarc 9

steel OK Tubrodur OK Tubrodur OK Tubrodur OK Tubrodur OK Tubrodur
14.71 15.60 15.60 14.70 15.52
Stainless OK 21.03 Terroweld S2 ESAB CSA OK Cobalarc 1 M Cobalarc 9

steel OK Tubrodur OK Tubrodur OK Tubrodur OK Tubrodur OK Tubrodur
14.71 14.71 68.82 14.70 15.52
Cast OK 21.03 OK 92.58 OK 92.58 OK 92.58
iron OK Tubrodur OK Tubrodur
15.66 15.66
Copper OK 21.03 Bronzoid 1 Bronzoid 1 Bronzoid 1

Alloys
Aluminium OK 21.03 OK 96.50 OK 96.50

(12% Si)
192
SELECTION OF HARD FACING CONSUMABLES
Low Resistance against Abrasion High
Low
30-40 HRC > 40 HRC

Terroweld DS6* OK 83.28 Terroweld 65 OK 84.84
Terroweld MN* OK 83.40 OK Tubrodur Cobalarc 4
OK Tubrodur 15.60* OK Tubrodur 15.40 15.52 OK Tubrodur 15.80
OK Tubrodur 15.41
OK 84.78
Astra HTB OK Tubrodur 15.73 Terroweld SHR OK 84.80
Heat
Esab 116 Ni Cobalarc 1M
OK Tubrodur 14.70
and
Corrosion
Resistance
Esab 550
Terroweld DS4* Esab CSA* OK 68.82 Terroweld EWR
Terroweld DS1* Cobalarc 9
OK Tubrodur 14.71* Cobalarc MX
Ni-based* Co-based
Esab CN182* OK 92.35* OK 93.66
Esab CN1G* OK Tubrodur 15.86
High
High Impact Resistance Low
193
ESAB CONSUMABLES FOR JOINING OF DISSIMILAR METALS
Material Mild Steel Stainless 14% Ni-Cr-Alloys Ni-Cr-Alloys Bronzes Cast Iron
High Cr-Ni-Steel Mn-Steel Inconel Monel
Strength Type Type
Mild Steel OK OK Esab CSA Esab CN182 Esab CN182 Bronzoid1 Esab CN182
High 68.82 68.82
Strength
Steel OK Tubrodur
15.66
Stainless Esab CSA Esab CSA Esab CN182 Esab Monel Bronzoid1 OK
Cr-Ni Steel OK Tubrodur OK Tubrodur 92.58
14.71 14.71
OK Tubrodur
15.66
14% Astra MN Esab CN182 Esab CN182 Bronzoid1 OK

Mn-Steel OK Tubrodur 92.58
14.71
OK Tubrodur
15.66
Ni-Cr-Alloys Esab CN182 Esab CN182 Bronzoid1 OK

Inconel 92.58
Type
OK Tubrodur
15.66
Ni-Cr-Alloys Esab CN182 Bronzoid1 OK

Monel 92.58
Type
OK Tubrodur
15.66
Bronzes Bronzoid1 Esab CN182
· Avoid high dilution.

. Preheating may be used for copper alloys, high
carbon magnetic steels and cast iron.
. Do not preheat non-magnetic steels.

Cast Iron OK
. For stainless material of known composition,
use similar grade of electrode for best corrosion
92.58
resistance. If the composition is unknown use OK Tubrodur
OK 68.82 or Terroweld DS3. 15.66
194
METAL IDENTIFICATION CHART
Magnet File Surface Colour Grinding sparks Metal type Welding tips
Dark grey Long Yellow Low carbon
lines Cast steel
Soft
Malt-grey Red feathery Cast iron Pre-heating
cast iron colour lines Peening
Slow cooling
Magnetic
Dark grey Long Yellowish- High carbon steel Pre-heat heavy
white lines with Low alloy steel sections to
starts 150°C
Hard
Shiny grey Yellowish-red 13% Cr steel Can be
coarse lines pre-heated
Bright silver-grey Yellowish-red Austenitic Low interpass
coarse lines stainless steel
Reddish-yellow No visible Copper alloys Pre-heat coarse

shiny sparks materials to
Soft 200-300°C
Non-Magnetic
Shiny Very light No visible Aluminium alloys Pre-heat coarse
sparks materials to
150-200°C
Matt-grey Yellowish-white 14% Mn steel Low interpass

cast iron colour lines and
Hard sparks
195
Arc Equipment
Arc Equipment
Welding and Cutting
W
Equipment
TRANSWELD 400 THH 630
Welding Transformer for Shop and Site Application Welding Transformer for Industrial and Fematic Welding
 Natural air cooled for increased safety of the  Heavy-duty fan cooled welding transformers for
transformer. MMA welding with basic, rutile and high recovery
electrodes.
 Horizontal shunt core design ensures longer
operational life of the shunt-core moving  Horizontal shunt core design ensures longer opera-
mechanism. tional life of the shunt-core moving mechanism.
Arc Equipment
 Well-spaced coils for adequate airflow to the  Well-spaced coils for adequate airflow to the
transformer ensures longer service life. transformer ensures longer service life.
 Robust and compact construction to withstand rough  Robust construction and rubber wheels for easy
handling at sites. mobility.
 Ideal for TIG welding with optional TIG  Ideal for TIG welding with optional TIG
attachments. attachments.
Technical Data Transweld 400 Technical Data THH 630
Mains supply, V/Ph, Hz 415 / 2 Lines of 3, 50 Mains supply, V/Ph, Hz 415 / 2 Lines of 3, 50
Open circuit voltage, VAC (Max) 80 Open circuit voltage, VAC (Max) 73 - 80
Welding current range, A 50 - 400 Welding current range, A 90 - 630
Output at 60% duty cycle, A 300 Output at 60% duty cycle, A 500
Class of insulation H Class of insulation H
Type of cooling Natural Air Type of cooling Forced Air
Dimensions, l x w x h, mm 600 x 410 x 720 Dimensions, l x w x h, mm 820 x 675 x 1050
Weight, Kg 115 Weight, Kg 210
199
RS 400/400S EasyWeld SSR 400 / 600
The All Purpose Thyristorised MMA Welding Fully Thyristorised Heavy Duty Thyristorised MMA
Rectifier Welding Rectifier
 Reliable and high performance thyristorised MMA
welding rectifier for construction, fabrication, projects  Compact and high capacity thyristorised rectifiers
and pipe welding. with outstanding welding characteristics.
 Built-in Hot Start facility for easy arc striking.

Hex phase rectification ensures excellent welding
Arc Equipment

 RS 400S burns MSGP and E7018 electrodes and output with spatter level close to zero.
RS 400 can burn any class of MMA electrodes
including E6010.  Hot Start, prevention against electrode freezing and
 Suitable for long lead welding with any type of protection against HF interference.
electrode.
 True vertical welding characteristics.
 Robust construction with large rubber wheels - ideal
for site applications.
 Remote Control to adjust welding current during
 Remote Control to adjust welding current during welding.
welding.
 Ideal for TIG welding with optional TIG  Ideal for TIG welding with optional TIG
attachments. attachments.
Technical Data RS 400 RS 400S Technical Data EasyWeld EasyWeld
SSR 400 SSR 600
Mains supply,
Ph x V, Hz 3 x 415 ± 10%, 50 3 x 415 ± 10%, 50 Mains supply, Ph x V, Hz 3 x 415±10%, 50 3 x 415±10%, 50
Open circuit voltage, Open circuit voltage,

VDC (Max) 90 95 VDC (Max) 100 100
Welding current Welding current range, A 10 - 400 10 - 600

range, A 10 - 400 10 - 400
Output at 60% duty cycle, A 400 600
Class of insulation H H
Class of insulation H H
Type of cooling Forced Air Forced Air
Dimensions,
l x w x h, mm 825 x 695 x 1070 695 x 675 x 870 Dimensions, l x w x h, mm 675 x 350 x 690 675 x 455 x 850
Weight, Kg 195 195
Weight, Kg 122 160
200
LHJ 425 / 750 Origo Arc 200
Heavy Duty MMA Welding Rectifiers for Welding Single Phase Portable Inverters for MMA Welding
and Gouging
 Heavy-duty diode based MMA welding rectifiers for  Burns 2.5/3.15 mm electrodes of any class
MMA welding and arc gouging (LHJ 750). continuously including E6010.
 Stepless current control by hand crank.
 Practical and rugged design - convenient to use.
 Fan cooled for optimum cooling of the power source
Arc Equipment
larger operational life.
 Can be used with longer input supply cable - provides
 Rugged construction - body made of powder-coated
a larger area of operation.
steel to suit all weather application.
 Large rubber wheels and handle - easy maneuver-  Suitable for Scratch TIG.
ability.
 Suitable for Scratch TIG.
Technical Data LHJ 425 LHJ 750 Technical Data Origo Arc 200
Mains supply, Ph x V, Hz 1 x 230±10%, 50

Mains supply, Ph x V, Hz 3 x 415, 50 3 x 415, 50
Fuse (slow), A 16
Open circuit voltage,
VDC (Max) 76 87 Open circuit voltage,
VDC (Max) 60 - 75
Welding current range, A 55 - 425 80 - 750
Welding current range, A 5 - 180
Output at 60% duty cycle, A 140
Class of insulation H H Enclosure class IP 23C
Type of cooling Forced Air Forced Air Application class S
Standards of compliance IEC 60974-1, EN50199

Dimensions, l x w x h, mm 765 X 580 X 530 795 X 585 X 575
Dimensions, l x w x h, mm 380 x 180 x 300
Weight, Kg 185 237
Weight, Kg 8
201
Buddy Arc 200 Buddy Arc 400i / 400i XC
Portable Inverter Welder for MMA and Scratch TIG Compact and Powerful Inverter MMA Welder
 Portable inverter power source for MMAW and  IGBT based inverter power sources for MMAW and
Scratch TIG. Scratch TIG.
 IGBT based single phase inverter power source.  Adjustable current, arc force and hot start.
 Outstanding performance with MSGP electrodes.  Suits any MMA application – MSGP and LH
electrodes by 400i and 6010 by 400i XC as well.
Arc Equipment
 Burns up to 3.15mm MMA electrodes continually.

 Current control from panel/remote, higher user
 Generator compliant – runs on generator power. convenience.
 Protected against thermal overloading.  Wide mains voltage tolerance – operates over
340 – 460V input supply, stable welding controls.
 Protected against thermal overloading and over/

under voltage.
Technical Data Buddy Arc 200 Technical Data Buddy Arc 400i / 400i XC
Mains voltage, V, Ph, Hz 230 ± 10%, 1, 50 Mains voltage, V, Ph, Hz 400 ± 10%, 3, 50
Current range, A 5 – 200 Current range, A 20 – 400
Open circuit voltage, V 66 Open circuit voltage, V 68/78 (400i/400i XC)
Output at 35% duty cycle, A 200 Reduced OCV (VRD), V < 35
Output at 60% duty cycle, A 135 Output at 60% duty cycle, A 400
Dimensions, l x w x h, mm 360 x 140 x 230 Output at 100% duty cycle, A 310

Weight, Kg 7.5
Weight, Kg 29/31 (400i/400i XC)

Enclosure class IP23S
Standards of conformity IEC 60974 -1, -10
202
Origo Arc 4001i A24 Caddy Arc 251i A34
Heavy Duty Inverters for MMA Welding Portable inverter power sources for MMA Welding
 Burns MMA electrodes of any class.  Burns up to 4.0 mm electrodes of any class continuously.
 Control panel A24 comes with digital display and  Rugged design - impact resistant polymer design.
finer controls.
 Built-in PFC to eliminate harmonics, digital display,
 Adjustable arc-force and hot start options Arc Plus II regulator.
available.
Arc Equipment
 VRD (Reduced CCV <35V) for enhanced safety.
 Dust filter and laquered electronics - increased
reliability.  Adjustable arc force, hot start and 2 job memories.
 Live TIG start for smooth and safe operation in TIG.  Handles 100m long mains cable.
 LiveTIG Start for smooth and safe operation in TIG.
Technical Data Arc 4001i Technical Data Caddy Arc 251i
Mains supply, Ph x V, Hz 3 x 400±10%, 50 Mains supply, Ph x V, Hz 3 x 400 ± 15%, 50
Fuse (slow), A 20
Fuse (slow), A 16
Open circuit voltage, VDC (Max) 91
MMA MIG / MAG 20 - 400 Welding current range, A (TIG/MMA) 4 - 250 / 3 - 250
TIG 4 - 400 Output at 60% duty cycle, A 190

Enclosure class IP 23
Type of cooling Forced Air
Enclosure class IP 23 Application class S
Application class S Standards of compliance IEC 60974 -1 / -10

Standards of compliance IEC/EN 60974 -1/-10
Weight, Kg 40 Weight, Kg 10.5
203
Origo Arc 410c / 650c / 810c A12 LFD 1500/3000
Offshore Multi-operator power source
Chopper Based DC Power Sources for MMAW /  For indoor and site use
AAG / GTAW
 Portable regulater Recode.
 Robust construction to handle tough working
conditions.
 Built-in arc force, hot start and anti stick functions. Technical Specifications LFD 1500 LFD 3000
Arc Equipment
 Burns electrodes of any class including cellulosic. Rectifier
 Stepless welding current control and optional Input 3 x 415V 50 Hz

87 KVA
3 x 415V 50 Hz
163 KVA
remote.
Rated Output @ 60% duty cycle 1500A 3000A
 Mains voltage compensation - stable welding.
Power Factor 0.93 0.95
 Digital VA meter to display the welding parameters. Welding Line voltage - selectable 50 - 60 V 50 - 60 V
Technical Data OrigoArc OrigoArc OrigoArc

Weight 540 Kg 720 kg
410c 650c 810c
Dimensions, d x w x h, mm 1020 x 870 x 1434 1020 x 870 x 1434

Mains supply,Ph x V, Hz 3 x 400±10%, 50 3 x 400±10%, 50 3 x 400±10%, 50
Control Unit RC 500 RC 500

Fuse (slow), A 25 50 63
Setting Range 6-593 6-593

Open circuit voltage, VDC 56 56 56
Enclosure IP 22 IP 22
Welding current range, A 20 - 400 20 - 650 20 - 800
Output at 60% duty cycle, A 310 490 630
Type of cooling Forced Air Forced Air Forced Air
Enclosure class IP 23 IP 23 IP 23
Application class S S S
Standards of compliance EN 60974 -1/-10 EN 60974 -1/-10 EN 60974 -1/-10
Dimensions, l x w x h, mm 1310 x 800 x 780 1310 x 800 x 780 1310 x 800 x 780
Weight, Kg 157 223 245
Special CVCC variants of the above are available in the 400 / 500 /
650A segment.
204
EDW 350 / 400 / 500
Engine Driven Welder + Power Unit
 Diesel engine driven welding units for MMA welding

and auxiliary power supply unit.
 MMA welding with any class of electrode including

cellulosic with long lead.
 Remote control unit is provided as standard to ad-

just welding parameters, while welding in progress.
 Highly efficient and powerful engine to work under

any climatic conditions.
 Needs minimum maintenance except regular wear-

parts.
Technical Data EDW 350 EDW 400 EDW 500

Engine
Make Mahindra & Cummins Cummins
Mahindra
Model 3305GM S3.8G4 S3.8G4
No. of cylinders 3 4 4
Type of cooling Water Water Water
Arc Equipment
Starter 12V Lucas 12V Lucas 12V Lucas
Battery capacity, Ah 75 120 120
Governor Mechanical Mechanical Mechanical
Power at 1500 rpm, BHP 30 58 58
Fuel Diesel Diesel Diesel
Fuel tank volume, ltr 75 80 80
Fuel consumption, ltr/hr 3.2 4.5 4.5
Welding Output
Open circuit voltage, VDC 90 90 90
Welding current range, A 10 - 350 10 - 400 10-500
Output at 60% duty cycle, A 300 400 400
Electrode type All including All including All including
cellulosic cellulosic Cellulosic
Electrode size, mm 4.0 / continuous 5.0 / continuous 5.0 / continuous
Auxiliary Output
3Ph supply, kVA, V/Ph, Hz 7.5, 415 / 3, 50 10, 415 / 3, 50 10, 415 / 3, 50
1Ph supply, kVA, V/Ph, Hz 2.5, 230 / 1, 50 5, 230 / 1, 50 5, 230 / 1, 50
Size
Dimensions, l x w x h, mm 2600 x 1030 x 1800 2900 x 1400 x 2010 2900 x 1400 x 2010
Weight approximate, Kg 900 1250 1270
Undercarriage with tow bar 2 wheels as 2 wheels as 2 wheels as
standard standard standard
Noise Level
DB at 1 m distance 75 75 75
Compliance CPCB CPCB CPCB
205
Power Compact 255 Migmatic 250 / Auto Mig 300
Compact MIG / MAG Welding Package Power Source for MIG / MAG Welding
 Compact MIG/MAG with enclosed wire feeder.  Rugged and reliable design.
 Spot, stitch and continuous welding operations.  Continuous welding with 0.8mm wire on MS/SS.
 Adjustable burn back control  Auto Mig 300 is specially designed for automotive
industry for high speed/high current application on
 Ideal for thin sheet fabrication and automotive industry. 24x7 basis.
Arc Equipment
Technical Data Power Compact 255 Technical Data Migmatic 250 Auto Mig 300
Power Source Power Source Migmatic 250 Auto Mig 300
Mains supply, Ph x V, Hz 3 x 415, 50 Mains supply,

Ph x V, Hz 3 x 415, 50 3 x 415, 50
Open circuit voltage, VDC (Max) / steps 16 - 37 / 10
Welding current range, A 30 - 250 Open circuit voltage,

VDC (Max) / steps 16 - 34 / 10 19-40
Welding current
No. of inductance outlets 2 range, A 30 - 250 40-300
Spot / interval welding time, sec 0.2 - 2 Output at 60% duty

cycle, A 250 300
Dimensions, l x w x h, mm 840 x 375 x 736 Type of cooling Forced Air Forced Air
Weight, Kg 90 Dimensions,
l x w x h, mm 620 x 390 x 580 620 x 390 x 580
Wire Feeder (Enclosed)
Weight, Kg 78 87
Wire feed speed, m/min 1.5 - 22
Wire Feeder Migmatic Migmatic
Wire diameter, mm / type 0.8 - 1.2 / MS
Wire feed speed,
m/min 1.5 - 22 1.5 - 22
Wire diameter,
mm / type 0.8 - 1.2 / MS 0.8 - 1.2 / MS
Weight, Kg 6 6
206
Technical Data Auto K 400 Auto K 600
Power Source
Mains supply, Ph x V, Hz 3 x 415±10%, 50 3 x 415±10%, 50

VDC (Max) 55 68
Adjustment of welding current Stepless Stepless
Remote current RCU-AUTO RCU-AUTO

regulator type K 400 K 400
Dimensions, l x w x h, mm 675 x 350 x 690 617 x 455 x 850
Weight, Kg 122 160

Auto K 400 / 600 Wire Feeder Servo - I Servo - II
Thyristorised Power Sources for MIG / MAG Drive system DC motor DC motor
Welding
Speed control Stepless Stepless
 Compact yet thyristorised rugged power sources for Wire feed mechanism Double roll quick Double roll quick
high quality manual or mechanized MIG/MAG. changeover type changeover type
Arc Equipment
 Hex phase rectification gives almost ripple free Length, m (Standard) 5 5
welding output free from spatter.
Length, m (Optional) 10 / 15 / 20 10 / 15 / 20 / 30
 Fresh Tip Treatment (FTT) control eliminates Wire feed speed, m/min 1.5 - 16 m/min 1.5 - 16 m/min
formation of globules at the wire tip during weld stop
condition. Wire diameter, mm / type 0.8 - 1.2 0.8 - 1.6
Weight, Kg 7 9
 Fresh Arc Start (FAS) control instantaneously
enhances the arc-striking rate for better arc striking.
 Self hold circuitry with crater control module.
 Pre-flow of shielding gas with burn-back control for

optimum utilizations.
 Protected against thermail overloading and single

phasing.
 An ideal choice for MIG/MAG welding application

with enhanced productivity and quality.
207
Technical Data Auto K 400 Synergic Auto K 600 Synergic
Power Source
Mains supply, Ph x V, Hz 3 x 415±10%, 50 3 x 415 50 Hz

VDC (Max) 55 64
Output at 60% duty

cycle, A 400 600
Output at 100% duty

cycle, A 310 470
Adjustment of
welding current Stepless Stepless
Weight, Kg 115 180
Remote Current
Regulator type RCU-AUTO K 400 RCU AUTO K 600
Synergic Pendant
Auto K 400 / 600 Synergic Wire and gas combinations Wire Wire Dia Gas
for operation in the Fe 0.8 / 1.2 / 1.6 CO2

Thyristorised Power Sources with Synergic Feature
for MIG / MAG synergic mode SS 0.8 / 1.2 / 1.6 Argon Mix
Al 0.9 / 1.2 / 1.6 Argon

 Synergic feature coupled with the features of No. of job memories 9 9
standard Auto K 400 to operate in manual / synergic (User-defined)
mode.
Arc Equipment
Wire Feeder Servo - I Servo - 11
Drive system DC motor DC motor

 Software based auto selection of parameters using
inputs of wire diameter, material and shielding gas. Speed control Stepless Stepless
Wire feed mechanism 2-roll quick changeover type 2-roll quick

changeover type
 User settable non-volatile and editable job
memories. 4-roll drive optional 4-roll drive optional
Length of interconnection, 5 5
 Separate adjustment for crater. mtr
Wire feed speed, m/min 1.5 - 16 m/min 1.5 - 16 m/min

 LCD display for welding parameters. Wire diameter, mm 0.8 - 1.2 0.8 - 1.6
Wire type MS / Al / FC MS / AI / FC
 Mounted on rubberized wheels for better mobility
along with gas cylinder base. Weight, Kg 7 9
208
SCR 400(S) Buddy Mig 500i
MIG / MAG Welding units for Shipyard Rugged and Reliable Inverter MIG/MAG
 IGBT based Inverter MIG/MAG.
 Heavy-duty thyristorised power sources designed
Arc Equipment
specially to meet the welding applications for  High duty cycle – 387A @ 100%, ideal for operating
shipyards. on 24 x 7.
 Wire feeder interconnection up to 50m available.  Stepless inductance – better arc performance.
 Feeder mounted remote – easy parameter control.
 Suitable for all types of wires - Solid/flux-cored.
 Welding voltage and wire feed speed by remote and
 Light weight and compact wire feeder for reaching crater voltage and crater current control on panel.
all locations.
 Versatile – Excellent performance on MS, SS and Al.
 Standard 2-roll quick changeover mechanism or
 Wide mains voltage tolerance – operates over 340 –
optional 4-roll drive.
460V input supply, stable welding controls.
 Outstanding welding performance.  Protected against thermal overloading and over/
under voltage.
Technical Data SCR 400(S) Technical Data Buddy Mig 500i
Power Source Power Source

Mains supply, Ph x V, Hz 3 x 415 ± 10%, 50 Mains voltage, V, Ph, Hz 400 ± 10%, 3, 50
Current range, A 50 – 500
Welding current - Max, A 400
Open circuit voltage, V 50
Dimensions, l x w x h, mm 710 x 435 x 760 Output at 60% duty cycle, A 500
Weight, Kg 149
Wire Feeder Servo-I Weight, Kg 56
Wire feed mechanism 2-roll quick changeover type
Wire Feeder Buddy Feed 402
4-roll drive optional Wire feed speed, m/min 1.5 – 20
Wire diameter, mm 0.8 – 1.6
Weight, Kg 7
Weight, Kg 9
209
MIG C3000i U6
MIG 3001i/4001i + Aristo Feed 3004w U6
 Lower power rating
 m wire.
Higher rated current at 100% duty cycle for continuous usage of 0.8mm
 Digital Display
 Pulse and Synergic Pulse MIG / MAG
 Remote control option
Technical Data MIG C3000i MIG 3001i (w) MIG 4001i (w)
Mains voltage V, Hz 400, 3-50 / 60 4-300, 50/60 400, 3-50/60
Fuse, slow A 16 16 20
Mains cable, Ø mm2 4x4 4x4 4x4
Setting range A MIG / MAG 16-300 16-300 20-400
MMA 16-300 16-300 16-400
TIG 4-300 4-300 4-400
Permitted load MIG / MAG at
35% duty cycle A/V 300 300 400
Arc Equipment
60% duty cycle A/V 240 240 320

100% duty cycle A/V 200 200 250
Open circuit voltage V 60 60 91
Open circuit voltage (VRD active) 35 35 35
Open circuit power W 30 30 60
Dimensions l x w x h, mm 625x410x420 652x249x423 652x249x423
Water colling unit CoolMidi 1800 CoolMidi 1000 CoolMidi 1000
Weight 38 33 43.5
Cooling unit (Empty / Full) kg 19 / 23 14 / 19 63.5 (in-built cooler)
Insulation class H H H
Enclosure class IP 23 IP 23 IP 23
Application class S S S
Standards IEC/EN 60974-1,-10 IEC/EN 60974-1,-10 IEC/EN 60974-1,-10
Wire feeder In-built 4-roll External 4-roll External 4-roll
Model (Feed) Enclosed 3004w / 4804w 3004w / 4804w
Wire Feed Speed, m/min 0.8-25 0.8-25 0.8-25
Wire diameter, mm 0.6-1.2 0.6-1.2 (3004w) 0.6-1.2 (3004w)
0.6-2.4 (4804w) 0.6-2.4 (4804w)
Wire type MS / SS / AL MS / SS / AL MS / SS / AL
Control Panel / Pendant U6 U6 / U8-2 Plus U6 / U8-2 Plus
210
Technical Data Mig 5000i
Power Source

VDC / VRD activated 68 - 88 / <35
Application class S
Standards of compliance IEC/EN 60974

-1, -2, -10
625 x 394 x 776*
Weight, Kg 68 / 88*
Aristo Mig 5000i (w)
Arc Equipment
Cooling Unit*
Heavy-duty Multi-process Inverter Power Sources
for MIG/MAG (Pulse / Synergic / Non-Pulse), MMA Cooling power, W** 2500*
Welding and Arc Gouging
Coolant quantity, ltr 5.5*
 Inverter power source for applications demanding
Maximum water flow, ltr/min 2*
high level of performance.
* Applies to water cooled models Aristo Mig 5000iw only
 Robust construction, body made of aluminium
to prevent corrosion and handle tough working ** At 40 Deg C temperature difference and flow rate 1.5 ltr/min
environments.
 Both Cooling Fan and Pump function on demand,

extremely low no-load power consumption.
 Communication system is based on CAN-bus for

efficient control with minimization of cables.
 Dust filter to handle tough and dirty working

environment and avoid grinding dust and metal
particles inside the chassis of the power source.
 Suitable for both manual and mechanized applications

with outstanding welding characteristics.
211
Technical Data Mig U4000iw Mig U5000iw
Power Source
Open circuit voltage, VDC (Max) 80 80
Welding current range, A 16 - 400 / 4 - 400# 16 - 500 / 4 - 500#
Enclosure class IP 23 IP 23
Application class S S
Standards of compliance IEC/EN 60974 -1 IEC/EN 60974 -1

IEC/EN 60974 -10 IEC/EN 60974 -10

with cooling unit
Weight (Power source + 63.5 + 20 71 + 20

Cooling unit), Kg
Cooling Unit
Cooling power, W* 2500 2500
Coolant 50% water and 50% water and

50% glycol 50% glycol
Aristo Mig U4000iw / U5000iw Coolant quantity, ltr 5.5 5.5

Arc Equipment
Maximum water flow, ltr/min 2 2

Heavy-duty Multi-process Inverter Power Sources
for MIG/MAG (Pulse / Synergic / Non-Pulse), MMA # Current range for TIG
Welding and Arc Gouging (U5000iw) * At 40 Deg C temperature difference and flow rate 1.5 ltr/min
 Inverter power source for applications demanding

high level of performance.
 Robust construction, body made of aluminium

to prevent corrosion and handle tough working
environments.
 Both Cooling Fan and Pump function on demand,

extremely low no-load power consumption.
 VRD for enhanced operator safety.
 Compatible Feeder / Control Panel Combination.
 Communication system is based on CAN-bus for

efficient control with minimization of cables.
 Dust filter to handle tough and dirty working

environment and avoid grinding dust and metal
particles inside the chassis of the power source.
 Suitable for both manual and mechanized applications

with outstanding welding characteristics.
212
Technical Data Control Panel U6 Pendant U8_2 Plus
2/4 Stroke X X
Crater filling X X
Adjustable burn back time X X
Creep start X X
Hot start X X
Inductance X X
Gas pre/post flow X X
Digital V/A meters X X
Gas purge/wire inching X X
Pre-programmed synergic lines X (60) X (>230)
Feed 3004w / 4804w U6 Memory 10 set X
Memory 255 set X
Feed 3004w / 4804w + Pendant Pulse / synergic pulse X X
U8_2 Plus Create synergic lines X
# Can also be used with Aristo Mig 4000i / 5000i without TIG functionalities
Wire Feeders for Aristo Mig U4000iw / U5000iw
 Heavy-duty construction with 4-roll drive.
 All feed rollers are geared and grooved for maximum

grip and positive force to facilitate better feeding.
Arc Equipment
 Digital V/A meter for displaying welding parameters.
 Remote control available optionally.
 Fully enclosed wire spool to protect the wire spool.

Technical Data Feed 3004w Feed 4804w
Mains supply, Ph x V, Hz 1 x 42, 50 1 x 42, 50
Drive system 4-Roll Drive 4-Roll Drive
Length of interconnection, m 1.7/5/10/15/25/35 1.7/5/10/15/25/35
Max. diameter of wire spool, mm 330 / 440** 330 / 440**
Wire feed speed, m/min 0.8 - 25 0.8 - 25
Wire type MS / Al / FC MS / Al / FC
Wire diameter, mm 0.6 - 1.6 0.6 - 2.4
Enclosure class IP23 IP23
Standards of compliance IEC/EN 60974 -5/-10 IEC/EN 60974 -5/-10
Weight, Kg 15 19
Coolant - max pressure, bar 5* 5*
** With additional bobbin adapter.
213
Technical Data PSF 250 PSF 305 PSF 405 PSF 505
Type of cooling Air/Gas Air/Gas Air/Gas Air/Gas
Wire diameter, mm 0.6 - 1.0 0.8 - 1.2 0.8 - 1.6 1.0 - 2.4
Wire type MS/Al/FC MS/Al/FC MS/Al/FC MS/Al/FC
Rating, A @ % duty cycle 250@60% 315@60% 380@60% 475@60%
Length, m 3/4.5 3/4.5 3/4.5 3/4.5
Weight, Kg 1.8/2.5 2.5/3.3 3.1/4.2 3.9/5.3
MIG Torches - Air / Water Technical Data PSF 410w PSF 510w
Cooled Type of cooling Water Water
Wire diameter, mm 0.8 - 1.6 1.0 - 2.4

PSF 250 / 305 / 405 / 505 3/4.5m Air Cooled
Wire type MS/Al/FC MS/Al/FC
PSF 410w / 510w 3/4.5m Water Cooled
Rating, A @ % duty cycle 400@100% 500@100%
 Heavy-duty construction.
Length, m 3/4.5 3/4.5
 Ergonomically designed handle. Weight, Kg 3.0/3.9 3.3/4.0
 All torches come with EURO connection as
standard.
 All torches come with 50° swan neck as standard.

Arc Equipment
 Straight neck and 60° swan neck available

optionally.
 360° swiveling facility.
 Wide range of wear parts e.g. liners, contact tips and

gas nozzles available for welding in all positions.
 Conforms to IEC / EN 60974-7.
214
EasyWeld SSR400-T / 400T-Pulse Buddy Tig 160
Thyristorised Power Source for DC TIG and MMA Portable Inverter Welder for DC TIG and MMA
 Robust and compact construction.

 Portable inverter power source for DC TIG and
 Outstanding welding characteristics in TIG / MMA. MMA.
 Hex-phase rectification gives almost ripple free

output.  IGBT based single phase inverter power source.
 Suitable for all positional welding.

 Choice of TIG starting by HF or Scratch Start.
Arc Equipment
 True vertical welding characteristics.
 2/4 stroke control in TIG.
 Built-in HF for smooth start in TIG.
 Higher OCV for better arc striking.  Current and arc force control in MMA.
 Heavy-duty design, suitable for manual well as
mechanized TIG applications of any kind.  Generator compliant – runs on generator power.
 Built-in hot start and anti-stick in MMA improves

 Protected against thermal overloading.
droplet separation from the electrode and improves
weldability.
 Remote control for adjustment of welding current

while welding in progress.
Technical Data EasyWeld SSR 400-T Technical Data Buddy Tig 160

Mains voltage, V, Ph, Hz 230 ± 10%, 1, 50
Current range, A 5 – 160
Open circuit voltage, V 58
Class of insulation H
Weight, Kg 6
Enclosure class IP23S
Weight, Kg 155
* 400T Pulse Comes with Pulsing unit.
215
Caddy TIG 2200i TA33 / TA34 Origo Tig 3001i TA24
Inverter Power Sources for DC TIG/Pulse TIG/MMA
Single Phase Portable Inverters for DC TIG / Pulse
 Inverter power sources for MMA, DC TIG (TA23) and
TIG / MMA Welding
also DC Pulse TIG (TA24) with excellent welding
 Rugged design - impact resistant polymer design. output.
 Robust and compact construction.
 Built-in PFC to counter harmonics, Arc Plus II  Digital display of the welding parameters.
regulator for smooth output, handles 100m long
 2 job memories (TA24).
mains cable.
 All positional welding.
 TIG - Start by HF/Lift Arc, up/down slope, pre/  Burns MMA electrodes of any class of size up to
post gas. 4.0 mm continuously.
 Trolley, remote hand / foot control optional.
Arc Equipment
 TA33 - Automatic setting os parameters based on

 3001iw variant also available with cooling unit.
sheet thickness.
 TA34 - Manually set pulse parameters in TIG. Technical Data Tig 3001i (TA24)
Power Source Tig 3000i

Technical Data Caddy Tig 2200i Open circuit voltage, VDC 60
Open circuit voltage direct
Mains supply, 1 x 230 V, 50 Hz (VRD active), v 35
Welding current range, A (TIG) 4 - 300
Fuse (slow), A 16
Welding current range, A (MMA) 16 - 300
Open circuit voltage, VDC (Max) 72 Output at 60% duty cycle, A 240
Welding current range, A
(TIG/MMA) 4 - 220 / 3 - 220 Type of cooling Forced Air
Output at 60% duty cycle, A 150 Application class S
Enclosure class IP23 Dimensions, l x w x h, mm 652 X 249 X 423
Weight, Kg 33.5
Application class S Standards of compliance IEC/EN 60974 - 1/-3 / -10
Standards of compliance IEC 60974 -1 / -10 Control Panel TA24
TIG start mode HF / Lift Arc
2/4 Stroke 2/4
Weight, Kg 9.4 Slope up, sec 0 - 10
Slope down, sec 0 - 10
Cooling Unit Cool Mini
Gas pre-flow, sec 0-5
Coolant Vol., Ltr. 2.2 Gas post-flow, sec 5 - 25
Pulse/background current, A 4 - 300
Max. flow, Ltr./min 2
Pulse/background time, sec 0.01 - 2.5
Cooling Unit CoolMidi 1000
Cooling power, W* 1100
Coolant volume, ltr 5
Max flow, ltr/min 4
including cooling unit
Weight (including cooling unit), Kg 54
Standards of compliance IEC/EN 60974-2/10
* At 40 Deg C temperature difference and flow rate 1 ltr/min
216
Technical Data Tig 4000iw (TA6)
Power Source Tig 4000i
Application class S
Dimensions, l x w x h, mm 625 x 394 x 776*

with Cooling Unit
Aristo Tig 4000iw TA6 Weight, Kg 79*
Inverter Power Sources for DC TIG / Pulse TIG / MMA Standards of compliance IEC / EN 60974 -1 / -3 / -10
 Heavy-duty power sources for MMA, DC TIG and Cooling Unit*
also DC Pulse TIG (TA6) with excellent welding Cooling power, W** 2000
output.
Coolant volume, ltr 5.5
 Robust and compact construction. Max flow, ltr/min 2
 Dust filter to withstand tough working environment. Control Panel TA6
Arc Equipment
TIG start mode HF / Lift Arc
 10 job memories (TA6).
2/4 Stroke 2/4
 Welding thin sheets using pulse TIG (TA6).
Slope up, sec 0-5
 All positional welding with high efficiency and
quality.
 Suitable for manual and mechanized TIG
Gas post-flow, sec 5 - 25
applications.
Pulse / background current, A 4 - 400
 Burns MMA electrodes of any class of size up to
Pulse / background time, sec 0.001 - 0.1
6.3 mm.
* Applies to water cooled models Aristo Tig 4000iw TA6 only
 Trolley, remote hand / foot control optional.
** At 40 Deg C temperature difference and flow rate 1 ltr/min
217
Technical Data Tig 2200i AC/DC Tig 2200i AC/DC
(TA33 AC/DC) (TA34 AC/DC)
Power Source Tig 2200i Tig 2200i
Open circuit voltage, 55-60 55-60
Open circuit voltage direct,

(VRD active), v 35 35
Welding current range,

A (TIG) 4 - 220 4 - 220
Welding current range,

A (MMA) 16 - 160 16 - 160
Enclosure class IP 23 IP 23
Caddy Tig 2200i AC/DC, TA33 / Application class S S
Dimensions, l x w x h, mm 418 X 188 X 345 418 X 188 X 345

TA34 AC/DC Weight, Kg 15 15
Inverter Power Sources for AC/DC TIG / DC Pulse Standards of compliance IEC/EN 60974 -1/-3 IEC/EN 60974 -1/-3
TIG / MMA IEC/EN 60974 -10 IEC/EN 60974 -10
 Portable power sources with wide functionalities. Control Panel TA33 TA34
TIG start mode HF / Lift Arc HF / Lift Arc

 Digital display, 2 job memories.
2/4 Stroke 2/4 2/4
Arc Equipment
 TA33 - parameters adjusted based on plate

Slope up, sec 0 - 10 0 - 10
thickness.
Slope down, sec 0 - 10 0 - 10
 TA34 - manually adjust all parameters.
Gas pre-flow, sec Preset Preset
 Burns MMA electrodes of any class of size up to Gas post-flow, sec 0 - 10 5 - 25
3.15 mm continuously.
Pulse frequency DC, sec -- 0.01 - 2.5
 Trolley and remote control available optionally.
Frequency AC, Hz -- 10 - 150
AC balance, % -- 50 - 98
Plate thickness, mm 1-5 --
Cooling Unit CoolMini CoolMini
Cooling power, W* 700 700
Coolant volume, ltr 2.2 2.2
Max flow, ltr/min 2 2
Weight (empty), Kg 4.5 4.5
Standards of compliance IEC/EN 60974 -2/-10 IEC/EN 60974 -2/10
218
Technical Data Tig 3000i AC/DC, TA24 AC/DC
Open circuit voltage, V 54-64
Application class S
Dimensions, l x w x h, mm 652 X 412 X 423
Weight, Kg 42
Standards of compliance IEC/EN 60974 -1 / -3 / -10

Origo Tig 3000i AC/DC, TIG start mode HF / Lift Arc
TA24 AC/DC 2/4 Stroke 2/4
Inverter Power Sources for AC/DC TIG / DC Pulse Slope up, sec 0 - 10
TIG / MMA
 Designed to weld any metal e.g. aluminium, copper,
stainless steel and its alloys with high performance.
Arc Equipment
Gas post-flow, sec 5 - 25
 Digital display, 2 job memories.
Pulse / background current, A 4 - 300
 QWave - High performance AC welding with low
Pulse / background time, sec 0.01 - 2.5
noise.
AC balance, % 50 - 98
 Electrode preheating - excellent arc start and
extended electrode life-time. AC frequency, Hz 10 - 152
Electrode preheating 1 - 100

 Energy save made - cooling fan and pump on
demand. Cooling Unit CoolMidi 1800
 Burns MMA electrodes of any class of size up to 4.0 Cooling power, W* 1800
mm continuously.
 Trolley, remote hand / foot control optional. Max flow, ltr/min 4
Weight (empty), Kg 19
Standards of compliance IEC/EN 60974 -2 / -10
219
Technical Data Tig 4300iw AC/DC,
TA24 AC/DC
Open circuit voltage, without VRD

V (Max) 83
Open circuit voltage direct,

(VRD activated), v <35
Application class S
Origo Tig 4300iw AC/DC, TA24 Dimensions, l x w x h, mm 625 x 394 x 776
AC/DC Weight, Kg 95
Standards of compliance IEC/EN 60974-1/-2/-3/-10

Heavy-duty Inverter Power Sources for Manual /
Mechanized TIG (AC/DC TIG / DC Pulse TIG) and TIG start mode HF / Lift Arc
MMA Welding
2/4 Stroke 2/4
Designed to weld any metal e.g. aluminium,
Arc Equipment
 Slope up, sec 0 - 10

magnesium, copper and its alloys, MS and SS with
high performance. Slope down, sec 0 - 10

 Robust construction, Digital display, 2 job
memories. Gas post-flow, sec 5 - 25
 QWave - High performance AC welding with low Pulse / background current, A 4 - 430
noise. Pulse / background time, sec 0.01 - 2.5
 Electrode preheating - excellent arc start and AC balance, % 50 - 98

extended electrode life-time.
AC frequency, Hz 10 - 152
 VRD - Voltage Reduction Device, safety feature in
Electrode preheating manual, MS 15 - 100
MMA.
Cooling Unit Built-in
 Energy save made - cooling fan and pump on
demand. Cooling power, W* 2000

 Burns MMA electrodes of any class of size up to 6.3
mm. Max flow, ltr/min 2
 Arc force, hot start, polarity switch for welding in * At 40 Deg C temperature difference and flow rate 1.0 ltr/min
MMA.
 Trolley and remote hand / foot control optional.
220
Technical Data TXH 201 / 201r / 201V
Type of cooling Air / Gas
Connection OKC 50
Size of TIG rod, mm 1.0 - 4.0
Rating, A@% duty cycle 200 @ 35%
Length, m 4/8
Technical Data TXH 251w / TXH 401w TXH 401w HD /

TXH 251wr TXH 401wr TXH 401wr HD
Type of cooling Water Water Water
Connection OKC 50 OKC 50 OKC 50
TIG Torches - Air / Water Cooled Size of TIG rod, mm 1.0 - 3.2 1.0 - 4.8 1.0 - 4.8
Rating, A@% duty cycle 250 @ 60% 400 @ 35% 430 @ 35%
TXH 201 4/8m Air Cooled
Length, m 4/8 4/8 4/8
TXH 251w/400w/400w HD 4/8m Water Cooled
TXH 201r 4/8m Air Cooled with Remote Functions
TXH 251w/401w/401w HD 4/8m Water Cooled with

Remote Functions
TXH 201V 4/8m Air Cooled for Scratch TIG
Arc Equipment
 Rugged construction - trouble free operation with
minimum maintenance.
 Ergonomically designed handle.
 Effective cooling system.
 All torches come with OKC connection as standard.
 TXH 201r / 251wr / 401wr / 401wr HD TIG

torches available with remote control for
CAN-bus based TIG machines i.e. for Caddy Tig
2200i, Caddy Tig 2200i AC/DC, Origo Tig 3001i,
Origo Tig 3000i AC/DC, Aristo Tig 4000i and Origo
Tig 4300iw AC/DC.
 Gas valve mounted TIG torches TXH 150V/200V for

scratch TIG using rectifiers.
 Wide range of wear parts e.g. collet, collet body,

nozzle, and gas lens available for welding in all
positions.
 All the TIG torches conform to international standard

IEC/EN 60974-7.
221
LPH 50 / 80 / 120 PowerCut 900 / 1600
Rugged Power Sources for Air Plasma Cutting Inverter Power Sources for Air Plasma Cutting
 Faster and economical on Al, SS and CS below 20  Inverter based power source, excellent cutting
mm. output.
 Cutting can be done from gauge thickness to thick  Robust and compact construction.
plates.
 Cuts thin sheets of gauge thickness to thick
 Very safe and convenient. plates.
 No distortion even on sheets below 6 mm.  Cutting packages with mechanized cutting torch
Arc Equipment
also available for PC-1600.

 Light weight torches make cutting effortless.
 Straight torch Circle cutting attachments are
 Circle cutting attachments and available optionally. available optionally.
 Trolly for straight line cutting using manual PT-25/27
cutting torch is available optionally.
Technical Data LPH 50 LPH 80 LPH 120 Technical Data PC-900 PC-1600
Mains supply, PhxV, Hz 3x415, 50 3x415, 50 3x415, 50 Mains supply, PhxV, Hz 3x400, 50 3x400, 50
OCV, VDC (Max) 320 310 310 OCV, VDC (Max) 275 278
Output@% duty cycle, A -- -- -- Output@% duty cycle, A 60@60% 90@60%
Pressure, bar 4.5 - 7 4.5 - 7 4.5 - 7 Air supply, ltr/min / bar 150/5.2 165/5.5
Cutting capacity, mm 12/15* 25/35* 35/45* Cutting capacity, mm 22/32** 38/45**
Enclosure class IP23 IP23 IP23 Type of cooling Forced Air Forced Air
Type of cooling Forced Air Forced Air Dimensions, lxwxh, mm 516x275 x409 800x318x419
Dimensions, lxwxh, mm 680x325 x515 760x390 x845 760x390 x845 Weight, Kg 39.5 42.7
Manual cutting torch PT 38 PT-38

Weight, Kg 89 131 167
Torch length, m 7.6/15.2 7.6/15.2
Torch/length, m PT-27/7.6 PT-27/7.6 PT-25/7.6
* Also available in 3 x 400V version
* Quality cut / sever capacity
** Quality cut / sever capacity
222
CPRA 800(S) / 1200(S)
CPRA 1000T / 1200T
Power Sources for SAW
 Rugged construction with sheet metal body, mounted on rubberized wheels.
 Heavy-duty construction, designed for continuous applications up to 1000 Amps.
 4-step voltage control in coarse and fine mode.
 Mains voltage compensation ensures minimal fluctuation in arc voltage.
 Built-in protection against thermal overloading.
 Power and control units are housed separately for the easy of servicing.
SAW Tractor LW - Tractor Mounted Welding Head
 Heavy-duty design ensures stable wire feeding and good welding output.
 Available in standard tractor mountable version and optional boom mountable version.
 Nozzle designed suitably for a no. of applications e.g. linear / fillet welding etc.
 User-friendly control panel with controls within easy reach of operator, for adjustment of
parameters, while welding in progress.
 Creep feed start for non-explosive and smooth start of the welding.
Arc Equipment
Technical Data CPRA 800(S) CPRA 1200(S) CPRA 1000T CPRA 1200T
Power Source
Mains supply, Ph x V, Hz 3 x 415, 50 3 x 415, 50 3 x 415, 50 3 x 415, 50

Open circuit voltage, VDC 22 - 55 30 - 60 59 59
Output at 100%
duty cycle, A 800 1000 850 950
Type of cooling Forced Air Forced Air Forced Air Forced Air
Dimensions, l x w x h, mm 960 x 760 x 880 1000 x 800 x 900 830 x 670 x 1400 830 x 670 x 1400
Weight, Kg 325 375 440 440
Welding Head SAW Tractor LW SAW Tractor LW SAW Tractor LC SAW Tractor LC
Wire (single) diameter
range, mm 2.4 - 5.0 / 6.3* 2.4 - 5.0 / 6.3* 2.4 - 5.0 / 6.3* 2.4 - 5.0 / 6.3*
Wire feed speed, m/min 0.5 - 4.5 0.5 - 4.5 0.5-4.5 0.5-4.5
Welding current range, A 200 - 1200 200 - 1200 300 - 1000 300 - 1200
Vertical adjustment, mm 100 100 140 1400
Swivel arrangement, degree 180° 180° 360° 360°
Speed range of
tractor, m/min 0 - 1.5 0 - 1.5 0 - 1.5 0 - 1.5
Wheel center of tractor, mm 350 350 350 350
Dimensions, l x w x h, mm 1368 x 410 x 1145 1368 x 410 x 1145 1368 x 410 x 1145 1368 x 410 x 1145
* Optional
223
Welding Automation
Thyristorised SAW Power

Sources - DC
LAF 635 / 1000 / 1000M / 1250 / 1250M / 1600 /
1600M
 Excellent welding characteristics throughout the en-

tire current and voltage.
 Good arc stability at low as well as high voltages.
LAF 635 LAF 1000 LAF 1000M LAF1250M LAF 1250M LAF 1600M LAF 1600M
Mains supply, V/Hz 400/50-60 400/50-60 400/50-60 400/50-60 400/50-60 400/50-60 400/50-60
Max output at 60% duly cycle, A 800/44 1000/44 1000/44 - - - -
Max output at 100% duty cycle, A 630/44 800/44 800/44 1250/44 1250/44 1600/44 1600/44
Setting range, A/V, MIG/MAG 50/17-630/44 50/17-1000/45 50/17-1000/45 60/17-1250/44 60/17-1250/44 - -
Setting range, A/V, SAW 30/21-800/44 40/22-1000/45 40/22-1000/45 40/22-1250/44 40/22-1250/44 40/22-1600/46 40/22-1600/46
Open circuit voltage, V 54 52 52 51 51 54 54
No load power, W 150 145 145 220 220 220 220
Efficiency at max current 0.84 0.84 0.84 0.87 0.87 0.86 0.86
Power factor at max current 0.90 0.95 0.95 0.92 0.92 0.87 0.87
Voltage, 3 ph 60 Hz, V 400/415 400/415/500 230/400/415/ 400/415/500 230/400/415/ 400/415/500 230/400/415/
500 500 500
Voltage, 3 ph 60 Hz, V 440 400/440/550 230/400/440/ 400/440/550 230/400/440/ 400/440/550 230/400/440/
550 550 550
Endosure class, protection IP 23 IP 23 IP 23 IP 23 IP 23 IP 23 IP 23
External dimensions, LxWxH, mm 670x490x1090 646x552x1090 646x552x1090 774x598x1428 774x598x1428 774x598x1428 774x598x1428
Weight, kg 260 330 330 490 490 585 585
Arc Equipment
Thyristorised SAW Power A2/A6 Process Controller PEH

Sources - AC  Control boxes usable for SAW and GMAW together
with A2/A6 automatic welding machines.
TAF 800 / 1250
 Heavy-duty thyristorised AC power sources with  Adaptable to LAF/TAF series of power sources,
square wave output. technical specifications as under.
 Excellent arc ignition characteristics and good weld- Enclosure class, protection IP 23
ing properties.
External dimensions, LxWxH, mm 355x210x164
 Ideal for SAW.
TAF 800 TAF 1250
Mains supply, V/Hz 42 (AC)/50-60
Max output at 100% doty cycle, A 800 1250
Weight, kg 5.5
Setting range, A/V 300/28- 400/28-
800/44 1250/44
Max power consumption, VA 900
Open circuit voltage, V 71 72
Efficiency at max current 0.86 0.86
Power factor at max current 0.75 0.76
Voltage, 1 ph 50 Hz, V 400/415/500 400/415/500
Voltage, 1 ph 60 Hz, V 400/440/550 400/440/550
Enclose class, protection IP 23 IP 23
External dimensions, LxWxH, mm 774x598x1228 74x598x1228
Weight kg 495 608
224
Orbital TIG Welding more. It consists of an articulated carriage that travels
around the pipe on a rack adapted to match the diam-
A21 PRB/PRC/PRD 160/ POC 12-60, Aristo Mech eter of the pipe. To ensure maximum flexibility it is built
Tig 4000iw in modular form.
The ESAB welding program for mechanised tube

welding is based on the TIG welding method with a
non-consumable tungsten electrode. To further improve
weld quality and decrease costs, ESAB have developed
microprocessor controlled power sources for orbital TIG
welding, the Aristo MechTig 4000iw with control boxes
Aristo MechControl 2 and 4.
A21 POC 12-60 is a welding head for tube-to-tube sheet

TIG welding. It is a precision-built, robust and versatile
welding head 12 to 60 (93) mm outer tube diameter.
It has a very high centering accuracy and centering
mandrels are available for inner tube diameters from 10
mm.
A21 PRB welding head is compact and easy to use as a
result of its unique pincer action, which reduces setting-
up times to a minimum. The welding head is positioned
and secured around the tube with great accuracy in
seconds. The PRB welding heads are available in three
sizes for tubes with outer diameters of 17 to 170 mm.
Arc Equipment
A21 PRC welding head has a weaving movement and
arc voltage control, which produces higher productivity Aristo MechTig 4000iw is designed to work together
and better welding quality, particularly when welding with the Aristo MechControl 2 and 4. This is a 400A
thick-walled tubes. heavy-duty inverter based power source having com-
pact design with outstanding welding characteristics.
Connection cables up to 8m provide a working range
of 16m.
A21 PRD 160 is a water-cooled flexible pipe-welding

head for pipes with an outer diameter of 160 mm or
225
It is a small, compact, motor-operated trolley designed
for the mechanisation of GMAW, gas metal arc welding,
in particular. The permanent magnet built-in magnet,
which can be switched on/off, holds the tractor in the
correct position on the work-piece.
Travel speed, m/min 2.5
Weldilng speed, m/min 0.15-1.5
Control voltage, V, AC 36-42
Max power consumption, W 25
Intermittent welding range, cm 1-99
Crater fill duration, s 0-9.9
Weight, kg 8.5
Tractor Automats - Miggytrac Miggytrac 3000

Miggytrac 1001
It is a compact motor powered tractor into which a stan-

dard ESAB welding torch can be attached. It is mounted
on four driving wheels together with the magnet ensur-
ing stable operation. The magnet holds the tractor in the
Arc Equipment
correct position on the work-piece, even if it is bent or

angled.
Welding speed, m/min 0.15-1.2
Power, W 20
Weight, kg 7
External dimensions, LxWxH, mm 266x257x267 Miggytrac 3000
It is a small, compact, motor-powered tractor with four

Miggytrac 2000 wheel drive, integrated wire feed and water-cooled weld-
ing torch, designed for horizontal MIG/MAG welding of
plates and beams. The carriage follows the weld joint by
one front and one rear guide and wheel.
Travel speed, m/min 2.5
Welding speed, m/min 0.15-1.5
Intermittent welding range, cm 1-99
Crater fill duration, cm 0-9.9
Weight, kg 17
Miggytrac 2000 External dimensions, LxWxH, mm 370x400-530x520
226
 Quick set-up and easy operation
 Programmable with five programs
 Calibrated setting values in mm, cm and sec
 Programmable “backfill” for crater filling
Tractor Automats - Railtrac

Railtrac F1000
Railtrac F1000, Flexi, for welding and thermal cutting.
 Welds and cuts in all positions on magnetic and non-

magnetic materials Railtrac FW1000/FW1000 L
 Quick assembly and easy operation Railtract FW1000, Flexi Weaver, for oscillated welding.
The Railtrac FW 1000 can be delivered in a “FW1000
 Programmable with five programs L” version if the welding process need to be done with a
lower welding speed than with FW1000.
 Calibrated setting values in cm, mm and sec
 Welds and outs in all positions on magnetic and
 Programmable “backfill” for crater filling
non-magnetic materials
 Programmable with five programs
Arc Equipment
Railtrac FR1000
Railtrac FR1000, Flexi Return, for welding and outing

with automatic return.
Railtrac BV1000 / BVR1000
 Welds and cuts in all positions on magnetic and non-
magnetic materials Railtrac BV1000 and BVR1000 are two automatic units
for mechanising the repair and hardfacing of rail pro?les
smoothly and efficiently. The equipment can be assem-
 Programmable with five programs bled, and controlled quickly and easily by one person.
Learning to use it is easy and extremely fast.
 Calibrated setting values in mm, cm and sec
Rail length, m 2
 Programmable “backfill” for crater filling Welding speed, m/min 0.1-1.5
Weaving range, mm 1-80
Weaving speed, mm/s 7-50
Crater fill duration, s 0-9.9
Zero-line shift, mm 25 (+-12.5)
Railtrac FWR1000
Programmable edge length, cm 6-99
Railtract FWR1000, Flexi Weaver Return, for oscillated Weight, kg 7
welding with automatic return.
The track for all the above models of Railtrac are made
 Welds in all positions on magnetic and non-magnetic of Aluminium and can be either extended or cut to get
materials the required length.
227
A2 Multitrac with
A2/A6 Process Controller PEH
The A2 Multitrac with the A2/A6 process controller PEH

is available for both SAW and the GMAW. If the SAW-
version is chosen, the A2 Multitrac is capable of working
with single or twin wire.
Wire Ø, unall, solid 1.6-4.0 2x1.2-2.5 0.8-1.6 0.8-1.6
Wire Ø, SS 1.6-4.0 2x1.2-2.5 0.8-1.6 0.8-1.6
Wire Ø, AI - - 1.2-1.6 1.0-2.0
Wire Ø, CW 1.6-4.0 - 1.2-2.4 1.2-2.4
Wire feed, m/min 0.2-9 0.2-9 0.2-16 2.0-25
Travel speed, m/min 0.1-1.7 0.1-1.7 0.1-1.7 0.1-1.73
External dimensions, 870x400 870x400 870x400 870x400
LxWxH, mm x830 x830 x830 x830
Weight, kg 47 47 43 43
Tractor Automats - Trippletrac /
Multitrac / Mastertac
A2 Trippletrac
It is a three-wheeled tractor carriage steers with the front

wheel. It is used for internal circumferential welding of
Arc Equipment
large cylindrical objects due to its clever design with a

steering wheel. The tractor can be equipped with A2-A6
Process Controller PEH or A2 Welding Controller PEI.
Max load at 100% duty cycle, A 800

Wire feed max, m/min 0.2-9.0
Travel speed, m/min 0.1-1.7
Weight, excl wire and flux, kg 47
A6 Mastertrac
It is a heavy-duty self-propelled, fourwheel drive, auto-

matic welding machine. The advanced electronic control
provides high precision and the digital display enables
all the welding parameters to be preset accurately. It
can be used for SAW as well as for GMAW.
Max load at 100% 1500 600 1500 2x1500
ditu cycle, A
Wirediameter, mm 3.0-6.0 1.0-3.2 2x2.0-3.0 2x3.0-6.0
Wire lead, m/min 0.2-4.0 0.8-16.6 0.2-4.0 0.2-4.0
Travel speed, m/min 0.1-2.0 0.1-2.0 0.1-2.0 0.1-2.0
External dimensions, 1410x750 1410x750 1410x750 1410x990
LxWxH, mm x850 x850 x850 x850
228
Roller Beds Positioners
Esab offers a wide range of roller beds with capacity Esab offers a comprehensive range of positioners for
varying from 5 - 250 tons. The roller beds have mechan- automatic welding. These very versatile welding tools
ical adjustment for circular work-pieces and self-aligning enable welding to be carried out in the optimum posi-
roller beds, which automatically adapt o the roller bed tions to benefit the quality of the work. The positioners
diameter. These roller beds are designed to operate in can be integrated with A2/A6 automatic welding equip-
combination with A2/A6 automatic welding equipment ment.
and Esab’s columns and booms.
Arc Equipment
229
Friction Stir Welding Friction Stir Welding
Legio Friction Stir Welder Super Stir Friction Stir Welder
The LEGIO combines the latest technology with proven The SuperStir program includes a variety of machines
quality. The modular system makes it possible to as- developed from a standarized SuperStir base unit
semble welding stations to suit the most varied Friction having working ranges of 0.5x1.5m (19.7x59in) up to
Stir Welding applications. 10x20m (33x66 ft) within the same concept.
The LEGIO system consists of five basic designs in a This includes customized models of various designs for
Arc Equipment
series of seven sizes, covering a welding depth of 1.2 specific customer requirements in different production
mm (.045 in) to 60 mm (2.4 in). These basic types can areas.
be supplemented with different types of equipment to
suit the most varied production needs and give maxi- These different designs are used worldwide in R&D
mum flexibility to any production line. centers for joining of extrusions to panels, in production
of pressure vessels as well as small parts for the auto-
The versatile Legio family includes linear motion with motive and electronic industries.
single or dual (over /under) heads, with or without tables.
Dual axis (x-y) model is available with or without table.
Tables include a whole pattern for attaching fixtures.
Legio includes ESAB HMI control specifically designed

for the Friction Stir Welding. It is a closed loop welding
control, with ability to control Z-axis either by pressure
or by position. PC network connections and data trans-
fer are available optionally.
230
Robotics for Arc Welding
Esab offers a wide range of automated welding solu-
tions using a range of robots from ABB. Robotics can
provide a cost-effective and modular solution for a va-
riety of welding applications with increased productivity.
The various advantages of using robotics are:
Built on an Open Structure
The robots are equipped with a wide range of universal

communications interfaces, configurable from S4Cplus,
the robot’s controller. They can be connected to a PC
for servicing purposes or the factory data network using
one or two Ethernet links. The robots controller contains
the standard field-buses and serial-channels for inter-
faces with a wide range of power sources and distrib-
uted devices.
Flexibility - Develop Custom Functionality
Using the arc-welding software ArcWave the robots can

be configured. For advanced and critical welding appli-
cations customized functionality can be configured us-
ing RAPID, the high level programming language from
ABB.
Pre-program Offline
Arc Equipment
New programs can be created, programs can be stimu-
lated or robots can be pre-programmed for a specific
functionality.
Position Anywhere - Portability
The robots can be mounted on a wall or inverted from

gantries, columns with booms and elevators for heavy-
duty welding, allowing for a wide variety of working
range capabilities. Workpiece positioners with one or
two axis can also be added to this to increasing the flex-
ibility in positioning.
High Level of Accuracy
The software is designed to achieve high-level accuracy

to maintain the quality in the welding applications.
231
Range of Robots IRB 2400L
IRB 140 Slim yet robust arm-based, 6-axis robot. All the IRB
2400 industrial robots are ideal for arcwelding applica-
ABB’s fastest and smallest arm-based industrial robot. tions. Features unlimited axis 6. IRB 2400L load capac-
Highly flexible with slim wrist, 6-axis robot able to reach ity is 7 kg; reach 1.8 meters. IRB 2400/10 load capacity
into narrow, small spaces. Easy-to-mount equipment. is 10 kg; reach 1.5 meters. IRB 2400/16 load capacity;
Robust and compact. The standard IRB 140 can be 16 kg; reach: 1.5 meters.
mounted at any angle without modification for optimum
reach and efficiency. Load capacity: 5 kg; supplemen-
tary load is: 1.5 kg; reach: 0.81 meters.
Arc Equipment
IRB 4400
Compact, versatile robot with medium to heavy han-

dling capacity. The B-axis robot can handle loads up to
60 kg, or up to 45 kg at very high speeds. Reach: 1.96
IRB 1400 meters.
Robust, well-proven, 6 axis, arm-based industrial robot

with a large installed base. Well-balanced arm construc-
tion, plus maintenance-free gearboxes and cabling,
reducing noise levels and maintenance requirements.
Load capacity: 5 kg; reach: 1.44 meters.
232
CHOICE OF FUSION WELDING
METHOD
When choosing welding methods, you need to pay
attention to several factors:
1. Required weld quality.
2. Which welding method is fit for use with the material

in question.
MIG/MAG-welding or Semi-Automatic welding
3. Which welding method may be used in view of
accessibility and position of the weld. 1. Electrode
2. Electrode from spool, solid or alternatively flux cored
4. Availability of welding consumables of proper quality
wire
for the proposed welding method.
3. Gas nozzle
5. Number of workpieces to be welded or estimated 4. Contact tip
welded volume, e.g per year. 5. Gas shield diagram shows spray arc and short-arc,
respectively
6. Available welding equipment, positioners, roller
beds, swivel tables, hosting gears etc.
7. Possibility or intention to invest money in highly

productive welding equipment.
8. Workstation: a workshop or a building site?

These differ with regard to the possibilities to weld
acceptably, taking into consideration the general
Arc Equipment
environment (outdoors, indoors with or without draft),
possibilities to rotate, lift, transport or otherwise
move the workpiece.
9. The welding methods for which the available welders

are trained. The methods for which the company is
TIG-welding.
authorized. Training possibilities.
1. Gas shield
10. Choice of welding method which gives the lowest
2. Tungsten electrode 3. Gas nozzle
costs. Calculation of consumables consumption.
4. Filter wire
11. Estimate of the accuracy of the joint preparation
5. Metal drops
which must match the welding method.
6. Molten pool
12. Please also compare table-key data for the most
common fusion welding methods.
Welding Methods
MMA-welding-manual Metal Arc Welding or Manual SAW-welding (submerged Arc Welding).
stick electrode welding.
1. Electrode from spool
1. Gas shield from the electrode coating
2. Electrode coating 2. Flux
3. Core Wire
4. Metal drops 3. Molten pool. Diagram shows the electrode surround-
5. Molten pool ed by flux and a cover of melted flux
233
234
Arc Equipment
MMA Manual Metal Arc Welding
Manual Metal Arc welding, also called hand welding, interfere through magnetic arc blow.
is still the best known and most common method of 5. Use a static welding converter (rectifier or inverter)
welding. for welding of heavy plates if the mains supply is
Manual Metal Arc welding is noted for: weak.
6. Use gravity welding for mass production of long
1. Low investment cost.
straight fillet welds.
2. Low cost of filler material in relation to kgs. weld
7. Weld vertical down instead of up whenever
deposit. 3. Filler material (stick electrodes) are easily
possible.
available in a wide range of types and dimensions.
4. Less strict demands on edge preparation and Equipment
Arc Equipment
purity of the parent material than by other welding The equipment consists of power source, welding cable,
methods. electrode holder and return cable. Below is a survey of
5. The same equipment can be used for all non-alloyed, the characteristics of different power sources.
low alloyed and stainless welding construction Welding transformers
steels. Also for cast iron, modular iron and weldable
They give alternating currency (AC) and are the least
non-ferrous metals.
expensive power sources. They have a high efficiency
6. Short set-up times, good at piece fabrication.
80-90% for the most commonly used transformers for
7. Can be used in all positions. Also in narrow spaces
welding. They are used for welding of unalloyed, low-
with hard to get at welding points.
alloyed stainless steels and cast iron but not for e.g
8. Often gives a more machineable weld deposit than
aluminium.
Gas Metal Arc Welding.
9. Reasonable heat input to the parent material. Certain electrodes have better welding characteristics
This gives reasonable grain growth and thus a on alternating current (AC) than on direct current (DC).
transformation zone less exposed to brittle fracture Among these electrodes you find in particular the high
than other methods working with higher heat input. recovery types, and notably the larger dimensions.
The efficient and economical use of the Manual Metal Welding rectifiers
Arc welding method can be summed up in the following In this case a rectifier has been added to the transformer,
seven recommendations. thus supplying DC. It costs approximately twice as much
1. Weld in the horizontal position with high recovery as a transformer of corresponding size. For modern
stick electrodes whenever possible. This minimizes rectifiers, the efficiency is 60-80%.
both weld time and energy consumption. For both rectifiers and transformers, the efficiency is
The use of roller beds and positioners can often lower, the lower the used current is. Vice-versa a higher
contribute to a shorter weld time by making horizontal utilization of the capacity of the power source gives
welding possible. a higher efficiency. The rectifier may be used for all
2. Use sufficiently strong power sources to make weldable materials.
possible the use of fast welding high recovery Welding converters
electrodes.
One electric motor (AC) is coupled to a generator (DC).
3. Save on electricity by using power sources with high
Generally, a more expensive solution than a rectifier of
efficiency and low no load rating.
corresponding size. The efficiency is 50-60%.
4. Use welding transformers for heavy plates,
framework and in other cases when DC welding will Its range of use is the same as that of the rectifier.
235
Engine driven generators For fillet welds with 4-5 mm effective throat thickness,
the maximum weld speed is 0.5 m/min when using OK
These normally provide DC. They are more expensive Femax high recovery electrodes.
than converters and as a rule heavier.
For gravity welding using 600-700 mm long electrodes,
The smaller types normally have 2-stroke petrol engines, you can reach a speed of up to 60m/manhour when
whereas larger ones have diesels. In both cases the welding straight fillet joints. For gravity welding, AC is
engine drives the DC generator. always used. The effective throat thickness may be
varied by using different electrode dimensions.
Welding inverters
Range of application-Material types
This is the most recent development within Manual
Metal Arc welding. Inverters produce DC or AC/DC. The Manual Metal Arc welding is used for all unalloyed, low
efficiency is high - 80-90%. The cost is somewhat higher alloyed and stainless common structural steels according
than that of a conventional thyristor regulated rectifier. to Swedish Standard (SS) and other comparable steels.
See also “Standards, Classification System and Codes”
The Inverter’s main components are:
in the ESAB Welding handbook-Filler Materials.
 A rectifier which turns the incoming 3-phase AC
These steels comprise:
(sometimes only 1-phase AC) into DC.
 Common structural steel.
 An inverter which changes this DC into HIGH
FREQUENCY AC.  Pressure vessel steel.
 A transformer which takes this current down to a  Ship plate.
lower voltage (20-50 V).
 Cast steel and machine steel.
 A rectifier which transforms the AC into DC suitable
for welding. Manual Metal Arc welding is also used for:
Arc Equipment
The entire process is controlled by a control circuit.  Cast iron.
The inverter’s main features are low weight and volume.  Spherolitic cast iron.
Since both efficiency and power factors are high, smaller
mains cables and fuses may be used in comparison to  Malleable iron.
conventional rectifiers.  Weldable non-ferrous metals.
Productivity-Welding Speed Range of application-Plate thickness
A modern high recovery electrode, such as OK Femax Metal Arc welding is used for plate thicknesses from
38.95, 6.0 mm and an efficient power source, such as about 2 mm to the thickest normally used.
THH 630, can reach a weld deposit of 13 kgs/hour when
welding horizontally. Maximum weld deposit for OK
Femax 33.80, dia 6.0 mm, is about 8.5 kgs/hour.
236
MIG/MAG Gas Metal Arc Welding
MAG WELDING
Gas metal arc welding with active gas Spray Arc welding IS tne best method for plate thickness
For this method it is significant that DC is used, and above 3 mm.
that the electrode is a wire which is automatically fed to Spray Arc welding is only used in horizontal and vertical
workpiece. The arc is surrounded by the shielding gas. butt position.
The negative pole of the power source is connected to Productivity-Welding speed
the workpiece. The welding speed of MAG welding is measured in kgs
Arc Equipment
MAG welding takes place in a shielding gas zone of weld deposit per hour. When welding horizontal fillet
consisting of Carbon Dioxide (C02) or a gas mixture weld in thick materials, MAG welding is slower than
consisting of 80% Ar!Jon and 20% Carbon Dioxide. Manual Metal Arc welding using high efficiency stick
The Argon/C02 mixture is costlier than pure C02’ But electrodes.
it gives a softer arc, smoother weld and less spatter. MAG welding is suitable for thin plates. You can also
The mixture also contributes to a higher strength and weld medium size plate, piece constructions and small
ductility of the weld metal. to medium sized crossbar jobs with good economy.
The Argon/C02 mixture is therefore generally preferred The advantages of MAG welding are:
for welding of thin plate and often for low alloyed steel. 1. No stoppages for change of stick electrodes (in
The electrodes are usually solid wires with diameters comparison with Manual Metal Arc welding)
0.6, 0.8, 1.0, 1.2 or 1.6 mm, usually on spools of 5-15 2. Less distortion due to shrinking in comparison with
kgs, or flux cored wires with diameters 1.2, 1.4, 1.6, 2.0 Manual Metal Arc welding. The advantages are:
or 2.4 mm on spools of 15 and 25 kgs.  less straightening work after welding
Short Arc welding means a low arc voltage giving a  often simpler welding fixtures
short arc. Practically all metal transfer through the arc is  possibly a better bead appearance
completed by short-circuiting globules. 3. Smaller joint volumes when compared to Manual
Metal Arc welding because of the thinner electrode.
Spray Arc welding needs more than 200 A and 25 V. On
A 6.0 mm coated high recovery stick electrode may
the whole, the metal transfer is by free-flight globules
have an outside diameter of about 15 mm.
being forcefully propelled through the arc.
4. There is no de-slagging. A certain quantity of metal
Short Arc welding is the best method for: oxide is found as “slag isles” on the bead. The origin
 Thin plate. is a chemical reaction between Mn, Si and C02’
 Thin pipes. They should be removed, if strict rules apply to the
 Root runs in butt joints with edge preparation. surface of the weld.
5. There is no risk of hydrogen brittleness in quenching
With Short Arc welding you weld in all positions. steels caused by moisture in a stick electrode
Welding vertical down should be limited to thin plate. coating.
There is a risk of insufficient penetration which grows 6. The weld deposit quality may well be compared with
with a growing plate thickness. This is more apparent at what can be achieved with normal basic electrodes.
vertical down than in other welding positions.
237
Range of application - Materials - Plate thickness MIG WELDING
All unalloyed and low alloyed steels may be welded. Gas Metal Arc welding with Inert (non-active) Gas
Use Short Arc from about 0.8 to 3 mm and Spray Arc In MIG welding, as in MAG welding, you work with
from about 3 mm plate thickness. Short Arc as well as Spray Arc. The most common gas
is Argon, but mixtures of Argon and Helium are also
MAG welding with flux cored wires is done with plate used. When welding stainless steel, it is often difficult
thicknesses from about 8 mm for longer beads and up to achieve a good penetration. If some few per cents of
to 10 mm for shorter (less than 0.5 m). Oxygen are added to the mixture, this disadvantage is
overcome and the arc will be stabilized.
Helium-Argon mixtures give a “hotter” weld than pure
Argon. These mixtures are therefore often preferred for
thick copper and aluminium materials.
For aluminium welding of medium thickness, pure Argon
is used.
Welding positions are: Short Arc-all positions, Spray
Arc-horizontal position.
The radius of action is 3-16 m from the wire reel,
depending on machine model.
The equipment is the same as for MAG welding.
The shielding gas Argon wth 2% C02 has given as
good results as Helium with Argon, when welding
heavy stainless plate. Since Argon witn 2% C02 is
less expensive than Argon/Helium, the former gains in
Arc Equipment
popularity for stainless.

However, steels with extra low carbon content should
not be welded with Argon/Helium. Instead, Argon+2%
02 is used.
In any case, the quality of the weld deposit is the best,
provided parent material and the filler material are of
good quality and the welding carried out professionally.
Productivity - welding speed
For materials which are welded by MIG, you seldom use
as high welding current as for unalloyed or low alloyed
steels.
The maximum weld speed is therefore usually lower
with MIG than with MAG welding. The MIG method in
comparison with Manual Metal Arc welding is highly
productive method for stainless steel, aluminium,
copper, copper alloys, nickel and nickel alloys.
Range of application - materials - plate thickness
MIG is used for
 Stainless steels.
 Aluminium and aluminium alloys.
 Copper and copper alloys.
 Nickel and nickel alloys.
These materials are welded from about 1 mm thickness
and up.
Unalloyed steel is MIG welded in the same joint
preperations as for Manual Metal Arc welding.
238
TIG (GTAW) Tungsten Inert Gas Welding
TIG (GTAW WELDING)
TIG is a welding method where the electric arc is created TIG is used both for manual and mechanized welding.
between a non-melting electrode and the workpiece in For manual welding, the welding consumable is fed by
an atmosphere of inert gas. That means that the gas hand, as for oxyacetylene welding. In equipment for
does not take part in any chemical reaction during mechanized welding, a feed unit is used for wire. The
welding. welding wire is on a spool and is automatically fed to the
welding torch.
The arc melts the parent metal and the welding
consumable, if any. The molten pool, as well as the TIG welding is used from 0.5 mm material thickness and
electrode, is protected from Oxygen and ‘Nitrogen in the up to 5-6 mm. For heavier material, TIG is often used for
air by the shielding gas. This gas is usually Argon, but root beads in order to make sure of a perfect root pass.
Helium or mixtures of Helium and Argon are also used. No other method equals TIG in this respect. Consecutive
beads are made with more productive methods and
TIG welding is done with DC or AC. DC negative pole
Arc Equipment
filler materials such as Gas Metal Arc, Submerged Arc
is used for all metals which do not form oxides which or Manual Metal Arc with high recovery electrodes.
are difficult to weld, like e.g aluminium and magnesium.
They are instead welded with AC, the positive amplitude With plate thickness of less than 1 mm, you often use
of which has a good breakdown effect of the oxide. flange butt joints and edge joints. Butt joints are welded
up to 3-4 mm thickness. Above that, you use, V- or
The name of this method was taken from the first letters U-joints. Sometimes also x-joints. In this case the
of Tungsten Inert Gas. groove angle should be 60° and the unbevelled edge
1-1.5 mm.
Range of application
A general rule for selecting the welding current is:
The TIG process is noted for high weld quality, purity
Aluminium 45 A, copper 70 A, steel 50 A per mm
of weld material and an even surface. It is used where
thickness.
quality demands are high, e. g. within the nuclear and
process industries, but also for difficult-to-weld materials TIG is used in all positions.
such as titanium, monel, copper-nickel etc. The largest
range of application is for stainless steels and light Productivity-Welding speed
metals.
Manual TIG welding : about 30 cm/min
Mechanized TIG welding : about 80 cm/min
239
Range of application - plate thickness - edge
preparation
Use I-joints for plate thickness about 2-12 mm. Use

Vjoints or double V-joints above that. The joint must be
accurately cut. Gaps, if any, must not exceed 1 mm.
In order to profit from the economical benefits of the

method, the joint must be well planned and executed. It
should be easy to weld with this method, all dimensions
are to be exact. This will give an even weld without
burning through or giving root defects. It should have
a proper bottom section, consisting either of parent
material, a backing bar or a handwelded root bead.
Having this, the joint will withstand the deep penetration
which is typical for Submerged Arc welding.
Of course the joint must be clean. Impurities of water,

oil, paint and rust will always mean a risk of pores being
formed.
Submerged Arc Welding requires in short a more

expensive edge preperation than Manual Metal Arc.
The difference in cost is, however, so small that there
is no reason to try to save on the preparation work. A
clean, well prepared joint permits higher welding speed.
This amply compensates for the more expensive edge
preparation.
Arc Equipment
240
Common Faults in Arc Welding
Weld faults are in most cases hidden deep under the has been put into the production before theoretical and
surface of the weld, and therefore difficult to detect. practical training have been carefully accomplished.
The most common and reliable methods of detection
presently used are ultrasonic and X-ray tests. These A common cause of incomplete penetration with Gas
methods permit quality control of the weld without Metal Arc welding is usually too low travel speed. This
changing or destroying it. You can expose most faults gives a molten pool too large for the arc to melt the joint
with respect to type, size and position. walls.
The X-ray test has also proven to be of great importance On the other hand, incomplete penetration is not rare
to the welder himself. It has been established that certain when thick stick electrodes are used in Manual Metal
faults, which the welder perhaps makes more or less Arc.
unconsciously, gradually disappear if he is shown X-ray
pictures and informed of what they reveal.
Incomplete penetration will occur if the welder strikes the
In other words, the X-ray picture is an excellent
arc against one of the fusion faces and lets the molten
educational means. It makes the weld so to speak
pool run down onto the other, cold face. It may also
‘’transparent” and shows it in full length. The welder can
occur if too low current is used on very thick material.
easily learn from the fault, since you can conclude how
Then the heat supply will not be sufficient to melt the
the fault arose from the nature and position them. In
parent material.
this way, the welder can steadily manage to eliminate
possible shortcomings and improve his craftmanship. Slag inclusions
The most common faults are pinholes, slag inclusion, On an X-ray picture, slag inclusions stand out as lines.
undercuts, root defects, incomplete penetration, and The picture below shows a cross section of the weld.
cracks. Here, the de-slagging has been incomplete between the
beads. When the top bead was welded, pieces of slag
Above all, incomplete penetration, slag inclusion,
from the previous bead were not melted. Instead, the
undercuts and root defects can be linked to lack of skill
top bead sealed them in.
Arc Equipment
and precision on behalf of the welder.
You will observe this on the X-ray picture as typical
Incomplete penetration that is incomplete fusion between
lines.
weld and parent material, may easily occur at Gas Metal
Arc welding if not done professionally. In most cases, The risk of creating this fault is greater if the underlaying
the cause is a too short training period. The welder bead is strongly convex. If, for some reason, a strongly
convex bead is welded, it is recommended to grind off
some of it. Then the risk of fault is eliminated.
241
Please pay special attention to multi-bead welds! check Undercut will always mean a weakening of the joint.
carefully that there exist no sharp angles between the Therefore please always weld so that undercut is
different beads. If so, it may be impossible to remove avoided. If, in spite of all precautions, this cannot be
the slag or melt down slag deposits all the way to the achieved, then in most cases the undercut should be
bottom when laying the next bead. welded up.
The pictures below shows a multi-bead weld which is In undercut, it is common to find slag deposits remaining
incorrectly done. Narrow grooves have been created inside the weld. But the X-ray film will reveal slag
beween the beads. The same weld, but correctly done, inclusions.
is shown further on.
Root defects
Root defects are simply caused by incomplete penetration.

They appear on the X-ray film as sharp straight lines.
In Manual Metal Arc welding, they may be caused by the

use of an electrode of too large diameter. The electrode
has been too thick to go down far enough. Root defects
can also arise if the gap between joint edges is too
small.
Arc Equipment
Undercut
Undercut may be caused by too high current, incorrect

electrode movement, or welding electrode/gun/head
angle. Under certain conditions they are disastrous.
Through their form they can serve as dangerous
indications of fractureespecially so if the welded joint is
exposed to variations in pressure and elongation.
In the case of V-joints, the welder should often check,

by looking, if there is a root defect or not. If there is a
defect, it must be removed through root gouging. If it is
not
242
removed, the defect is closed-in by the backweld. It will in connection with the gouging of the root before the
then be revealed by the X-ray or ultrasonic inspection. back bead is welded.
In Submerged Arc welding, the penetration in the joint It should, however, also be noted that cracks may ap-
is an important factor. When root defects appear, the pear in the weld or the parent material which have noth-
penetration has been inefficient. ing to do with the welding procedure.
If, in the case of double-sided welding, the beads have Examples of this are hot cracks or solidification cracks
not met at the bottom, there could be several reasons which run along in the middle of the weld. These are
such as: common at fillet welds, where a difficult tension situation
is at hand.
 The joint had a too big unbevelled edge.
The reason for these cracks may be parent material.
 Too small groove angle. This could be difficult-to-weld steel, having too high
contents of Carbon, Sulphur and possibly Phosphorus.
 Possibly both these causes together.
These elements give certain segregation effects when
 Too low welding current. the molten pool solidifies.
 Too high or low welding speed. Acid electrodes are especially sensitive to impurities.
Rutile electrodes are less sensible and basic ones are
 The two beads are not exactly facing each other. practically nonsensitive.
Cracks Unlimited weldable steels have maximum proportions
of Carbon 0.20%, Sulphur 0.05% and Phosphorus
In most cases, cracks are not directly dependant on the
0.04%. If parent metals containing more of these are to
welder’s skill. But a weld can be done in such a way
be welded, basic electrodes should be used. Then you
that formation of cracks is promoted. If there are faults
will avoid hot tears also by high proportions of these
in the weld, of course the risk of cracks is.greater due to
elements.
tension or other influences than if the weld is completely
Arc Equipment
homogeneous. The same advice is given also for the use of basic
electrodes if you have to weld a material where the
composition is unknown.
Hot tear
The most common cause of hot tear in Submerged

Arc Welded joints is a pipe-formation combined with
segregation of Carbon and Sulphur.
The relation between width and depth of the weld

reinforcement should be gre(:!.ter than 1. If this is
insufficient, formation of pipes will occur. In such a case
X-ray pictures often show that cracks emanate from it is in reality a question of shrink holes and not crack
slag inclusions, small root or other defects - especially formation as such.
with alloyed steels.
If crack formations are found in the parent material in
Incorrect weld sequences and the tensions they cause close vicinity of the weld, these are definitely hardering
may be of course also result in cracks. If welding jobs cracks. The composition of the parent material has
are well planned, the weld sequences should be decided been such that the sections heated by the welding up to
by the construction department or works management hardening temperature cracked during the subsequent
and marked out on drawings. cooling.
In this connection, attention should also be devoted to The result is a hard and brittle zone close to the
the tact welds. If you want to achieve a truly high-qual- weld, giving cracks. This is a risk always at hand with
ity weld, you should remove the tacks as the welding hardenable parent materials if the cooling-off speed
proceeds. It sometimes happens that weak tack welds is not prolonged. Such a prolongation is to a certain
crack d.ue to influence of shrink-tensions. If you weld extent achieved by using thicker electrodes. These give
over such a cracked weld, you cannot be sure that it is a greater heat input during the welding. But often this
molten and absorbed in the pool. The result might be a is not enough, for instance at welding of low alloyed
remaining crack in the finished weld. In cases where the steels, which also a relatively low Carbon contents are
workpiece is accessible for welding from both sides, you very disposed to hardening.
often tack weld at the back. The tacks are then removed
243
pressure and the direction was oriented up through
the middle of the molten pool. This is the last portion to
become solidified.
In Manual Metal Arc welding, porosity is commonly

caused by Hydrogen from basic electrodes which
were stored incorrectly. Porosity can also be caused
by moisture, paint and other impurities on the fusion
faces.
Gas Metal Arc welding is even more sensitive when it

comes to paint, oil and other impurities. Porosity may
also be caused by a poor gas shield. The surrounding
air is sucked into the molten pool and form CO (carbon
monoxide).
In Submerged Arc welding, the penetration is powerful.

Porosity may occur if the plates are lamellated. During
the penetration, the weld will absorb too much of the
oxides present in this kind of defect. Submerged Arc
welding requires the same cleanliness of the fusion
faces as Gas Metal Arc welding.
The parent material must then be preheated. Depending
on the disposition to hardening of it, you chose a higher
or lower preheating temperature or rather working
temperature. If this temperature is correctly chosen,
also steels disposed to hardening may get a soft
transformation zone.
Arc Equipment
Pinholes
Pinholes may appear in different forms. Gases formed

during the solidification of the molten pool do not escape.
They are “stuck” and the solidification takes place
around the gas bubles. One kind of pinhole is called
surface porosity and may form a string along the weld
- easily visible. In this case, the gas formation occured
under heavy
244
Industrial Gas Equipment
Gas Equipment
Inlet Pressure Gauge
Gas Equipment
247
248
Gas Equipment
249
Gas Equipment
Single Stage Regulators
Gas Equipment
250
251
Gas Equipment
Double Stage Regulators
Gas Equipment
252
253
Gas Equipment
High Pressure Regulators
Gas Equipment
254
255
Gas Equipment
Pipe Line Regulators
Gas Equipment
256
Special Regulators
Gas Equipment
257
Cutting Blowpipes
Nozzle Mixing Type Hand Cutting Blowpipe NM250 / NM400
Special Features
NM Type Nozzle : Much safer, virtually no backfire due to mixing of gases in the 3 seat
nozzle only. Making chances of backfire/flashback very remote.
Angle Head : Forged fom brass rods - much stronger and longer life.
Tubes for O2 & Fuel Gas : Seamless Stainless Steel
Lever for Cutting Oxygen : Stainless steel Lever, positioned for convenient handling by operator.
Provided with a Latch Facility to avoid operator fatigue.
Filter : S.S. Filter at inlet (oxygen side)
Handle : Metallic instead of plastic - longer life, much better appearance and
grip.
Knobs : Metallic - better grip, longer life.
Weight of cutter : Much lighter - lower fatigue to operator, weight only 1.44 Kg. (without
nozzle).
Gas Equipment
NM250 NM400
Cutting Capacity 300mm thick M.S. 450mm thick M.S.
Type of Cutter Nozzle-Mixing Nozzle-Mixing
Suitable for Acetylene or LPG Acetylene or LPG
Fuel Gas with suitable nozzle with suitable nozzle
Length 450mm 675mm
Angle Head 90° 75°
Standard set l Blowpipe - 1 No. l Blowpipe - 1 No.
includes l Cutting Nozzle - ANM (3/64”) 1 No. l Cutting Nozzle - ANM (5/64”) 1 No.
l Nut & Nipple for hose connection l Nut & Nipple for hose connection
(10mm) - 1 each for O2 & Fuel gas (10mm) - 1 each for O2 & Fuel gas
l Guarantee Card l Guarantee Card
l Data Card for cutting l Data Card for cutting
l Data Card for Gouging
258
259
Gas Equipment
Welding & Heating Blowpipe
Gas Equipment
260
261
Gas Equipment
Cutting Nozzles
Gas Equipment
262
263
Gas Equipment
Welding Tips
Gas Equipment
264
265
Gas Equipment
Flashback Arrestors
ESAB FRT
The ESAB cylindrical flashback arrestors, are of advanced design giving a higher flow rate. The
FRT model is designed to be connected to the regulator or tapping point, model is equipped with a
large cylindrical flame arresting element, an automatic reset non-return valve and a heat sensitive
thermal cut-off.
Gas Equipment
266
267
Gas Equipment
Small / Portable Cutting Machines
ESAB PUG, PUG - NM l Cutter

PUG: Injector type, specially designed to prevent
Small / Portable Gas Cutting Machines backfire.
ESAB-straight line and circle cutting machines. PUG NM: Nozzle mixing type, latest technology,
much safer.
Special Features:
l Cutter adjustment
l Easy to handle
Can be Swivelled to cut levels up to 45° with Rack
The Machines are light weight and they have a wrap and Pinion.
round handle for easy portability and protection.
l Fuel Gas
l Body Acetylene or LPG can be used by selecting the
Made of pressed steel with wrap round handle and appropriate nozzles. Two nozzles for use with
fibre glass heat deflector. Acetylene for cutting MS from 6 mm to 75 mm
thickness supplied along with the machine. Cutter
l Versatile types and sizes are available as optional extras.
Using extendable tracks, these machines can
l Motor
produce straight cuts on any length, square or bevel
edge. With the same precision these machines can Machine are fitted with 200 volts Fractional Horse
cut circles and also shape with gradual curves, when Power geared reversible motors. Power is fed
hand-guided. through a Forward-Reverse toggle Switch.
l Track
l Circle Cutting
1.8 meter long Aluminium Track (for PUG & PUG
Can be done with the use of circle cutting
NM) or Steel Track can be supplied as optional
attachments, supplied as optional extra. This can be
extra. The PUG/PUG NM Machines may be set
easily attached to the machines by two screws.
to follow the edge of any straight piece of metal,
Gas Equipment
8 x 20 mm.
Specifications:
MODEL NAME ESAB PUG ESAB PUG-NM

Cutting Capacity:
Square Cuts Upto 75mm thick MS Upto 100mm thick MS
Bevel cuts (Upto 45) Upto 50mm thick MS Upto 75mm thick MS
Circles 75-1140mm diameter 75-1140mm diameter
(Using standard circle attachments, which can be supplied as an optional extra.)
Cutting Speed 190-800mm/min 190/800mm/min
Cutter IMC-3 Injector type NM-type
Speed Control Rotary resistance Rotary resistance
Gas Hose Connections 1/4” BSP RH & LH 1/4” BSP RH & LH
(for 5 mm Hose)
Optional: i) Circle cutting attachments ii) Extra for torches iii) Aluminium tracks
268
Accessories
Gas Equipment
269
270
Gas Equipment

273
WELDING CABLES
Sizes / Types available

Cable Welding CU (sq.mm) 35/50/70/95/120
Cable Welding CU (sq.mm) HDFR 35/50/70/95/120
Cable Welding AL (sq.mm) 35/50/70/95/120

Cable Welding AL (sq.mm) HDFR 35/50/70/95/120
274
ELECTRODE HOLDERS & CLAMPS
275
276
PERSONAL PROTECTION
HELMETS, MASKS & SCREENS
277
278
RESPIRATORY EQUIPMENT
279
SPECTACLES, GOGGLES & VISORS
280
281
WELDING CURTAINS
(Single / Strip)
(Single / Strip)
(Single / Strip)
282
283
WELDING GLOVES
284
WELDING CLOTHING
285
WELDING BLANKETS
SAFETY FOOTWEAR
Features:
l EN complaint Safety Footwear for General Engineering,
Chemical, Cement, Construction, Catering & Safety Industry
l Breathable Full Grain Leather Upper, Comfortable, Elegant
l Light Weight
l Imported Mesh Lining
l Imported 200 joules Steel Toe cap EN 12568
l Moulded full socks
l Direct Injected lightweight PU Sole

l Antistatic
l Slip Resistant (SRA Complaint)
l Meet En 345/IS 15298 (II)
l Value for money ESAB safety shoe, size 12
l Size 5-12
286
QMS CERTIFICATES
Certificates
287
NOTES
Notes
288
289
Notes
290
Notes
World leader in welding and cutting
technology and systems.
ESAB operates at the forefront of Environmental, Health & Safety
welding and cutting technology. Over Management Systems across all our
one hundred years of continuous global manufacturing facilities.
improvement in products and
processes enables us to meet the At ESAB, quality is an ongoing
challenges of technological advance process that is at the heart of all our
in every sector in which ESAB production processes and facilities
operates. worldwide.
Quality and environment Multinational manufacturing, local

standards representation and an international
Quality, the environment and safety network of independent distributors
are three key areas of focus. ESAB is brings the benefits of ESAB quality
one of few international companies to and unrivalled expertise in materials
have achieved the ISO 14001 and and processes within reach of all our
OHSAS 18001 standards in customers, wherever they are located.
ESAB Sales and Support Ofices worldwide
ESAB INDIA LIMITED

Registered and Head Office: Plot No. 13, 3rd Main Road, Industrial Estate, Ambattur, Chennai - 600058.
Tel: 044-42281100, Fax: 044-42281150, Email: [email protected], www.esabindia.com
Factories: Ambattur & Irungattukottai (Chennai), Kalmeshwar (Nagpur) and Taratala & Khardah (Kolkota).
Eastern Regional Office Western Regional Office Northern Regional Office
CONSUMABLES DIVISION: 501/502, 5th Floor, Sagar Tech-B 239 & 240, DLF Tower,
B.T. Road, P.O.: B.D. Sopan, Andheri Kurla Road, Saki Naka, Andheri East, Shivaji Marg, Opp. Audi showroom
Khardah, 24 Parganas (N), Kolkata - 700 116. Mumbai 400072. Tel : (022) 2851 7386 New Delhi - 110 015. Tel: (011) 41427090
Tel: (033) 25532897 / 25838005 Central Regional Office Southern Regional Office
EQUIPMENTS DIVISION: No. 218, Ashirvad, South Ambazari Road Karamuttu Centre, 6th Floor
P41 Taratala Road, Kolkata 700 088. Bajaj Nagar, Nagpur – 440010 New No. 634, Anna Salai, Nandanam,
Tel: (033) 24019671 Tel: (0712) 222 9547 / 48 Chennai - 600035. Tel :(044) 4295 7894 / 95

4.3 ESAB Product Catalogue 2013

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

4.3 ESAB Product Catalogue 2013

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

4.3 ESAB Product Catalogue 2013

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Product Catalogue

ESAB India Limited

YOUR PARTNER IN WELDING & CUTTING

For Further details, please contact:

Customer Care Cell

Registered & Head Office:

Or any other offices listed at the end of the Product Catalogue.

ESAB 309LC 23 OK AUTROD 13.14 44

PPE & Welding Accessories

ESAB FERROSPEED TYPICAL PROPERTIES

ESAB FERROARC TYPICAL PROPERTIES

A rutile coated general-purpose electrode for Weld Metal All Weld

Weld Metal All Weld

ESAB VORTIC TYPICAL PROPERTIES

PACKING: Electrodes are packed in cartons and four of

PACKING: Electrodes are packed in cartons and four of

ESAB VORDIAN TYPICAL PROPERTIES

Weld Metal All Weld

PACKING: Electrodes are packed in cartons and four of

ESAB 36H TYPICAL PROPERTIES

PACKING: Electrodes are packed in cartons and four

ESAB 36H (SPL) TYPICAL PROPERTIES

Weld Metal All Weld

PACKING: Electrodes are packed in cartons and four

ESAB C23S TYPICAL PROPERTIES

Gas Welding Fluxes REMOVAL OF FLUX RESIDUE:

Flux Application Cast Iron:- Residues may be removed easily by a

ESAB Alotectic Welding Alumium and Aluminium

AWS A5.31 FBI-A

ESAB Rupatam A For Silver Brazing

AWS A5.31 FB3-F

ESAB Albratectic Brazing Aluminium and Aluminium alloys

AWS A5.31 FBI -A containing 2% Magnesium

PIPEWELD 6010R TYPICAL PROPERTIES

Weld Metal All Weld

OK 73.08 TYPICAL PROPERTIES

OK 73.68 TYPICAL PROPERTIES

Weld Metal All Weld

PACKING: Electrodes are packed in cartons and four

OK 76.18 TYPICAL PROPERTIES

OK 76.28 TYPICAL PROPERTIES

Weld Metal All Weld

ESAB KV4 TYPICAL PROPERTIES

ESAB KV4 is a 5Cr-0.5Mo alloyed basic coated low

ESAB KV7M TYPICAL PROPERTIES

Weld Metal All Weld

ESAB 118 TYPICAL PROPERTIES

PACKING: Electrodes are packed in cartons and four

ESAB FERROWELD W2 TYPICAL PROPERTIES

OK 61.50 TYPICAL PROPERTIES

Weld Metal All Weld

PACKING: Electrodes are packed in heat sealed plastic

OK 61.30 TYPICAL PROPERTIES

PACKING: Electrodes are packed in heat sealed plastic

OK 61.80 TYPICAL PROPERTIES

Weld Metal All Weld

OK 63.30 TYPICAL PROPERTIES

Classification AWS A5.4: E316L-16 C 0.03 YS (N/mm2) 500

APPROVALS: PDIL, SNAMPROGETTI (CR.UR.510 Size Length Current Range Packing

PACKING: Electrodes are packed in heat sealed plastic